\V "St, 



- # 



3, ' o „ * 



"•lip- % 



4* 



■0- v * 




^0* 



f 



P.* aV ^ 



. 0 ^>^" ° 



v0 ^ 



It, 



% • 0 : # 



5 ,0 J 



0 ^0. 



v0 . 



-TV 



I 



O o i >• 



0^ 



J>6 



1 0 X 



"J y ?f J 



4hl 



T 



THE 



AND 



T 



TWO ELEMENTARY TREATISES 



'i M I! ® 



ON 



Y 



etanalataff ftqrn ill? ©rigmal arafitc; 

\ TVITH 

; ANNOTATIONS, 

PHILOLOGICAL AND EXPLANATORY, 

IN THE FORM OF A PERPETUAL COMMEN' 



THE RULES EXEMPLIFIED BY 

A SERIES OF STORIES AND CITATION! 

PROM 

VARIOUS ARABIAN AUTHORS, 

WITH 

$n gppmtifr tontainmg tf>e original 



BY A. LOCKETT, 



CAPTAIN IN THE BENGAL NATIVE INFANTRY ; SECRETARY TO THE COUNCIL OF THE COLLEGE OF FORI 
WILLIAM j AND EXAMINER IN THE ARABIC, PERSIAN AND HINDOOSTANEE LANGUAGES. 



t<x 3-8T8 /xegvj hiirne^cti. Ammonius in Arid. Categ._ 



PRINTED BY P. 



Calcutta: 

PEREIRA, AT THE HINDOOSTANEE PRESS. 

TsTl 




\ 



TO 

HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HONORABLE 




Gov ERNOR GENERAL AND COMMANDER IN CHIEF 
OF B2tx^ TSH jNDIA ; &c. &c. &e. ' 
I THIS WORK 



ON 




IS 



\ BY 

IB LORDSHIP's 

\ 

MOST OBEDIENT AND 

MOST HUMBLE SERVANT, 

" ABRAHAM LOCKETT. 

Questi non c\\ terTSLj n * peItr0j 

Ma sapienza, L or e, e virtute, 
E di quell* umiL DIA fi a salute> 




PREFACE. 



%Jf the two original works forming the subject of the present volume, 
and of which an English translation is now for the first time submitted 
to the public, the Mi.ut Amil or that comprising the text, contains a 
brief but comprehensive view of the first division of Arabic Syntax, or 
of that part, which treats of the government exercised by nouns, verbs and 
particles. The second, or Shurh, is a commentary on the former, and 
illustrates by a more minute arid detailed analysis, the various rules 
recorded in the text, and the general acceptations of the several govern- 
ing powersc 

The first Book is entitled Mi ut Amil, or the Hundred Governing 
Powers, because the Author has contrived to reduce to that precise n um- 
ber, the whole of those powers in Arabic construction, which are found 
to affect the terminations of nouns and verbs. A synopsis of this system 
may be seen in the commencement of the work, and a brief explanation 
of its leading divisions will be found in the concluding remarks to the 
translation ; it is unnecessary therefore to enter into any further detail, 
and I shall merely observe of the title, that although it appears in some 
degree affected, and is not I imagine altogether strictly correct, yet the 
general design of the treatise, displays so much skill and ingenuity, and 
combines at the same time so many excellencies of brevity, order, per- 
spicuity and precision, that it may be fairly considered, on the whole, as the 
most judicious compendium of Arabic regimen, that has yet appeared in 
the language. 

a 



ii 



PREFACE. 



• Those indeed who are fond of simple abstracts of science, will have 
no reason to complain of the length or difficulty of the M iut Amil. It 
contains in something less than five quarto pages, the most important 
department of Arabic Syntax, and is almost entirely free from those little 
verbal quibbles and philological fopperies, which tend more or less to 
disgrace almost every work on Arabic grammar. The title to be sure 
carries with it an appearance of superfluous exactness, and some little gram- 
matical finesse will no doubt be discovered in the author's . mode of sup- 
porting it,* but this is too petty an objection to merit any remark, it isr 
in truth a mere systematic cajwiccio : a solitary particle out of the great 
arabian desert of metaphysical refinement, where subtil ties, 

Swarm populous, un-numbered as the sands, 
Of Barca or Gyrene's torrid soil. 

* His method is as follows. He divides regimen into two general classes or departments, 
termed verbal and absolute. By the first is simply understood the effect that one word 
has upon the termination of another. By the second is meant that specific mark of case 
assumed by a noun when used absolutely as the nominative to a sentence. The government 
in the first instance is termed verbal, because, the change of termination is occasioned by 
some word either expressed or understood. In the second it is- called absolute, because the 
word thus governed is considered independent of all verbal agency, and acquires this pecu- 
liar form of construction from its nominative situation alone. Verbal government he then 
subdivides into two distinct classes. The first, comprehends ninety-one specific wojds, which 
are termed from their nature, Prescriptive governors. The second, contains seven distinct 
classes of words, such as verbs, adjectives, participles, infinitives &c. &c. each of which 
necessarily includes all the words of its own species, and each of these classes he considers 
numerically as one, and terms the whole Analogous governors ; here then are all the verbal 
governors in the language reduced to ninety-eight, viz. ninety-one in the prescriptive, and 
seven in the analogous class, to which if we add two in the absolute, we shall have an 
exact centenary of governing powers. 



PREFACE, 



iii 



I know not well what the votaries of the eastern oracles will say to this 
comparison. I fear they will rise indignant against rne for venturing an 
expression that may tend to degrade the literary eminence of the Arabs % 
but this is not my intention : I would rather support than lessen their im= 
portance. I consider myself in some measure as one of their disciples, and 
certainly feel respect for their language and literature. But although 
1 freely acknowledge their merits, I will not acknowledge the infalli- 
bility of their doctrines, nor voluntarily subscribe to all their gram- 
matical dogmas ; their superlimar speculations ; their metaphysical dis- 
tinctions 6 twixt south and south-west side;' and the whole host of 
fallacies and fictions, with which they perplex and embarrass the most 
simple subjects of literature. Undoubtedly their works discover both 
genius and learning, and in the minute cultivation of many sciences, 
particularly grammar and rhetoric, it may be doubted whether they have 
been surpassed by the learned of any other nation, but their literary 
affectation by disfiguring their works, diminishes in a considerable degree 
the real merit of their labours, and throws so many unnecessary impedi- 
ments in the way of the student, that it is not very surprising we should 
find them almost entirely neglected. 

One specimen of their solemn mode of trifling in literary works may be 
worth inserting. The Author of the grammatical treatise termed the Kafeea, 
for some reason best known to himself, neglected to prefix to- his grammar the 
usual auspicatory formula of praise to the deity, the omission of which is 
considered by the sober Moosulmans as a serious mark of impiety. It was 
therefore necessary to defend this omission, and accordingly his commenta- 
tor Moolla Jamee, in the true spirit of casuistical sophistry, settles the point 
of conscience as follows s " It is observable, 4 says he' that the Author 



iv 



PREFACE. 



Shuekh Ibnool Hajib, has not commenced his work with the prescribed 
ceremonial of praise to the deity. This omission however must not be at- 
tributed to negligence or contumely — ' then to what must it be attributed?' 
whv, to a proper sense of modest humility to be sure, which led him to 
depreciate his own merit as a grammarian, in comparison with those who 
preceded him, (the grace of God be upon them!) and consequently he 
thought himself unworthy to imitate their works in any respect! but al- 
though, continues the commentator, he has omitted the actual insertion of 
the words, it cannot therefore be inferred, that in direct opposition to 
the positive injunction of the sacred ritual, he has neglected the ceremony 
altogether. 6 Oh no ! — that would be an unreasonable and unnecessary 
supposition,' particularly as we know i adds he,' that it is not restricted to 
verbal forms alone, but may be virtually discharged in secret, mental aspi- 
rations!' Now this is considered a very conclusive piece of reasoning, and 
completely exculpates the grammarian from all manner of censure.* 

In speculations of this nature the Arabian grammarians seem to take 
peculiar delight. One third of the commentary on the Kafeea by 
Moolla Jamee, consists of sub til ties and sophisms, which have very 
often no more connexion with the science of grammar, than with 
the science of palmistry. Every trifle gives occasion for an episode, 
and every episode is 6 con giutinated or made up ' f- of as much recondite 
erudition, as the learned commentator can well muster together. After 
defining a word, he ascends synthetically to language as a compound, 
which comprises he says the language of God, of man, of angels, and 



* See the Commentary on the Kafeea by Mooi.la Jameb, p. 1. 

+ " ffic Htoer eat conglutinatus &c."Eoist.Obscurorum Yirorum. See Pursuits of Lit. p. 102. 



PREFACE. v 

of Genii,* Lest any one however should be puzzled to find out the true 
nature of this latter dialect, a learned scholiast comes forward with a 
specimen, -f and another gravely adds, as an infallible proof of its 
4e?mrdac originality, that no human being can pronounce it three times 
successively at one breathing, 

• Through this commentary however, this ^eyx of syntax, or some 
other, of equally 6 crude consistence,' every student is obliged to 6 swim, 
or sink, or wade, or creep, or fly,' who would aspire to any thing 



* An analogous division of language prevails among the Hindoos — " The gods 
speak Sanscrila ; benevolent genii Pracrita ; wicked demons Pisachi, and men of low 
tribes and the rest Magad'hi." Cplebrooke on Sans, and Pracrit. A. R. 7. 199. 

t It is also given in the Tulkhees-ool-Miftah, a treatise on Arabic Rhetoric, as a speci* 
men of verbal harshness, and is supposed to have been uttered by a Jin after having 
killed a traveller in the Arabian desert, whose name was Hurb. It turns out however, 
to be very intelligible Arabic, though in— - 

1 Words so debas'd and hard, no stone, 
Is hard enough to touch them on.' 

Which the reader may compare with the well known line in Homer, 

HoXXa tavuvlct, ytxTXvlft, •xu^oLiHa T€ 5o%,u<« r, vjX&oy, 

So happily paraphrased by Pope, 

O'er hills, o'er dales, o'er crags, o'er rocks, they go \ 
Jumping, high o'er the shrubs or the rough ground, 
Rattle the clatt'riqg cars, and the shockt axles bound, 

b 



VJ 



PREFACE. 



like literary distinction. Moolla Jamee is indeed the Priscian of the East, 
and his comment is considered the very ne plus ultra of grammatical 
knowledge. Not to have read it, argues absolute ignorance ; read it, 
and you are dubbed at once a Moolla, and a man of learning: such is 
the wonder-working efficacy of Arabic grammar. It supercedes in a 
great degree the knowledge of every other art, and every other science, 
being in fact, if we may credit some of the learned Arabian doctors, 
the very essence of all the arts and sciences. 

But grammar after all in its obvious and natural sense, is truly a simple 
art, the art of teaching the rules of inflexion and syntax, or the various 
relations of words to one another in discourse. The rules necessary for 
this knowledge are neither very numerous nor difficult, and perhaps not 
more so in Arabic than in other languages, but the Arabian philologists by 
blending them with the abstract speculations of logic, have effected a new 
and complex system of grammar, a system which comprises not merely 
the various relations, but the exact significations and definitions of words 5 
their divisions into genera or classes; their combinations into propositions, 
and these again into reasoning or dicourse. Now all this is the proper 
business of logic, which is surely a distinct science, yet all this they have in 
some measure confounded with the simple rules of government and concord, 
so that a student looking into their works for a plain rule of syntax, finds 
himself entangled in all the mysteries of metaphysics. 

c There are some men, says Johnson, who seem to think nothing so 
much the characteristic of genius, as to do common things in an un- 
common manner, like Hudibras, to tell the clock by algebra, or like the 
lady in Dr. Young's Satires, to drink tea by stratagem.; to quit the beaten 
track only because it is known, and take a new path, however crooked 



PREFACE. yl 

or rough, because the straight was found out before this is precisely 
the case with the Arabian grammarians : they are always employed in 
raising straws with levers, in illustrating what cannot be misunderstood, 
in devising difficulties where none ever existed, and in perplexing the 
simplest rales of regimen and concord with useless subtilties and logical 
definitions: but if grammar be a particular art, what has it to do with 
general and abstract speculations ? A disquisition on symbols and conven- 
tional signs, or the origin of general terms,* will not facilitate a student's 
progress in the laws of syntax. These may be important enquiries, but 
they are not the more so, because conducted in Arabics they have in 
truth no more connexion with the language of the Arabs, than with the 
language of the Troglodytes. 

It is indeed amusing to observe the very opposite opinions of learned 
men on the subject of grammar. Some will have it a science, which 
views language only as significant of thought, and this is philosophical 
or general grammar. Others consider it as a simple art, which teaches 
the inflexion of words, and their due disposition into sentences and 
phrases, and this is particular grammar. A third race of philologists 
will neither allow it to be general nor particular, but a mixture of both, 
and this may be properly called mixed, or Arabic grammar. 

The modern grammarians of Europe consider grammar and etymology 
as synonymous terms, and with them all languages go upon wheels but 
those of Arabia who have no acquaintance with verbal antiquities, reject 
etymology altogether, and substitute in its place a dash of dialectics., with 

* See the Shurhoo Moolla and Shuehoo Ruzee. 

t In days of yore they were dragged about like sledges! Diversions of Purley, 
Vol. 1 p. 25. 



viii PREFACE. 

which they are acquainted. Here then, are two opposite roads to the same 
end, and the student may take his choice. Either to adopt the plan 
of Home Tooke and his follower^, and set about digging for grammar 
through some dozen or fifteen collateral dialects, or getting boldly on 
the back of Synthesis with Mr. Harris and the Arabian grammarians, 
gallop circuitously to it, through the whole region of science.* 

In order to learn any language with accuracy and facility, we must first 
endeavour to learn its rules, or the customary application of its words ; 
these in their simple state, disencumbered of all technical formalities, are 
seldom difficult and may be easily acquired, but when once perplexed with 
obscure etymologies and logical definitions, and when every Dyche and 
Dilworth, who writes a twopenny-halfpenny guide to the eight parts of 
speech, deems it his duty to work them up into what he calls a new 
grammatical system, then indeed they assume a different character, or 
rather a variety of different characters, and are not easily acquired at all; 
the student, finding himself bewildered in the wordy labyrinth, abandons 
the study altogether, and willingly consigns to the Fates, the whole race 
of miserable grammarians with their miserable canons. 

Felix grammaticus non est, sed nec fuit unquam, 
Nec quisquam est felix nomine grammaticus: 

Aut siquis felix prater fatum exstitit unquam, 
Is demum excessit grammaticos canones.f 

As far however as relates to the present system of Arabic grammar, at 
least to the technical and speculative part of it, as distinct from the prac- 
tical, my own opinion is, that it is chiefly, if not entirely derived from 



* Hermes p. 3. 

+ Ausonius Ep. 126\ 



PREFACE 



is 



the philosophical writings of the Greeks, and particularly from those of 
Aristotle, with which the Arabs had been long- and familiarly acquainted. 
They have certainly adopted his analysis of language,* his definition 
of the parts of speech,-j~ his reasoning on substance and accident, or 
Mode,]: which they have applied to words, under the grammatical 
denominations of Nouns and Infinitives, and his whole theory of the 
elements of language as significant of ideas. These are some of the 
principal topics, which the Arabian grammarians take delight in discussing; 
and to which, they not improperly attach a high degree of importance, 
but the merit of originality must be transfered to the Stagy rite, whose 
dialectics, if I am not much mistaken, will be found to contain the most 
remarkable facts that distinguish the philosophical grammar of the Arabs. 

* De Interpret. L:i. c. iv. p. 38, 
t De Poetica. xxxiv. p. 67. 

X Accidens vero sive Modus est rei proprietas, quse in aliqua substantia inhaeret, nec 
sine ipsa potest existere. Element. Logicae. By Accident here, and in Arabic 
grammar, as applied to an Infinitive, or i+f^-L,} is not meant as has been errone- 
ously supposed, any thing casual or fortuitous : but as this is a point of some importance to 
the true understanding of an Arabic Musdur, (for an explanation of which I refer the 
student to my Annotations on the Commentary, p. 195.) I shall lay before him Dr. Gillies' 
note on the subject, which will certainly corroborate one material point of my argument, 
" The Greek word av^t^viHOq is, as far as I know universally translated, "accident:" 
cv^titv^oTa, in the plural, " accidents," from which, " Accidence," denoting the little 
book, that explains the properties of the eight parts of speech, is generally held to be a 
corruption. But accident, in its proper sense of what is casual or fortuitous, has no- 
thing to do with the one or the other; and Aristotle's meaning of <ru|x€f€v]noj ought 
to be expressed by a Latin or English word derived, not from * accitlo,' but from, 
* accede' See p. 65. 



X 



PREFACE. 



Indeed the whole philosophy of the Arabs may be traced to the Greeks,* 
whose language and literature they seem to have studied with uncom- 
mon ardour, for upwards of five centuries, thai is, from A. D. 754 to 4he 
taking of Bagdad in 1258. Rhetoric and logic were their favorite pursuit?. 
Averroes, the great commentator, as he is generally called, is known to have 
paraphrased Aristotle's rhetoric, and Alfarabius is said to have written no 
less than sixty distinct treatises on the Aristotelian philosophy, which was 
publicly taught in Bagdad, Bussurah, Koofah, Bocharia, Alexandria, 
Cairo, Morocco and Fez, as well as in sereval parts of Spain and Italy ; but 



* " See Abulfarag. per Pocock, Dynast, p. 160. Greek was a familiar language to the 
Arabians. The accompts of the Caliph's treasury were always written in Greek till the 
year of Christ 715. They were then ordered to be drawn in Arabic. Many proofs of this 
might be mentioned. Greek was a familiar language in Mahomet's houshold. Zaid, one 
of Mahomet's secretaries, to whom he dictated the Koran was a perfect master of Greek. 
Sale's Prelim. Disc. p. 144, 145. The Arabic gold coins were always inscribed with Greek 
legends till about the year 400." See Wauton, Hist. Eng. Poet, 

cc Theophilus Edessenus, a Maronite, by profession an astronomer, translated Homer 
into Syriac about the year 770. Theophan. Chronogr. p. 376. Abulfarag. ut stipr. p. 217. 
Remesius, in his very curious account of the manuscript collection of Greek chemists in the 
library of Saxe-Gotha, relates, that soon after the year 750, the Arabians translated Homer 
and Pindar, amongst other Greek books. Ernest. Salom. Cyprian. Catal. Codd. MSS. Bibl. 
Gothan. p. 71 78 Apud Falric. It is however certain, that the Greek philosophers were 
their objects. Compare Euseb. Renauddot. de Barb. Aristotel. Versionib. Apud Fabric. 
Bibl. Gr. xii. p. 252. 258. Reinesius says, that about the year 750, they translated Plato 
into Arabic: together with the works of S. Austin, Ambrose, Jerom, Leo, and Gregory 
the Great. Ubi. supr. p. 260. Leo Africanus mentions, among the works of Averroes, 
Exi'ositiones IiErruBLictf: Platonis. But he died so late as the year 1206. De Med. 
et Philosoph. Arab. cap. xx." Wauton, See Gibbon, vol. x. p. 11. 



PREFACE. 



xi 



particularly in the celebrated Schola Salernitana ?* For a detailed account 
however of the origin and progress of Grecian literature among the Arabs, 
I refer the student to Warton's 2d Dissertation on the History of Eno-Iish 
poetry, and Enfield's History of philosophy, from Brucker's Historia Cri^ 
tica Philosophic, a work of considerable merit, though Dr. Gillies is of 
opinion, that his account of Aristotle's philosophy, is in many parts errone- 
ous, and in some even unintelligible; while others go still farther, and hint 
that he did riot understand Greek ! It will there be seen, that the acroatic 
works of the Stagyrite, were translated, studied and taught by the learned 
of Arabia, and that to these works in particular, the Arabians seem 
indebted for all their notions of the philosophical sciences. 

* " Their learning-, but especially their medical knowledge, flourished most in Salerno, 
a city of Italy, where it formed the famous Schola Salemitana." 

It must not be forgot, that they translated Aristotle's Poetics. There is extant 
« Averroys Summa in Aristotelis poetriam ex Arabico sermone in Latinum traducta ab 
6i Hermano Alemanno ; Praemittitur determinatio Ibinrosdin in poetria Aristotelis Venet. 
"1515." There is a translation of the Poetics into Arabic by Abou Muscharmetta, 
entitled, Abotika. See Herbel. Bibl. Oriental, p. 18. eol. a. p. 971. b. p. 40. col. 2. p. 
337. col. 2. Farabi, who studied at Bagdad about the year 930, one of the translator's 
of Aristotle's Analytics, wrote sixty books on that philosopher's Rhetoric; declaring 
that he had read it over two hundred times, and yet was equally desirous of reading it 
again, Fabric Bibl. Gr, xiii. 265. D'Herbelot mentions Aristotle's Morals, translated by 
Honain Bibl. Oriental, p. 963. a. See also p. 971. a. 973. p. 974. b. Compare Mosheim. 
Hist. ch. i. p. 217. 288. Note-C. p. 2, ch. 1, Averroys also paraphrased Aristotle's Rhe- 
toric. There are also translations into Arabic of Aristotle's Analytics, and his treatise 
oflNTERPKETATioN. Thefirstthey called Analuthioa, and the second, Bari Armenias. 
But Aristotle's logic, metaphysics, and physics pleased them most ; particularly the eight 
books of his physics, which exhibits a general view of that science. Some of our country- 
men were translators of these Arabic books into Latin. Athelard, a monk of Bath, trans- 
lated the Arabic Eu-lid into Latin, about 1000." Leland. Script. Brit. p. 200. There 



XH 



PREFACE. 



It must not indeed be denied, that there are many subjects connected 
with the arts and sciences, for which the modern nations of Europe are 
supposed to be indebted to the Arabs. Bossut attributes to them our 
present system of arithmetical numeration, as well as the first notions of 
Algebra which are found in Diophantus.* He gives them the credit 
of several important discoveries on trigonometrical calculation, and many 
ingenious improvements and alterations in astronomy. -f An Arab in 
Spal , was the first who attempted a theory of refraction and the twilight, 
which doctrine Malbranch is said to have enlarged upon, but as he does 
not quote the author, Bossut presumes he was unacquainted with his 
works. In truth the Arabs seem to have arrived at eminence in almost 
every science, and even in mechanics, the clepsydra or water clock sent by 
Haroon Al Rusheed in 799 to Charlemagne, is said to have astonished by 
its ingenuity the whole of Europe. $ 

are some manuscripts of it in the Bodleian library, and elsewhere. But the most beautiful 
and elegant copy I have seen is on vellum. Trinity college library at Oxford. God. MSS. 
Num. 10." Warton. 

* " Cardan considers the Arabs as the real inventors of Algebra. Practical geometry 
and astronomy owe the Arabs eternal gratitude, for having given to trigonometrical 
calculation the simple and commodious form which it has at present. Bossut, p. 157. 

t Of all the mathematical siences astronomy is that which the Arabs have most culti- 
vated, and in which they have made the most remarkable discoveries, p. 159. 

% In the dial of this Clepsydra, were twelve small doors, forming the divisions of the 
hours, and each of these doors opened in succession at the hour it marked, and let out 
little balls, which, failing on a brazen bell, struck the hour. The doors continued open 
till twelve o'clock, when twelve little knights mounted on horseback, came out together, 
paraded round the dial, and shut all the doors. This machine astonished all Europe, when 
men's minds were employed chiefly on futile questions of Theology and Grammar." 
Bossut. p. 161. 



PREFACE. 



xiii 



AH this must indeed be granted to the Arabs, but it appears from the 
united testimony of the learned,* that their philosophy was entirely 
Grecian. 4 They did not form, says Brucker, a new system, but merely 
revived the Peripatetic doctrine.' Their logic was the logic of Aristotle, 
and the common introduction to that science, which is now current in 
Arabia and India, is a simple translation of the Isagoge of Porphyry. 
Aristotle's rhetoric probably led the way to their own, and his logic, 
when applied to the rudiments of their language, produced that ingenious 
but intricate and elaborate elementary system, which has perhaps not 
improperly, been termed philosophical or transcendental grammar. 

This then is the origin of the philosophical sciences among the Arabs 0 
Grammar, Rhetoric and Logic or Dialectics, formed the basis, to which 
if we add Arithmetic, Geometry and Astronomy,^ which they also 

* The authorities as given by Brucker are as follow : Leo Africanus de viris illustr. 
ap. Arabos. Fabric. Bib. Gr. v. xiii. p. 96. 259. Goll. de medic, et Phil. Arab. Dormius 
ad Jons, de Script. Hist. Ph. 1. iii, c. 28. § 5. Hottinger Bibl. Quadripart. 1. iii. p. ii. c. 2. 
Abulfar. Hist. Oxon. 1663. Mo. Elmacini Hist. Saracen. Lugd. Bat. 1625. fol. Eutychii 
Annales. Ox. 1658. 4to. Hottinger. Hist. Orient, et Biblioth. Orient. Herbelot. Bibliotfo. 
Orient. Par. 1697. Ludewig. Hist, rationalis Phil. apud. Turcas. Lacke maker de Fatis 
Studiorum inter Arabos. Horn. Hist. Phil. 1. 5. Bayle. Conring. Antig. Acad. Suppl, xix„ 
xx. Friend's -History of Medicine. Voss. de Scient. Toletan. Hist. Arab. Avicen. Vit. 
et Op. Ed. Massse. Venet. 1608. Merklin. Linden. Renov. Carm. Thograi Ed. Pococke, 
Ox. 1661. 8vo. Mod. Univ. Hist. v. xix. Assemanni Bib. Or. Bibliander, de Orig. et. 
Mor. Turcarum. Bas. 1550. See Enf. Hist. Phil, v. 2. p. 250. 

+ Grammar, Rhetoric and Logic, formed what the Scholastics termed the tritium; 
Music, Arithmetic, Geometry and Astronomy the quadrivium ; and these constituting the 
geven liberal arts, they very poetically described in the two following verses ! 
Geamm. loquitur, Dia. veradocet, Rhet. verba color at ; 
Mus. canit, Ar. numeral, Geo. ponder at, Ast. colat astral 

d 



xiv PREFACE, 

cultivated with success, we shall find them pursue (with the exception 
perhaps of music,)* the exact course of studies, as practiced by the 
Christian philosophers in the middle age, 

* I say with the exception of Music, because I am inclined to think that Music as a 
science, was not regularly cultivated in Arabia, though some examples may he produced to 
prove the contrary. The learned Farabi already mentioned as the translator of Aristotle's 
Analytics, and who was styled the Coryphceus of Philosophers, deserves perhaps to be re- 
corded as the Timotheus of Arabian Musicians, for his performance on the Lute before 
Sooltan Syf-ood-Doula, was not inferior to that of the Theban before Alexander. < c II tira, 
( says D'Herbelot,' de sa poche une piece avec toutes ses parties qu'il distribua aux Musi- 
ciens, & continuant a soutenir leur voix de son luth, il mit toute l'assemblce en si belle 
humeur, qu'ils se mirent tous arire & gorge deployee ; apres quoy feasant chanter une autre 
de ses pieces, il les fit tous pleurer ; & en dernier lieu changeant de registre, il endormit 
agreablement tous les assistans." vid. Art. Farabi. Bibliotheque. Farabi is said also to have 
written an introduction to the science of Music, which is mentioned in the Bilioteche de* 
Turchi of Toderini. " NeW accennaia classe di Scienze, che conticne cento e ventl due 
Si volume, Voitantesimo secondo scritto nelV Indies e un Tratlato di Musica del Farabi inti" 
« iolato Medchalul Musiki, ossia Introduzione alia Musica." This valuable work of To- 
derini's, which seems very little known in India, contains a full account of the Arts 
and Sciences as known to, or cultivated by the Turks and Arabians, including, their 
Grammar, Logic, Rhetoric, Moral Philosophy, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Physics and 
Natural History, Medicine, Chemistry, Astronomy, Navigation, ( Nautica, e Nuova Ac* 
cademia di Marina.) Astrology, Poetry and Music. The work is entitled, Letteratum 
Turchesca, Sludj, Accademie, Biblioteche e Tipografia in Costantinopli. Opera, deW Ab. Gio. 
Baltisla Toderini. Tomo I, II, e III, in Venezia, 1786. The following extract from this 
work, relating to the Logic of the Arabs, as copied from the Greeks, will corroborate 
what I have before stated regarding that science. 

La Logka, che studiano i Turchi e opera di Aristotele, il quale, come tiotd Gczaft nel 
suo libro Monlced presso Ilcrbclol, c Vinventore, deWaite deV ragionarc, cd il primo, ch* 
abbia ridolio a melodo qucsta scienza. Oltre il Kctab Alvias le Aristothelu, ossia trattata 
del Sillogismo d' Aristotele, Iradolto ncW Arabo, c diviso in due libri amwvcrali ml Catalogo 



PREFACE. xv 

I have now to offer a few words on the grammatical works here translated, 
but of their authors unfortunately I know little or nothing. The commen- 
tator indeed attributes the Mi,ut Amii to Abdoolqahiribno Abdirrihman of 
Goorgan,* whom he styles the most excellent of the learned, but he does 
not say in what age he lived, nor in what his excellence consisted, and we 
are left to form our own opinion of his merits, from five pages of Arabic 
syntax ! I find his name however in the Mirat-ool-Junan,'f' with a few 
particulars, winch as we have nothing better, we must substitute for a 
biographical memoir, 

Abdoolqahir, surnamed from eminence, Alnuhwee, or the grammarian, 
was of the sect of Shafei, and one of the followers of Abool Hussun al 
Asharee. Besides the Mi.ut Ami! and Joomul, (another introduction to 
Arabic Syntax,) he wrote a learned commentary termed Almooghnee, in 
three volumes, upon the Eezah, besides several other celebrated works on 
grammar and rhetoric, and died in the four hundred and seventy-fourth 
year of the Hejira, or about the middle of the eleventh century of the 
Christian era. These facts though a little mutilated, and with some addi« 



ili Laerzio, trovasi Vhagugi di Porfirio, che tratta cfe' cinque universalis e de y died predi- 
camenti, la Logica d 1 Avicenna, con molte altre d'Arabi Autori nette Biblioteche Turchesche tutte 
sul gusto, e sulla forma delle Peripatetiche usate nelle Scuole Europee avanti Cartesio. Noto 
un Trattuto sopra gli argomenli ingannevoli, efallaci col titolo Ketab Alheil attributo ad Aristotele, 
sulla quale materia scrissero varj Musulmani, che posson vedersi nelV Herbelot al lunghissimo 
urticolo Ketab, tutto traseritto dalla Biblioteca Turca d' Hagi Kalfah," Capitolo, II. Logica, e Adab fil 
Balis. 

* The Gurkati of Ebn Haukal, and Corcan of Modern Maps. 
^ y^^sll (^ib ^Jjl? 



xvi 



PREFACE, 



lions, are given in the Preface to Meninski,* on the authority of Shums- 
ood-Deen, the author of a commentary on the Joomul, and both these 
works (the former with a Latin translation,) are said to be deposited in the 
Escurial in Spain, 

Abdoolqahir appears to be the first grammarian, who reduced the 
governing powers of the Arabic language to a definite number, -j* and 
as he lived at a time when Grecian literature of every kind was ardently 
cultivated in Arabia, and when in fact almost every learned Arab made a 
merit of studying and copying the philosophical writings of the Greeks, 
it is not very improbable that the Centiloquium of Ptolemy,^; a work, 
on Astrology, which must have been popular at that period in Arabia, 
gave him the first hint for the title of his treatise on regimen, and pro- 
duced the Miut Amil, or Hundred governing powers. 

The extreme brevity of the text has occasioned many commentaries 
on the Mi ut Amil, but that which usually accompanies it in this country, 
and which I have here translated, is generally supposed I believe to be 
written by a native of India. D'Herbelot mentions but one commentary 



* Abu Bekr Abdelkaher, gente Persa, domo Georgianus, grammaticus, et orator 
eruditus, prceclara edidit opera, ex quorum numero sunt, Commentarius in Rhetoricam. 
Dilucidatio nuncupatam ; Expositio particularum (why alone particular um ?) quce cen- 
tum llegentes dicuntur ; Commentarius in Alcoranum, et alia poclica opera ! Obiit anno 
Ilegrce 471. De ling. Arab, xxxiv. 

+ The author of the first works on Arabic regimen, is said to have been Jci JrJ^l 
j+s. who was born in 100 and died in the year 170 of the Ilejira. 

See the Biog. work, termed j$\ c-jUj 
t V"id. Voss. de Natura Artiura. The work is ahio attributed to Hermes. 



PREFACE, 



XV II 



by Ebn Hescham, whose name as a grammarian, he probably confounds 
with Hoosam-ood-Deen, who is stated in the Kushf-ooz-Zoonoon, to be 
one of the commentators on the Mi,ut Amil :* it is possible however, that 
D'Herbelot alludes to Sliuekh J umal-ood-Deen Aboo-Moohummud Yoosoof, 
who was also known by the name of Ibn Hisham, but as no such commen- 
tary is attributed to him, in either of the Biographical works above alluded 
to, I feel some hesitation in allowing him to be the author of the Shurhoo 
Mi ut Amil. B'Herbelotf however was certainly but very little acquainted 



* The Commentators mentioned in the Kushf-ooz-Zoonoon are,. 
^.wjkJl bl) ^^-^ Hajee Baba of Toos, 
^y'liy ^jaSI j»L.». Hoosam ood Been of Tooqat. 
Ajtikx4» s*=*.\^Jyt> Moola Uhmud Bin Moostufa, with Scholia written in 816, 
Yuhya Bin Yukhsha. 

1 ^5^. Yuhya Bin Nusooh Bin Israeel, 

Pococke speaks of an Historian of that name, ^XL>t^J\ cJ^X\m.£ &Ja£fdl o^iit anno 
Hejirce 213. juxta alios 218. Pococke Spec. Arab. His. p. 362. Meninski also mentions 
jj&jfc^l of Cairo who died in 761 Hejirce. 

It .may be necessary to inform the student, that Averroes (see p. x.) is corrupted from xt> 

His entire name is x^j^S^s?^ j# jJjl! ^ vid ' HisL Med " etEpit * Yafei ' 

Pococke. 

t He calls the Mi.ut Amil, the Hundred Particles! " Abdalcaher, Gramma irien 
celebre Auteur des Aouamel. Ce livre a ete commente par Ebn Hescham ; 11 se trouve 
manuscrit dans la Bibliotheque du Roy N°. 1086, & a ete imprime a Rome avec la traduc- 
tion liitine sous le titre de Centum Rrgentes, c'est-a-dire, les cent Parlicules Arabiques, 
qui regissent apres elles des noms de differens cas dans la construction de cette Langue. 
Ce me me Auteur a aussi compose un abrege du Dictionnaire Arabic de Giauhari, & l'a 
intitule Mokhtar al Sehah, qui se trouve aussi dans la Bibliotheque du Roy N°. 10S8. 
Le nom entier de cette Auteur est M. Ben Aboubecr Ben Abdalcaher al Razi, il etoit 
natif da la Ville de Rei." Bibliotheque Orientale. 



xviii 



PREFACE, 



with Abtloolqahir and his writings, and the account he gives of the 
Mi ut Amil in particular, is a demonstrative proof that he was ignorant of 
the simplest principles of Arabic grammar. 

This is all the information I have been able to collect of the author of 
the Miut Amil and his commentators. Something more might perhaps 
have been found had I been more industrious, but I confess I did not think 
it necessary to toss over half the manuscripts in the College Library, for the 
purpose of adding one or two obscure annecdotes to the life of Shuekh Ab- 
doolqahir. Neither would the search have rewarded my pains, for Biogra- 
phy is a very different thing in Asia from what it is in Europe. There are 
no Pater Noster Rows, nor Cadell and Davies's in Arabia, and con- 
sequently there are no Boswells nor Piozzis. A grammarian may 
write five pages of Syntax there, without having five quarto volumes of Me- 
morabilia recorded of him : for who could copy them, or who would read 
them ? The life of an Arabian worthy indeed, is frequently dispatched in 
a line, and is seldom more entertaining or instructive, than a Jiicjacet, or a 
village epitaph. 4 His name, his years,' with a ruzeevllaho anho,* or a 
' holy text' from the Qooran, supply the place, " of fame and elegy," and 
constitute the brief memorials of a literary career. -f 

• cue <d!l ^yaj May God be satisfied with him, a pious petition, which almost invaria- 
bly follows the name of the defunct, in Oriental Biography. 

+ I ought perhaps to apologize for venturing this opinion of Arabian biography, for 
Sir Wm. Jones, whose authority will doubtless be considered decisive, has given a very 
different account of the matter. He prefers the biography of Ihn Khalikan, not only 
to that of Nepos and Laertius, but even to that of Plutarch himself; nay he seems 
inclined to rank the historian above all the biographers of ancient and modern times. 
4 Nescio an hie omnibus vitarum scriptoribus sit anteponendus. Est eerie copiosior Nepoie t 
elegantio r P/ularcho, Lacrtio jucundior, and so on. — To all of which I can only answer, 
consult the Biography of Ihn Khalikan. 



PREFACE. 



xix 



Such is the life of Abdoolqahir, as handed down to us by two very- 
popular historians, and the amount of the whole is simply this, that he 
was an eminent grammarian, that he wrote the Mooghnee, the Joomul, 
and the Mi ut Amil, and that he died in the year 474 of the Hejira. 

There is no date to the Commentary, nor can I pretend to settle one, I 
suspect however that it is comparatively modern. The author, at the con- 
clusion of it, speaks of Ibn Malik the grammarian, who died A. H. 672, 
but if D'Herbelot's information be correct, it will probably give an anti- 
quity of 500 years to the work, as Ibn Hisham is known to have died in 762. 

The Mi.ut Amil must be considered as a mere text-book, in which the 
governing powers of the Arabic language are arranged into appropriate 
classes, their grammatical offices defined, and their primitive senses illus- 
trated by easy familiar examples. The commentary is an enlarged exposi- 
tion of the governing powers, after the precise order laid down in the text, 
for it preserves the same arrangement of the parts, the same definitions 
of the rules, and the same examples illustrative of the original force of 
the terms, adding however to the primitive or current senses, the more 
immediately consequential or secondary acceptations: — Let us explain 
by an example. 

The Preposition *b which is the first, in the first class of grammatical 
agents, is stated simply in the text, to be a Genitive Particle, and one 
example is subjoined to illustrate its force. The commentator repeats the 
rule regarding its regimen, but adds its primitive acceptation, which he 
states to be Union, and this he considers as two-fold: either absolute, as 
denoting actual coalition or cohesion of parts, or relative, as implying 
proximity or contiguity of person or place. The first he exemplifies by the 
phrase *io<o 6 He is sick, or sickness is inherent in him.' The latter, by the 



xx • PREFACE. 

sentence ajjj usj> Jr c 'I passed by Zuecl.' He then goes on to define the col« 
lateral and accidental significations of this particle, under the various re- 
lations of instrumentality , causality or causation, concomitance or asso- 
ciation, substitution or exchange, inclusion or comprehension, with some 
others, which may be seen by refering to the translation, and each of these 
senses he elucidates by one familiar example. 

This is the general mode of analysis, as adopted in the commentary. The 
words are all considered either separately or in classes, their original and 
accidental significations defined and illustrated, and their analogous and 
anomalous syntactical structures pointed out and determined. The ety- 
mological formation of some words are occasionally explained, but this is 
but seldom, and only in particular cases, where words apparently simple, 
are shewn-to be compound, as \j£ formed from the particle lJ>^ of similitude 
and the Pronoun 13. 

The commentary in short, is a simple introduction, comprising a 
distinct general view of the essential parts of Arabic regimen and nothing 
more. To render it however as extensively useful as possible, I have 
transcribed from the works of several of the most eminent Arabian 
grammarians, whatever appeared to me best calculated to illustrate the 
force and application of the several governing powers, and these with 
my own observations and remarks subjoined to the translation, form a 
perpetual commentary on the text, which I trust will be found useful. 

To these annotations sometimes critical and sometimes explanatory, 
I have occasionally added others of a more light and miscellaneous na- 
ture. They are not indeed of much importance to the work, and might 
well enough have been omitted, but they amused me at the time of 



PREFACE. 



writing, and may probably amuse others. To extract mirth or humour 
however out of Arabic grammar, must I am persuaded be looked upon 
as a hopeless attempt, an attempt perhaps not altogether dissimilar to 
that on record of certain ingenious people in the Island of Mateotechny, 
who are said to have employed themselves, in gathering grapes from 
thorns, and Jigs from thistles ; or of others, who pitched nets to catch the 
wind, and caught — cock lobsters /* 

The original works from which I have selected the materials for the 
notes are as follow ; Shurhoo Wafeea,* Shurhoo Moolla, 15 Shurhoo 
Ruzee, c Shurhoo MisBAH, d Shurhoo Alfeea, 6 Qutr-oon-Nuda, £ Moo- 
fussul s and the Mooghnee-ool-Lubeeb. 11 Of these, the three first are 
commentaries on the Kafeea; the first by Ibnool Hajib, the author of 



* Aultres cueilloient des espines raisins, & figues des chardons. — Aultres chassoient 
vents avecques des rets, & y prenoient Escrevices Decumanes, Rabelais livre v. 284. 

b ^uh ah o> d?)\ & Died A - 11 895 - 

' ^ \JuJ\ a ^A\ a > J*rf yj\ Died A. H. 816. 

e Jr^l JJU^U a r)\ ^ & SlAJto Sas* s) \^> Died A. H. 869. 

f ^1 r U,4 a* ^ &\ 4? j>\ Died £• H - 862 « 

5 ^ J>\ jj^z ^ pM\ jA MJ^ Died A ' H< 8S8 ' 

h ^\ $ ^ Died A< H ° 762, 

Pococke has given the name erroneously. " ^.j^ sn>\jJ^ ** e * Explicatio 

testimoniorum quce in grammatica dicta c^jj ^i* ab *4>U ^ <tlil Aju «X<is? yi\ con ' 
scripta afferuntur, cujus author est J elaWddinus, idem qui comnientarium in Alcorans 
partem, scripsit." p. 367. 

f 



xxii 



PREFACE. 



the text ; the second by Moc-lla Jamee the Poet, and the third by Ruzee- 
ood-Deen Moohummud of Astrabad. The Wafeea though a very 
valuable work, is perhaps but little read ; the Shurhoo Moolla, as it is 
generally called, is a logical and argumentative comment on the text, 
and is every where studied in India, but the commentary by Ruzee (from 
which indeed the greater part of Jamee's is supposed to be borrowed) is 
the most voluminous and elaborate of all, and is justly considered a 
chef d'oeuvre of grammatical science, 

Of the other works, namely the Shurhoo Misbah, by Taj-ood-Deen 
Moohummud of Asferan ; the Qutr-oon-Nuda, by Aboo Abdoolla Moo- 
hummud Bin Yoosoof Hisham, and the Shurhoo Alfeea, by Shuekh Aboo 
Moohummud Abdoolla Bin Abdoorruhman, more generally known by the 
name of Ibn Uqeel, I have nothing particular to offer. They are all po- 
pular works. in Arabia, and the latter in particular, seems to possess the 
same rank in Bagdad, as the Shurhoo Moolla does in India, a fact which is 
certainly somewhat remarkable^ as the former is as a much famed for 
simplicity, as the latter is for subtilty. The same may be observed of the 
MoogTmee-ool-Lubeeb, by far the most useful work on Arabic grammar 
with which I am acquainted. It has supplied me with almost every 
thing valuable on the particles, 

In order to illustrate with greater effect, the practical applications of 
these most subtle parts of speech, as they are sometimes called, I have 
added at the conclusion of the annotations on each, an Arabic story, in 
which the particle will be found to occur under all the senses ascribed 
to it in the commentary. The natural and popular use of the word will, 
by this means be better understood, its lighter and more evanescent shades 
of meaning, rendered more obvious and determinate, and the whole scries 



PREFACE. 



xxiii 



of primitive, derivative and metaphorical acceptations exhibited at one 
view, in an easy and regular scheme of explication. 

I have pursued this plan throughout the volume. A story is appropri- 
ated to every preposition, and afterwards to every class of governors 
consecutively. The words thus explained, are distinguished by figures 
in the original, that the student may be enabled to compare their use 
with the explanations given in the commentary, and the whole is ac- 
companied with an easy English version. 

The stories thus given, are partly original and partly extracted from 
books, either printed or in manuscript. Those at the commencement 
of the commentary, were prepared by Sneyid Uhmud, a learned Arab, of 
the College of Huneefu, who accompanied me from Bagdad in the year 
1812, The sudden and unexpected death however of this most excellent 
scholar, a few months after his arrival in Calcutta, deprived me, at an early 
period, of the benefit of his services, and forced me, reluctantly to relin- 
quish the extensive plan of illustration, which he had himself originally 
proposed, and by which I had hoped to diversify and enliven my com- 
mentary, with much curious and intersting matter. This pleasing scheme 
however was in a great measure prevented by his death. I had no choice 
of materials, and was frequently obliged to adopt a number of insipid 
stories, which under other circumstances, I should certainly have rejected. 
The most entertaining portion of them were supplied me by an ingenious 
native of Yemen in Arabia, Nathaniel Sabat,* whose literary talents and 
acquirements, are well known in India, and for whose useful assistance in 
this department of my work, I am under considerable obligations. 

* At present employed by the Reverend T. Thomason, on a translation of the New 
Testament into Arabic. 



PREFACE. 



My constant guide and companion in almost every stage of this trans- 
lation, was Mouluvee Umanut-Oollah, a learned native of India, formerly 
on the establishment of the College of Fort William, and a more able 
guide or skilful and judicious instructor, I know not well where I could 
have found. 

For the poetical versions of sundry passages from the Arabian poets, 
which will be found occasionally interspersed through the notes, I am 
entirely* indebted to the kindness of my friend Mr. Wilson, the learned 
and elegant translator of the Megha Duta,^ and to Captain Roebuek 
of the College, who afforded me his assistance in conducting the work 
through the press, I beg leave to offer my best thanks. 

I have no further observations to make on the works here translated, 
and of the translation itself any observation on my part must be useless ; 
I shall therefore offer none : it may speak for itself or be silent. The 
typographical errors are indeed rather numerous, and require some 
apology. I believe they were occasioned in a considerable degree, by the 
rapidity with which a large portion of the work was hurried through the 
press, for it is certain, that the greater part of the commentary, with all its 
appendages of extracts, stories, annotations, &c. were prepared, trans- 
lated and printed off in something less than five months. I have endea- 
voured however to rectify these mistakes as well as I could, bv a 
table of errata, which will be found in general to consist of little 
more than transpositions in the Vowel points. The errors in the 
English part, are not likely to embarrass the student, and I have accor- 
dingly omitted to record them. 

* With the exception of the paraphrase in page 4S. 

+ Or Cloud MefistNGtn, a Poem in the Sanscrit language by Ca'lida'sa. 



PREFACE. 



XXV 



If to the two elementary works contained in this volume, be added the 
first, and Jifth Chapters of the MlSB.A'%* or rather perhaps a portion of the 
Hidayut-oon-Nuho, a body of syntax will be formed sufficiently com- 
prehensive for every practicable purpose whatever § but if the student 
aspires to a higher and more accurate knowledge of the subject, and 
would understand not only the rules, but the reasons of the rules, with 
all the delicacies, refinements and peculiarities of this admirable system of 
speech, I would recommend to him a Grammar of the Arabic Language, 
by Mr. Lumsden, the Persian and Arabic Professor in the College of 
Fort William, a work which I am persuaded will be found to exhibit, the 
most profound and masterly analysis of the language, that has ever been, 
presented to the public. 



* The Misbah is the third, and the Hidayut-oon-Nuho the fourth of the five Books 
on Arabic grammar, published in Calcutta in 1802. 

Calcutta, 3 
22rf July, 1814. 5 



• 



CONTENTS 



E FIRST B 



'Page, 

OF THE HUNDRED GOVERNING POWERS, 

Division of the hundred Governing 1 powers into two genera! Classes, termed 

UaJ or Verbal, and *Xx.*e or Absolute, • • < . — — 1 

ft 

Of ✓ 

Subdivision of the Verbal Governors into two distinct Classes, termed c I _ 
or Prescriptive, and ^ [ A s or Analogous, — .... 1 

Of the ^sL^ or Prescriptive Government. Division of the Prescriptive 
Government into thirteen Classes, - • . . .... .... 2 

CLASS FIRST. 

Containing seventeen Particles or Prepositions, which govern the Noun in 
the Aorist or Genitive Case, ■••«' 2 

CLASS SECOND. 

Containing six Particles, which govern the Noun in the Accusative or 
Objective Case, and the Predicate of the Preposition in the Nominative, 4 

CLASS THIRD. 

Containing two particles, which govern the Noun in the Nominative Case, 
and the Predicate in the Accusative or Objective, • 5 

CLASS FOURTH. 

Containing seven Particles, that govern the Noun in the Objective Case, . . • . 5 



CONTENTS, xxviii 
CLASS FIFTH. Page. 

Containing' four Particles, which being prefixed to the Aorist of Verbs, change 
° ^ o - 

of the final letter into u^./^aJ > — ■» • - * * • — ■ — <* 

CLASS SIXTH. 

Containing five Particles, which being' prefixed the Aorist of Verbs, render 
the final letter „ or Quiescent, - • — .... ...» 7 

CLASS SEVENTH. 

Containing nine words, which being prefixed to the Aorist of Verbs, render 
the final letter ^ or Quiescent, and which possess a hypothetical signifi- 
cation like the Particle ^ f ; .... r; g 

CLASS EIGHTF- 

Containing four Nouns, which govern a general or indefinite Noun in the 

°V . 
Objective Case, as the *aa v j or Noun of specification, — .... 9 

J"'\ 

CLASS NINTH, 
/c- « f >• •> 

Containing nine words, termed JUi^Ul v **.l or Verbal Nouns, of which six, 
have an Imperative Sense, and govern the Noun in the accusative or Ob- 
jective Case ; and three, a preterite signification, and govern the Noun in 

the Nominative, • "•-«. — 10 

CLASS TENTH. 

9 , w 9 , A - *> 

Containing thirteen words, termed aa^jUU ( Jbwif or defective Verbs, 
which govern the Noun in the Nominative, and the Predicate in the Ob- 
jective Case, — — — .... .... 10 

CLASS ELEVENTH. 

^ „ 9* 9 - » ' , 

Containing four words, termed a jj 1*1 1 J LxS I or Verbs of propinquity, 
which govern the Noun in the Nominative Case, • £ .... • • • . 12 



CONTENTS, xxix 

GLASS TWELFTH. Page. 

Containing four words, termed ^cMl*<»cxH JUil or Verbs of praise and 
censure, which govern generic Nouns made definite by the Article \\ in 
the Nominative Case, • ■ • • ■ * . . ...» ».'•••' » . 12 

CLASS THIRTEENTH. 

Containing seven words, termed ^aaaJIj wl^JI (Jlsif or Verbs of doubt 
and certainty, which govern a double Accusative, or two Nouns in the 
Objective Case, .... ». .... 13 

, OF THE ANALOGOUS GOVERNMENT. 
Containing seven Governors, •••• ► ....... .... ; .. . 1$ 

OF THE ABSOLUTE GOVERNMENT. 
Containing two peculiarities of Regimen, .... .... .... 15 

Concluding observations on the hundred governing powers, .„ 16 



h 



T 



TO 

THE SECOND BOOK. 

Introduction, • ••• • ••• •••• •••• 

Of the Government termed cl w or prescriptive, • • • « 

CLASS FIRST. 

Of certain Particles or Prepositions, which govern a Noun in the Aorist or 

Genitive Case, • • • • .... 
Of the Preposition 

Of the Preposition .... 

Of the Preposition 

Of the Preposition , J J 

Of the Preposition 5 .... 

Of the Preposition ^ 
w f 

Of the Preposition 
Of the Preposition ^Jlc — 
Of the Preposition 



Page. 
17 
18 



Of the Preposition jv^ 
P. * 9 

Of the Preposition j\X^> 



18 

20 

20 

S3 

42 

47 

49 

54 

57 

61 

64 

64 



xxxi 
Page. 

73 
78 

78 

78 

Concluding remarks on the Prepositions^ r »»»- Y*' ; * '■•«■«■ 82 

Synopsis of. the Arabic Prepositions. , ... 82 

CLASS SECOND. 

Containing 1 six words, termed JudUU '^LU^Jj^ I or Particles resem- 
bling Verbs, which precede in construction both terms of a Proposition,, 
governing the subject in the Accusative or Objective Case, and the pre- 
dicate in the Nominative, viz. .... »...; . ... . . v*. 83 

CLASS THIRD. 

Containing two Particles, which resemble the Imperfect Verb qj^aJ- They 
precede both Terms of a Proposition, and govern the Subject in the 
Nominative, and the Predicate in the Objective Case, » • • • 99 

CLASS FOURTH. 

Containing seven Particles, which govern the Noun in the Objectives 
Case, viz. . • • ■ .... .... .... .... 109 

CLASS FIFTH. 

Containing four Particles, which render the final letter of the Aorist Tense 
u- \/uaj viz. — — ..... .... .... >..« 115 

* 



CONTENTS. 

i z 

Of the Preposition ^ajs* ft*? 
Of the Preposition 

Of the Preposition A \j .... .... 

Of the Preposition (&la^ ■ • • • W. . 

Of the Preposition — .... 

Of the Preposition f<js.c ••'•>■» 



xxxii CONTENTS. 

CLASS SIXTH. Page. 

Containing five Particles, which being 1 prefixed to the Aorist, render the fi-nal 
letter or Quiescent, . — •••• — 12£ 

CLASS SEVENTH. 

Containing- nine words which give »^ or the Quiescent mark to the Aorist. 

They possess a conditional or hypothetical signification like the Particle 
^| , and are placed in constrution before two Verbs, the first of which is 

the cause of the second, — ' ..<■- ►-. — v. .. 12$ 

CLASS EIGHTH. 

Containing four words, which give c-^j to an Indefinite Noun^ (gyCj f) 
or govern it in the Accusative or Objective Case, as the jA^S or Noun 
of specification, •••• 138 

CLASS NINTH. 

Containing nine words, termed JUa^l A^u* I or Verbal Nouns. Of these 
six are used as the second person of the Imperative, and give to a 

Noun, or govern it in the Objective Case ; and three as Verbs in the Past 
Time, and give g^J to a Noun or govern it in the Nominative Case, viz. 145 

CLASS TENTH. 

Containing thirteen Verbs termed jLlsCDf JUsSt or Imperfect Verbs. 
They precede a Sentence consisting of a Subject and Predicate, to the first 
©f which they give £jj and to the second u-\*-oj > — 

CLASS ELEVENTH. 

Containing four Verbs, termed £^Uil JuVl or Verbs of propinquity, 
which give or the sign of the Nominative Case to a Noun, and 



CONTENTS, xxxiii 

Page. 

or the sign of Lac Objective Case to the Predicate,, whicli Predicate 



is the Aorist Tense of Verb in construction with f , ...... 165 

CLASS TWELFTH, 

vjuw ^ ° 9 A 

Containing four Verbs, termed Jvjf« ,^(j4f J l*j I or Verbs of praise and 
censure, which govern generic Nouns made definite by the Article ^| in 
the Nominative Case, ..... ,...! L».*-l 173 

CLASS THIRTEENTH. 

Containing seven Verbs termed t^j^AJUf J 1*5 1 or Verbs of the mind. They 
are also called Verbs of doubt and certainty, and precede a sentence 
consisting of a Subject and Predicate, to both of which they give v-aa^j 

♦ 

or govern them in the Objective Case, r»»-S] 181 

Of the Government termed \ \jJt or Analogous, 5...'; 



J- 



First Analogous Governor, 'vXia_t( 0 V*AJI or Verb Universally, 7- .. 195 



9 , AS* 

2d Ditto, jOv^all or Infinitive, 7. .... 195 

3d Ditto, AcUJl Active Participle, .... 203 



>itto, JCcUJi ***f Active Participle, 

° 9 A -A 9 A 

Ditto, J^*AJI ,J Passive Participle, >.;;.'; 208 

P . ?A ? w - 

•5th' Ditto, A$A&iI aAa^JI Simple Attribute, 



w "A A ,» 



6th Ditto, UJ I I Integral Noun, 



219 



«" ✓ A 



Of the Government termed (J^a**© or Absolute, 233 



S3 



/ 



* 



k^*"* Is Aj l^e 



TRAJVSLA T IOJV 



OF THE 



MEEUT AAMEL 



BOOK. I. 



OF THE HUNDRED GOVERNING POWERS. 

Arabic syntax comprehends an hundred governing powers, of which 

aome are, or (verbal;) and some, or (absolute.) 

Of those termed (^^AJ or verbal, there are two classes : The first, 

^v^t , or the prescriptive government; the second, (^mj Lo or the 

analogous, which with two of the (^y*^ or absolute, comprise the hun- 
dred governing powers.* 

* A summary view of the whole Meeut Aamil is here annexed. 

There are an hundred governing powers in Arabic syntax, of which some are verbal and some 
absolute. The verbal is divided in two classes, the 1st prescriptive, the 2d analogous. 
The prescriptive, contains 91; the analogous 7, and the absolute 2, in all 100. 

B 



2 MEEUT AAMIL. 

a 

The t v >w , or prescriptive government, is divided into thirteen classes. 

CLASS Fiji ST. 

tax's ^ ^ ! j^'-i (J J ^ ' £ ' 

The first class contains seventeen particles, or prepositions, which govern the 
noun alone in the genitive or relative case. viz. 



The 1st class contains 17 

2d — — 6 

3d — 2 
4th 

5th — 4 



The prescriptive is divided into 13 classes. 

Prepositions which govern the noun alone in the gen. or relative 

case. 

Particles, govern the noun in the acc. or objective and the predi- 
cate in the nominative. 

Particles, govern the noun in the nom. and the predicate in the 
^objective case. 

4th — — 7 Particles, govern the' noun in the objective case. 

Particles, prefixed to the aorist tense of verbs, change the ruffa of 
the final letter into nusub. 
6th — — 5 Particles, prefixed to the aorist render the final letter quiescent. 

(Words, prefixed to the aorist render the final letter quiescent — they 
(possess a conditional or subjunctive meaning, like the particle, 
Nouns, govern an indefinite noun in the genitive or relative case, 
when employed as the Tumeez or noun of specijicatioyi: 
Words, called verbal nouns, of which 6 govern the objective 
9th — 9 /case, and have an imperative meaning; and 3 the nominative and 

have a preterite signification. 

Defective ver'es, govern the noun in the nom. and predicate 



8th — — 4 



10th — - 13 , 

the accusative 

11th — — 4 Verbs of propinquity, govern the noun in the nominativet case. 

(Verbs of praise and censure, govern generic nouns, with the 
12<h — — 4<, .. 

(definite article, in the nominative case. 

/ Verbs of doubt and certainty, govern a double accusative, or 
13th — — ' 7 < two nouns in the objective case, the second explaining or announ- 
\ cing some thing regarding the first. 
The analogous governors, arc 7, and are as follow; 1st a verb xchether active or neuter. 
2tl A derivative adjective — 3d a. participle active. 4 th A participle passive. 5th An i'ljinitive. 
Gth A noun governing another in the genitive case. 7th An isme tamm. 
The Absolute is of 2 sorts. 1st The nom. absolute. 2J The aorist. 



BOOK FIRST, 



EXAMPLE S.* 
9 , * 



^•j J * X 9 I went wear and passed Zeid. 
4*^" C«5^ ' ^/^aJI^oO^wj I travelled jfrom Bussorah to Koofa 0 



qw^.XJ I ^y^J few© j I shot the arrow from the bow. 
j I c>J I ^ ^ j c\j ^} Zeid is /re the house. 



<-^J J t v J I The property is Zeicl's, or belongs to Zeid» 

9 9 o r 9 ^ Z 9 

AaaaJ <J^ j^-JJ I visited a/ezy men. 

^L>*J ! (^-^ ^Xj J| Zeid is ore the terrace, or platform of the house, 

tX>^^ I U (Ajj Zeid is //Are a lion. 

&x, x ?s2j I JWoj Jv^ aaj 1^ t^> I did not see him smce Friday. 



„ .« v w 



* • - (I ate the fish even to the head — i. e. the head 
(inclusive. 



By God, I will certainly do so. 



* The above particles admit of various significations ; the following are most usual, l -r J signifies 

occasionally, with, from, by, in &c. from. (jj s from &c. J to, until, even to. 4 in. ^ 

w 9 

appropriation, possession, an oath. S-'j some, a Jy^* upon, above, ^"similitude, as, like. 

09909 w r ,0, 

£s-« and f2wce, from. ecen fo, «s /«>• as. J and ^ are both particles of swearing ^ ^» $ 

*' ' ■> - . 

^ and are nearly synonimous, and signify, besides, except &c. For a more particular 
explication of their various senses, see the Commentary. 



e 



MEEUT AAMIL. 



9 o ,i> , • , 



cXjJ Is^^^xi l^j £ t^. The tribe (all) came to me except Zeid, 

o*s,,o,° 9 > s. „ 

j ^i*, ^ jx) I Ou I j I sa\r (all ) the tribe except Zeid, 

tXj^ f (Aff b ^ I passed by (all) the tribe, except Zeid, 



CLASS SECOND, 

,0*0 9 * ° , * , o 9 o , #09? o Z 9 o Z * 

The second class contains sn: particles, that govern the noun in the accusa- 
tive or objective case, and the predicate of the proposition in the nomina- 
tive, viz. 

w ^ > * 0 * '»» 1 x - W v w 

<J.«J , c^aJ , (^.aJ , ^ If , <^ f , ^> 1^ 

EXAMPLES.* 
15 f cXj_J ! Certainly Zeid is a stander. 
,0^0,;, o ^-(It reached me, or it was known to me, that 

(Zeid was certainly a goer. 
cX>4j I (^>U z y Zeid were a lion. 

^'jv c (^P^ t -V. ,J ^ ^ Zeid stood, but Amr is a sitter. 

<Aj l^t^j L-iiJ I C^.aJ Would to God, that youth was a returner. 



* The following arc the usual significations of the above six particles. <^j' certainly, verily t 

fftify, t^J ' the same. *<L> '•^ like, as if. but, nevertheless, &c. ^4 and J*l are used in 

the sense of supplication or aiding: the distinction between them is this, that the former is used 
Indifferently to express a wish, whether possible, or impossible of attainment, while the latter itf 
restricted in its application to the lirst. It may be translated — pehaps, it may be. 



BOOK FIRST. 



^ l^jr £ I hoped or perhaps Arar is a goer out. 



CLASS THIRD. 

^ - w , ? O 

The third class contains two Particles, that govern the noun in the Nomina- 
Tive case, and the predicate in the accusative or objective, viz. b and ^ , 

, o " 

resembling the imperfect verb (jj*aJ 

EXAMPLES.* 
«X^> lb Ckj j L« Zeid is not a learned man. 

^Xa*o (J^/wdS I (Jo*.^ 4 There «o man more learned than thou. 



CLASS FOURTH. 

9 o , # ° 9 9 9 w fow 

The fourth class contains screw Particles, that govern the noun alone in the 
objective case. viz. 

^.aA^ 5 ^ T 3> , f , , Ij I , U , ^ I , jl j 

EXAMPLES.} 

, , , * « , 9 , o I ./O 

Aa^kJ ( j f l v J I ^C,j^u I The water was egwa/ w^7i the wood. 

* ^° and ^ are synonimous negative particles, and are distinguished in their application thus; 
\fi precedes either a definite or indefinite noun ; ^ an indefinite only. 

+ The objective particle -* or vsao governing the acc. case, always means with. ^ ' has an exceptivs 

c : 



MEEUT A A MIL. 



O , B 9 0 S 0 * 0 , 

!<JuJ y> I ^ ^XJf^J-c.l^. (All) tke tribe came to me except Zeid. 

W ' 0 S , S 

tX) !<_Xa.cU& >• O servant of God'* 



^ O , O 



• * 

S ,1 1 



CLASS FIFTH. 

y 9 , o O p o , 0 o p 9 9 *o > oS ' 

The fifth class contains jfawr Particles, which being prefixed to the aorist of 

e _ o _ 

verbs, change £i j of the final letter into , viz. 

„ o ^ e „ o „ 

EXAMPLES.* 



© ^ . 0 x -J o 



I disliked, or had an aversion to your beating 
(or to this, that thou shouldest beat. ) 



^■xx j' (^J Thou never wilt do (or act.) 
f^*^ {_5*tMx'S <»i^-AA=*i I canie to you, that you might grant me my right, 

signification. k> ^. ' l** if ' and | are vocative particles : of which the 1st is used indifferently 
whether the object is distant qr near. The 2d and 3d when the object is distant: the 4th and 5th 
when the object is near. 

O „ w / O / O / 

* The particle is heic called *•■! j 1 *"** ^ because it gives the verb to which it is prefixed 
the sense of the infinitive, d restricts the verb to Xhc future time in a confirmed negative sense. 

° ' 0 : 

means cause or motive synonimous with then, at that time, and restricts the verb to the 

future rime. 



BOOK FIRST. 



? 



o ; fo^o' (I embraced the Mussulman faith. (Answer) 

' fallen, you will enter heaven. 

CLASS SIXTH. 

The sixth class contains ^ue Particles, which being prefixed to the aorist 
-tense of verbs, render the final letter quiescent ; viz. 

e w Jo' o'o^o-' w ' o o 

EXAMPLES* 

' o o p o oopo 

kSZt,jS^\ f^X^jSCy I 7f you honor, or respect me, I will respect you. 



^/ O ^ O O w , 



Zeid did «oi strike. 



^ o j e o 

<-\j _J l_j j^aJ Ze£ 7«m ( Zeid ) strike. 



o 0,0 



li-X-!_j LjJj^j^ Do wo£ strike Zeid. 



CLASS SEVENTH. 



t> ) ,0 , 1 ^ „ „ , 9 o ,00 9 a^0^o,9 ow 9 0 ~ - 



* The Particle g ' is synonymous with if. f ' and 'y' are negative Particles, distinguished in 
their application thus. is used to denote a simple ^ an absolute negative, import- 

O 0^0^ 

ing that the action was never performed at any past period of time. Examples Vj^Z ^ 

O O , vx „ 

He did wof beat. He »cwr did beat. For an explication of the Particles in Class the 

seventh, see the Commentary. 



MEEUT AAMIL. 



The seventh class contains nine words, -which, prefixed to the aorist, render 
the final letter quiescent : they possess a conditional or hypothetical signification 

o 

like the particle ^ f viz. 

0,0 o ^ ? O _ ' W , o , ,0 , g , , o * I „ ^ • „ » „ 

EXAMPLES. 

9 e e p o • 9 J o x 

^a^ajj^^, He who honors me, I will honor him. 

o , O _ O ^ O . O 

^,^^3 1 gJ.*a'J L© Whatever you make I will make. 

<3 I JO ^a^, Whenever you go I will go. 

{jf I f^j-Xj l Y y^o Wherever you are there will I be. 

o 0 0 O ^ P w" 

V^'V/^fY^ Whomsoever you strike, I will strike. 

o o ° * , * o , 

o?o^o'^o, Wherever you sit I will sit. 

o „ o ^ o „ o , o , p o 

u^3> f JG '• v ^^ =Sfc Wherever you go I will go. 

(Js.xi I (J^aaj L« O ( At the time, or, when you do it, I will do it. 

CLASS EIGHTH. 
5^Xj I y wj 1 ^aa v aJ ! l-az-oaj £ I i^+e IaJ I ^yj f 



The e/gftf/i class contains four nouns, which govern a general or indefinite 
noun in the objective case, being the j&r* * or, noun of specification. 

* The word \*JS signifies literally separation, segregation, and is applied in Arabic. Grammar, 

to denote the second of two substantive nouns, WHEN EMPLOYED for the purtose of ex- 
plaining SOME UNCERTAINTY, SUPPOSED TO EXIST IN THE PRECEDING NOUN TO AVUKU IT IS 1M- 



The 3d is, 



BOOK FIRST. 0 

The 1st of these is , ten, when compounded with t\^>. I one, (j>^ J 1 

two &e. as far as ninety-nine. 

EXAMPLES. 

^2s»j^^£ cX=a. I s. lifc f TTiere J came to me devm men. 

9 '/ C(How many?), as, O c\ac Jk*.^ >f , How 
The 2d is, *f J J ' f 

» • {many men are with (lit. near) you ? 

j JV> CfSome^ as, tdT^ t v ^<^ fJO^ You have 
£ got some money. ( Dirhums. ) 

& 9 - 0 ^ ' ^ 

• * " ■> ( f Some ), or, how many as^O" Jis*. j L/^ 
The 4th is, (o,J P < ' 
(( How raflHi/ men are with you '? 

CLASS NINTH. 

, o , 9 , « ^ 

The w/nf/* class contains m'/ic words, termed (J Lai I .c I v mj I or verbal 
nouns, viz. nouns having a verbal signification : of these six have an imperative 
sense, and govern the noun in the accusative or objective case: viz. 



puted. The cardinal number ^^.j- js^, J ( eleven ) for instance, as exemplified in the text, is the 
mere name of a certain species of quantity, and therefore incapable of conveying to the mind any- 
other idea than a certain aggregate of units. 1 There came to me elevfri ' — eleven what? — men, 
horses, or dogs ? Some word is evidently required to expel the obscurity, or in other words, to 
separate some specific object from the mass of possibles, in order to give a determinate character 

to the sentence: this word the Arabian Grammarians have therforc with analogical propriety termed 
r 

the V SxS j or, as it may be rendered in English, the noun of specification. 

J6>.^> and ^j's, are synonymous, the latter however is sometimes used interrogatively. 



D 



10 MF.EUT AAMIL. 

EXAMPLES. 

^o^o o^o, s o ^ , # , f 

'<-Xj j c^y'o 'c^l t*N?.J ^.JJ Release, or permit Zeid *o go for a little. 

^.o^o^o^ "o „ f Leave Zeid at liberty, i. e. let him do as hs 

(pleases. 

«: O , • P O „ J.O , " , O P 

I<Aj J Jvi* f IlXj J e£i j O Se/ze Zeid. 

sro^oo^o^ &o , ^ o , „ f Be su re you continue b y Zeid , viz . do not let 

'Zeid go till you have gained your object. 
IcXj J Cio I (_£ I IcXj J <_XyA^. Come to Zeid. 

ItXiJ I !<-Xj^J l& Ta&e or sc/ze Zeid. 

The remaining three, have a preterite signification, and govern the noun in 
the nominative: viz. 

EXAMPLES. 

cXjJ <A*j (_£ I tX.J_j O ^ e '^ was distant* 

o ' ° * „ ~ 

^o, ^>o , , , ,o e ^ V Zeid and Amr mutually separated. 

<-V,J £ (_£ ' ^.J O Ifiyw Zeid hastened or jjifld^ 

CLASS TENTH. 

0 „ 

The fcn*7j class contains thirteen words, termed U J ^- X5 ' or oefective 

verbs, which govern the noun in the nominative, and the predicate in the 

OBJECTIVE CASE. VIZ. 



BOOK FIRST. 



J , ^. I £ U , OIaJ I Lo , J 'J U , (^^j U j 

EXAMPLES, 
l^j Ijj ^ LT Zeid was standing. 

Iaac .AJuUljLa The poor man became rich. 
& « - 0 * - * . ° - Cin the morning Zeid was sagacious, or intelli- 

L.J IS. CkJ ) ^JsaO \ \ 

T.> V £ * (gent, 
bj la cXj^; I evening Zeid was reading. 

1 L*,* cX,-^ ^act^ I ffo forenoon, Zeid was travelling. 

«- y 0 o , w ^ 

Lj-J Iao cXj^} or during the day Zeid was a faster. 

<» 

* ' ^ ° ' * ' \ ( or through the Whole ) night Zeid was 
* " (sleeping, i. e. he passed the whole night in sleep. 

■» • - £ ° ' - ' e ' ^ Zeid did not desist from being learned, viz. he 
lyJ Lc cXjJ — t j U S 

C/ (was always learned. 

l v J U cXj^} Zeid did not leave off, or was always standing. 
* ' ° >: " 

tyJ lc tXJ_} cJ ^ Zeid did not cease from, or was always learned. 

«Xi* lc .Xj lXaj I L* Bukr did not fail to be, or was always wise. 

„ o , 0 o ^ , , o • 

iuJ lsb.cXJ._j ^ l<3 Uo (j**-^ i Sit as Zong 1 as Zeid sits. 

m to, 0 9, , o , 

lyj li <-XjJ Zeid /s no£ standing. 

CLASS ELEVENTH. 



12 



JYIEEUT AAMIL. 



The dcvcnih class contains fo.ur words, termed L*U J bti I or verbs of 
propinquity, which govern the noun in the nominative: viz. 



6 I/, 



- L3 J 
E XAMPLE S,9 



9 9 o , 0 o , 



Zeid hastened his coming out, or Zeid was near 
coming out, or Zeid was about to come out 



CLASS TWELFTH. 

9^o, ~ 0,0 9,Os, 



r - w - - - r . /I "a * 7 * ~ * ' S" * . W ' W ^ 



0,0 f - o „ 



The twelfth class contains .fowr words, termed ^»<-\J lj^.<A v JI <_) ' or verbs 
of praise and censure, which govern generic no«ns made definite b y the article 
^ I in .the nominative ca.se. viz. 



EXAMPLES. 

*> * 9 9 Zj , o 

cXj ^jo^y I ^xi Zeid is a go£d 

0 0 - 9 9 w „ 0/ 

tj.^. J (jj^aj Amr is a fta^ 

# o , 9 9 ~ > . 

jXj <Jo*. I £ Um Bukr is a vicious or Zwrf 

cXj J <J-> f u\>.=a. Zeid is a good 



1 



V mr 



an. 



* Theiv is a distinction in the meaning ami application of the above four verbs of Propinquity, 
which shall be noticed in the proper plaice. 



BOOK FIRST. 



13 



CLASS THIRTEENTH. 



w 7 w 



The thirteenth class contains seww. words, termed (j^aAaJ f * U_CiJ I (J I 
or, verbs op doubt and certainty, which govern a double accusative, or 
two nouns in the objective case, the second having some descriptive or ex- 
plicative reference to the first : viz. 



EXAMPLES. 

^Lo (i I cXj 0*a***2». I conceived, or looked upon Zeid as learned. 

l v j U I^Xj CaaaIo I considered or imagined Bukr sleeping, 

I v j U 1 OJ CaasL. I imagined Khalid standing. 

e ^ ssO r ; O 5 „ 

(x I lXj i f j I saw that Zeid was intelligent, or wise.' 

Iaa^i 1 1 0\.J_j CU v Xc I knew that Zeid was trust worthy. 

Laa£> j C^aaJ 1 cj cX^».j I found the house mortgaged. 

' J ^UaA>iJ I 0\ v £ _^ I supposed Satan a thanksgiver. 



E 



14 



MEEUT AAMIL, 



OF THE ANALOGOUS -GOVERNMENT. 



9 , o 



The class termed US or analogous, lias sere/z governors, and consists 
of the following parts of speech, viz. 



, O O I 



f o O „ 



V— » >XL^ I J,AAJ J A VERB UNIVERSALLY. 



9'~,9<> 9 ,<» , DERIVATIVE ABJECTIVE, OR ADJECTIVE 

J I AA/^J f J 

(NOUN. 

^ ° 9 o 

^**> ^ A PARTICIPLE ACTIVE. 
9 o " o ; o 

(J^-xA-yJ I f A PARTICIPLE PASSIVE. 
" 0 ^ 8 

^tX/^J I AN INFINITIVE. 
9 , o £ o o (A NOUN GOVERNING ANOTHER IN THE GENITIVE 
£0R RELATIVE CASE. 

"A perfect or completive noun; viz. a noun 
terminating either in (^J *X» or, what is con- 
sidered as a substitute for the tunween, namely 
UJ J ^ ^ l^j the noon of the dual or plural number : — or, a 
noun followed by another in the genitive case : 
in all which cases it requires the Tumccz, or 

NOUN OF SPECIFICATION.* 



* The government of the above parts of speech will be exemplified in tic second book. 



BOOK, FIRST. 15 
OF THE ABSOLUTE GOVERNMENT. 

The class termed (j£ j.a.su> or absolute, has h«o peculiarities of regimen. 
Of these, the first requires, in the absence of any ye.rbal governor, the subject 
and predicate in the nominative case: the second is the aorist tense of a verb, 
which, in the absence of certain governing' particles, receives the vowel Summu; 

or in other words, the final letter of the tense is marked £ JP y* ' 



At the conclusion of the first book, it may not be unnecessary to offer a few 
general observations, on the nature, divisions and peculiar distinctions of the 
hundred governing powers, a clear and comprehensive conception of which 
will tend to facilitate, in a considerable degree, the future progress of the student. 

The subject of the Meeut Aamil, is grammatical regimen, or government % 
and is defined to be that part of Syntax, which regulates the dependency of words, 
and the alterations which one occasions in another. 

This is divided into two general classes or divisions : the first termed verbal, 
or the relative or dependent government ; in contradistinction to the second, which 
flows from the sense, and is therefore properly absolute or independent. 

In the verbal or relative, the word governed necessarily depends on, or is 
influenced by, some other word in construction : the absolute is totally indepen- 
dent of all such influence, having the intrinsic power of assuming a certain gram- 
matical character, or indication of case, which in the Arabic language is invariably 
nominative. 



16 



MEEUT AAMIL. 



For it must be remembered, that in this language, there is a state in which 
nouns are found to exist, before they are distinguished by any marks of annex- 
ation, or indications of case, such for instance as the word Oo j (deprived of the 
tun-ween,) which is considered the primary, or radical form of the noun, and 
must necessarily be connected with some other word in construction, before it can 
assume any grammatical character, indicative of case. The nominative therefore, 
which always denotes a certain specific relation, is distinguished by a termination 
or mark of inflection, significant and peculiar to itself, superscribed over the final 
letter of the noun in its radical form, as j ^ li — Zeid stood. 

Under the first species of government, namely the verbal, or relative, are 
included two distinct classes, or the prescriptive, and analogous. Of these, 
the first relates to a certain specific number of words, the government of which is 
settled and authorized by long usage and custom ; while the latter is restricted to 
the government of a certain class of words, in which you reason by analogy from 
one to another, and consequently, determine their influence in speech to be every 
where regular and uniform. 

The second form of government, which has been translated absolute or inde- 
pendent, is of a twofold nature. The first governing the subject and predi- 
cate : the second the aorist tense of a verb, which is said to resemble in sundry 
particulars a noun, and, in the absence of any verbal governor, assumes the vowel 
Zummu, viz. the final letter of the tense is marked • These peculiari- 

ties of regimen have been variously accounted for by grammarians, and shall be 
noticed in their proper place. The government, in both instances, is said to flow 
from the sense, and to be totally independent of any other word in construction, 
and seems therefore to resemble that case, in the greek language, which certain 
grammarians have termed the nominative absolute. 

The above remarks will perhaps be sufficient to convey a general idea of Arabic 
government. For a more minute and particular analysis of the subject, together 
with the various significations and peculiarities of the hundred governing powers., 
the reader is referred to the commentary on this book. 



COMMENT ABIT. 



xJ^O L« 

& ' *■ < c_ 

URIIOO M I , U T A MI L, 

OR A 

COMMENTARY 

ON THE 

HUNDRED GOVERNING POWERS. 

BOOK II. 



I N T R 0 D U C T I O N. 

The author of the Miut Amil* enumerates in Arabic syntax one hundred 
governing powers^ of which some are . JajJ or verbal, f and some (C 

jOr ABSOLUTE. 

1 i!* 

* The grammatical treatise termed A^o la *j Mhut Amil, on which the present work 
Js a Commentary, contains agreeably to the literal meaning of the title, one hundred governing 
powers: these are divided into co-ordinate and subordinate classes, with reference to their 
general and particular offices, and the author with an ingenuity characteristic of the systematic 
refinement of an Arabian grammarian has reduced the whole to an exact centenary of governing 
powers: in this he was doubtless as much influenced by numerical symmetry, as logical or 
grammatical precision, but the arrangement is convenient and sufficiently accurate for all useful 
purposes. 

+ Jih] and ^ ^ are relative nouns, from &y utterance, or vocal expression, and 
signification) meaning. The fiist signifies literally, verbal, and denotes thai the government to 

F 



18 BOOK SECOND. 

The verbal government is subdivided into two general classes, the first named 
prescriptive ^£ * the second analogous /j*, US . The PRESCRIP- 
TIVE includes ninety-one, the analogous seven, and the absolute two, forming on 
the whole, one hundred grammatical agents or governing powers. 



OF THE GOVERNMENT TERMED , <- I u OK PRESCRIPTIVE, 

i *5 v 



THE PRESCRIPTIVE GOVERNMENT IS DIVIDED INTO thirteen CLASSES. 

CLASS FIRST. 

The Jirsl class contains seventeen particles or prepositions, which simply go- 

which it is applicable is influenced by words. The second on the contrary as its name imparls has, 
no reference to words, but relates meiely to sense: the one is extraneous, the other intrinsic, and 
both seem properly enough designated by our own grammatical terms, veubai. and absolute. 

it' v-j 0 \ 

* From the infinitives g hearing, and r&tiotination, a-v^oyi^uv, are formed the 

at + * i*> 

relative nouns and ^ Us the former of which, as applicable to all irregular grammatical 

agents, may be termed prescriptive, or as this class of irregular governors are more literally 
denominated by Agapiti a Vallc, audibii.ta, quia a magisiro audienda.* They may properly 
be considered as exceptions to the general class of regular governors, and are accordingly 
resiricled in number to ninety. one. The analogous classes will be illustrated in their proper place, 
and it therefore only remains to be remarked, that the government of the particles extend to all 
the cases, while some of them possess the peculiar property of changing the ^ of the n.ial letter 
of verbs, info t^^J and others that of affecting the sound of the terminating letter, with tnc 
mark These distinctions seem to correspond with the antithesis and apocope of European 

languages and should therefore agreeably to our notions of grammar, be rather included in the 
rules of prosody than inflexion. 



* In a woik cntiiiid 1'i.or »s Gr amm atic ales Ar abici Idiomatii. 



COMMENTARY. la 

f t 



vern a noun in the aorist case. They are called g j l^, or PARTI " 

CLfeS of ATTRACTION. * 



* They are called particles of attraction, because they are said to attract the sense of the 

antecedent word to the consequent, pointing out at the same time the relation subsisting between 

> . . 9 9 

both, and for a similar reason area'so termed ft. \,x % I c ^ or connexive particles. They are 

applied like the prepositions of other languagesin a two-fold capacity ; Kara vmffitaivby way of juxta 
position, and Kcnac-vt^a-m by way af composition ; viz. some of them are seperable, and some inseper- 
able. They invariably render the governed word jj^\sc mujuoor, which some grammarians have 
rendered the Genitive case, but what it may be asked in the genitive case? ' k Jils aine da 
nomanilif,' says Du Marsais,* — the eldes'. son of the nominative ! ' and is formed to express all 
relations commencing from it itself,'' says Harris, in contradistinction to the dative, which expresses 
* all relations tending to itself.' If this be the true character of the genitive, it is obvious it 
cannot be applicable to the term nwjroor, as the prepositions * from and to, govern the same 

case, though the relations they are formed to denote, are directly opposed to each other. If the 
metaphorical or rather whimsical language of the French grammarian be admissible, it must be 
allowed that the claims of this case to hereditary pre-eminence are much superior to those of the 
fils aine, as it may be said to inherit a sort of trinal consanguinity, or triplicity of filiation possessing 
in itself a complex cognation, with iis progenitor the nominative, which includes not only the rank 
and powers of the eldest son, the genitive, but of the two younger also, the dative and ablative 

It might perhaps be called the relative case, if it were not that every case is strictly speaking 
relative, a case being generally defined by grammarians — the special difference in a noun, according 
to the different relations that things bear to oae another; yet the Messieurs De Port Royal who 
copied this definition from SanctiuSjf- have strangely enough, and almost in the same page 
restricted the term relative to the dative. On a question however merely nominal it is not 
necessary to be captious : — in re levi noluimus esse morosi • — the arbitrary distinctions of language 
have no essential connexion with he operations of words; the nanvj is seldom found significant of 
the office. But although ' the equality of words" to things be often neglected,' it seems nccess.iry 
in technical appellations to be as precise as possible : — to the two first terminations or cases of an 
Arabic noun, the terms jnominative and accusative are sufficiently applicable, but the compre. 



* Prhcipes De Grammaire, on Fragmer.s sur la causes de la parole. 

+ Prima etspecialis nominis -differentia, teste Scaligcro, casus est, Sanct. Minerv. De Cas. Norn, 



»U BOOK SECOND. 

OF THE PARTICLE OR PREPOSITION, 

The preposition p {j signifies union, or coalescence, ^l^JI in a two-fold 
manner : — 

Absolutely, aaaa^? as £ | 3aj He is sick, or diseased, in him is disease, 

«• -0 . A x . ? A * , 

^Relatively, [ as <_X-> I passed £y Zued; m other words, 

9 9 - ' 

ID t£ J Jj" 0 ^" 2 '^ ' 1 passage was contiguous to the place near 
V 9 J / ' A "' I which Zued was,. 



t tensive and indefinite character of he one ia question, whjch compiises virtually the various 
powers of, the genitive, dative and ablative, seems to require a name of correspondent import ; 
I shall therefore hazard an innovation, and term it in future the aorist case. 

From the etymology of the word -cisr, grammarians have pretended to explain iti pro- 
.perties. case they say comes from casus a cadere to fall, like the Greek IJtwk from Uivra-^ 
words following (as it were) from the mind or discursive fatuity.* This is fanciful 
enough, and worthy the ingenuity of Harris, and his friends the Peripatetics. But what 
authority is advanced for supposing, that words when first applied as terms of art, 
■were applied in their primitive rather than in their consequential or metaphorical significations? 
There is no authority for such a supposition, but authority directly against it. The word caius 
iu Latin is considered synonymous with eventus and exiius, and has many other senses besides its 

literal one: >case in English is never used in its original import, and Aristotlet himself applies 

Ilium to the variations of the noun and verb, not only to what we term declension and conjugation, 
but even to the singular and plural number. But this is not a work for minute discussions on 
grammatical siabtclties and verbal peculiarities, I shall therefore conclude with observing that the 

* Vid. llcrmcs. p. 228. 

+ ILrSns U istv ovomTOS J o'^mtos, v\ pevrt x*™ to, thtov, i? tovtu, cvudivovtrct, ml cctt 

™«UT«- * U TO M«T« TO, tVi, 1? «M4 Ok* «v9?U™> * ^ " " 

unus quidem, q..i signified id quod hujui t*t, vel huic dutur, et quarcunqut talia; alter v«o, qui siguificat id quod urn, vd mullu 

(ribuUur; vcluti homines,, aut hoir.o.-Sce alio Sviba* ou tbc woid Utuck; . Aristot. Dc Pgcuca. 



BOOK SECOND. 



g» It denotes instrumentality, (£j Lxa^() 



EXAMPLE.* 



> ^ A £ A X 

^XxJ U c^aaT I wrote wt*A a pen. 

A A J 

3. It is occasionally used in the sense of ( JuJbu) causality, or causation* 



EXAMPLE. 

» s ' * 9 w ("Verily you have injured your souls %v your 

* „ " adoption of the calf, i. e, adopting it for your 



same idea is expressed ia Arabic by th.3 word XI la. ^ meaning familiarly state, case, &c. wnich, 
a fanciful grammarian after the usual mode of etymological retrogradation mi^ht trace to the 
verb J he turned, inverted or declin-d, and hence argue that the term was ihus significantly applied 

A „ , 1 

jngrammar, to expressthe variation*, or declensions,*' " of a noun from its upright f 07 m ^ Si ^ 
through its various declining f rms " ^a*^ Hi U») This is quite as plausible a derivation 
as the other, but I am persuaded it never entered the mind of an Arabian Grammarian. Who 
would not smile to hear a physician etymologize on the word case, an3 inform his Patient, that 
it signified literally falling, implying as it were the decline or fall of his henlih from its upright 
form?— «Yet the physician's elymology is every way as good as the grammarian's ; or rather the^ 
are both good for nothing. 

* from j£ literally asking or demanding assistance. 



* Vid. Hermes, p. 279. 



n COMMENTARY. 

A- t 9 

4. It denotes concomitance, ^ ^ 

EXAMPLE. 

As* LjU I Co' ill 1 bought the horse tf /<m£ with his saddle. 

5. It has another property termed eXx.)') an ^ is that, by which a neuter verb 
is rendered transitive. 

EXAMPLES. 

$ 1 aaj aJU I 1—*$ <^ God took away their light, i. e. he blinded them. 

^ *jO\a& O i took or carried away Zued, equivalent to o I 

*> , ' if 

6. It denotes substitution or exchange, (aX/(X«) 

EXAMPLE. 



■ A y» A 



9 a/ a fl bartered the horse /or the slave, or tff, I ^ur- 
rj*> IjcKax »^; A ^.^ cAaj ^ tlje slave ^ exc hange for the horse. 

7. It denotes swearing, {^s) 

EXAMPLE. 

1 jj'Jpbi S W ^ God > 1 witl ccrtainly d0 S0, 



f 



BOOK SECOND. 



It denotes inclusion, or comprehension, JLj) 



EXAMPL E. 



cXUJ bob) Zued is in the city, 



0. It is used as a mere expletive or redundant particle, (:p (.j ^ 



EXAMPLE. 



SjL^Xi ( I ^ <-Xj b l^xli; Do not imbrue your hands in slaughter. 



2&motatt<m, 

i 

Grammarians hare assigned various other relations to the particles f { t besides those enurae. 
rated in the text, but the/ seem all correlative and may be traced to the prim ry signification or 

O I 4 

generic idea denoted by the term, ^ i^JJ 

The radical import of this particle is therefore onion, whether absolute or relative. 
Absolutely, It denotes possitive or immediate union or co-alescence. 
Relatively, it implies simple relation of vicinity or proximity of place. 

From the generic idea of union 2jt several specific relations, which may be translated by the 
following English prepositions. 

1. With, denoting theMnstrument or agent, which is expressed in Latin by the ablative case as 

9 As s f 

»&! L • Scripsi calaino.. 

V V * 

2. By, or on account of, denoting the efficient or final cause, the means by which any thing is 
performed; also in swearing. 

3. Along with, association, society, or connexion, 

4. For, in exchange of. 

5. ira, denoting the rel ition between the obj ct contained and that containing it. 
It corresponds very nearly in all its relations with the English preposition by. 



24 



COMMENTARY. 



6" TOR Y. 

The various uses of this paricle, together with the Cacus amor $ui 9 or tympany 
of self conceit are illustrated in the following Story. — Ths Tigures point out their 
application as explained in the Text. 

^ i Abi Uiioi» 



' A x x ' ' X - A ~ A 9 wxx A xx x ,A x *- ' x f is ^ « x W x 



A 



_ A 

«s , A , A 1 - I f ^ 1 9 <9 s s * x A x fw,/ « ^ I / s« . ' ' ' ! 



A x A X bj ^ A x A ' x 1a x A x . ' A x A x 1 *. P» 



X ' x £ x- ' f > w x «x .. '$\*' » * ' " V* "• ' . ' 9 



x A ' 1 x x I _xxx I ™»| ' ' ' A x x & / . »* » J / ,^,,(1 

t^j ^ 1st I '•y^ ,7*^ O** I ^ "-las Ls j.^J I I ly.=s. j.'^~c £ ^juJ I 

I * r ^ ' vL A ^ ' A x ' " x x'A^x'w^^ 

w 

— A 

x'x ' P^^Ax A ^-A x A x Axx x--xvj/x xx f It / | 

- ■ ' 1 f/ 1 * <x ' r 1 * 1 " t - 1 - * - 1 -» - * 



BOOK SECOND. 23 

7 

S^wxe \ 9 *9 ^ X x I s \ w „ v ^ ' V ' 

7 aj ^ ! IKc CaaJjJ aU b J li : <j <3 b^J (^-^j^ 51 a^* v ^. I 

i ' - ' 

J 1 x A rt^. 1 -! x A x _ _ s * h * s s « ' ' & > 1 ? A ^ ^ I ^ ^. ft x ' ' - ^ 



(j£ j* : t ^ ]j 1 4&j$& I f J b' j (jw Lrk Aj f I^a^S ^ac 



L£ Li 

Cvl U>* I ^Jl jUaj ti ^^**J I (^>*o ^> p' jj vj^*i Aa2* jJ ^jjS <J.a>**S 

Ox 

t * 9 . 9 » ' * -A P Ax A > • P A 9 1^ 1 \„ „ „ 1 „ 

j aaSJ-s:**! -X.su C^AAi (Jo I v_J^,a^ I ty J Li j L y J f ^ 



1 - I 

f* : . : ,sM 9***9' a - * 1 .. ? - < A ~. 

w ^ a 1 Pa -a, ' 5 , 1 .-a-- =• ! xx A 



A^A Ax x j A A w_ 



H 



&6 COMMENTARY. . 

*' 9 + I ^ . t k it " f * 1 9 * - * , , * 9 a 9 a „ , f A - - 

[ I f. 



6 uu/ 



* \ - * + * ^it •** * A ' * * 

- Y C> ^ - C<> ^ 

9 A ^ w ? , A „ ^ ^ l.'.A ^ ^ * > ,» X ^_ 1 w .» I ^ # X 

# di x A , 1 A s A s ' A * I A 1 A ^ *• s * 6p y ' 

5 r 0 i5 7. 

A silly fellow observing one morning that his house was ready to tumble about 
his ears from decay, and being destitute of the means of repairing it, went with 
a long face of rueful cogitation to his wife, and informed her of his miseries. Now 
the wife was just as great a noodle as himself, — so says she, why, my dear 
distress yourself about a trifle? You know you have got a cow worth thirty dir- 
hums, take her to the market and sell her for that sum, I have also some thread 
which I will dispose of to-day, (and between us both we shall raise the wind I 
warrant it.) 

The man instantly rose up, drove the cow to the marker, and delivered her over 
for sale to the public appraiser of cattle. The salesman shewed her to the by 
standers; directed their attention to all her excellent points, — expatiated on her 
numerous good qualities, and in short pulfed her off as a cow of inestimable 



BOOK SECOND. 



27 



^alue:— to all this the wiseacre listened with delight and astonishment; — he heard 
her praised for qualities that he thought no oilier cow could possess, and de- 
termined in his own mind not to lose so rare a bargain, but purchase her himself 
and baulk the chapmen ; he therefore called out to the appraiser, and asked him 
at what she was going, heTeplied at fifteen dirhums and upwards. By the head of 
our Prophet says the Cappochia, had I known before that my cow was such a 
.prodigy of excellence, you would not have caught me in the market offering her 
for sale. Now it happened that he had just fifteen dirhums, and no more; — these 
he thrust upon the broker, exclaiming — the cow is mine — I have the best claim 
to her ! He then seized her, and drove her home, exulting all the way, as if he 
liad found a treasure. On reaching home, he enquired eagerly after his wife to 
iaform her of his adventure, but was told she had not returned from market. 
(There was no remedy but patience, which he despised^ so he sat biting his nails 
in the last stage of the Fidgets.) — At length she appeared, and he sprung up to 
meet her exclaiming, — wife I have done something to-day, that I believe will 
astonish you ! — I have performed an exploit, that would do honor to the first 
genius of the age. Patience says his wife; — perhaps I nave done something myself 
to match it: — however hear my story first and afterwards talk of genius if you 
please. The husband desired her to proceed. When I went to market, says she, 
I found a man in want of thread; — I shewed him mine, which he approved of, 
and having bargained for it, he agreed to pay me according to the weight. I told 
him it weighed so much, which he seemed to discredit, and weighed it himself: — ■ 
observing it fall short of the weight I had mentioned, and fearing I should lose 
the price I at first expected, I requested him to weigh it over again and be cer- 
tain: — in the mean time taking an opportunity unobserved, I slipt off my brace- 
lets, and put them slily into the scale with my thread. — The scale of course pre- 
ponderated and I received the full price demanded. Having finished her story, 
she cryed out — What think you now of the genius of your wife !* (It must be 



* Literally the daughter of your uncle. 



23 



COMMENTARY. 



recollected says the historian, that the bracelets were of silver and double the value 
of the thread.) Amazing, amazing, says, the Booby, your capacity is truly 
supernatural!* and now, if you please, I will give you a specimen of mine, arvd 
he related the adventure as above. — Oh husband says the woman, the almighty 

has favored us in this affair — had ws not possessed such consummate wisdom and 
addres , how could we have contrived means to repair our old house? In future 
therefore annoy yourself no more about domestic concerns; for the Lord is 
merciful. On my part I shall continue to exert my abilities, and do ycu the same, 
and by our mutu .1 talents and dexterity, it is impossible we can want for any thing. 

* <*r r oM a sort of encomiastic exclamation of very frequent occurrence in Arabic, ard murti 

<r * * 

easier to comprehend than translate. The word ^ a signifies literally Jloxcr.ig. out exuberantly, aj 
milk from the udder, &c. and was hence transferred to denote bounty, or liberality, as y^A* *=r» ^ 
your bounty flows liberally, and laterally to signify natural capacity , indoles &c. The phrase means 
literally— your Jloa cf milk is by or through God. u e. your capacity is divine or supernatural. 

The few liberties taken with the original will be readily pardoned by the Arabic Scholar, and ft, 
any other class of readers it would be uselesg to off<r explanations. The extreme b.revity, simplU 
city, and terseness of the original diction cannot I believe be preserved in our English idiom; 
Ibut the solemn gravity of the dialogue defies all power of imitation. 



BOOK SECOND. 29 
OF THE PREPOSITION, 

a 

1. The Preposition is used to denote the Commencement of Interval 

(iy UJ I * I (JJu 0* as applicable to time and space. 
** i" <* 

EXAMPLES. 

9, , * * * , 9 * 

Ai j.XJ f I I eiy* I travelled /rem Busruh to Koofuh. 

«( \ *t I i \ fi * * . C I slept the whole night, lit, from the beginning 
*f> - r *> - - - ( to the end of it. 

It is used in the sense of parlage, or participation, (giAXAj) 

EXAMPLE. 

^ | j J\J f ^.n) UL? wX^, f I t0 °k some of the Dirhums, 



annotation, 

* The phrase £ a ii! J ; ! Jsxj I would signify literally //ie beginning of -the end, a sort of phrase, 
ology not likely to convey much information ; but the Commentators explain this oxymoron, by 
asserting that the word £j (£ by a* synecdoche is here synonymous with £? space or interval. 

The word interval which was originally applied to space, is considered by Dugald Stewart in his 
Philosophical Essays, as now exclusively restricted to time ; — whatever may be the case now (which 
by the by is a very indefinite term,) it certainly was not so restricted by writers in the two last 
centuries. It is useless to multiply examples, but with following one from Milton, every reader 
13 acquainted. 

5' Twixt host and host a narrow space was left, 
A dreadful int(rval" 



■Po , ■ fk I A * * 9 , ^ t 9 9 * „ r 

By the word &j (£. is meant M expressing 
the name of a part for the whole. See the Commcn. 



-s« {s^'iKi liSaJ (_ taiy on the Kafseu by Moola Tamee, 



•20 COMMENTARY. 

3. It denotes explication, or elucidation, (^xjS) 

" i* * 

EXAMPLE. 

0V^^ti^^b^* >Ab3tain from abomination, f««me§,; the abo- 
O if^f I jj| |'^ m ination of idols.* 



annotation. 

Besides the above applications of the particle there are a great Yariety of others, the wholfl 
of which the Arabian Grammarians deduce from the primitive idea Beginning. . 

The present work will not admit a detail of these various senses ; I shall therefore merely 
notice those of most frequent occurrence. 

The particle ^ denotes Causation, as in the following lines of the Poet Furuzduq, in praise 
of Zuen-ool-Abideen. 

- ^ a *9 * *f 

'v" t5 A **. J . jf^^s^J \ Through modesty he bends his looks on the ground; 

9 , a„ w 9».9 , f the P eo P le do the same from awe of him j and no mau 
^ * " , ^ V y dares to speak but when he smiles. 

A A ^ A 9 * ' 

It is synonymous with the particle „ as J/r © ^ J,i3 J ,>j ^ Zued is more excellent than Umr, 

" . ' 

which agreeably to the authority of the Grammarian ^ [ M | Ibno-Malik, is equiyalent to the 

phrase J;..£iJ j^s J » y cj_j Is. Jy, j Zued surpasses Umr in excellence. 

' - A. A - 9 , A ^ 

It is used for ^ as ^ ^sil i x s tJ^Aai ;— We assisted him Ogatas* the tribe. 
J- ✓ 

It is used in a peculiar sense to denote termination, bound, or limit, the very opposite of its 

' A> <* A 9 9a 

orgiual signification ;— example, ^^i^lj^^o \j I saw him from that place, or 1 saw him to 
that place ; viz. to the very extent of vision, as we say in English, I saw him from afar. The 
correspondent preposition De, in the French language is used in a similar manner to denote opposita 
relations, as 

Approchez-vous De ce pocle, vous vous chaufrerezs 
F.!oign«-vous De cc poele vous vous, brulcriez. 

* In the Latin translation of this example, the preposition ex has the same force as * v. g. 
llccudite ab abminatiouc ex idolis. 



BOOK SECOND* 



31 



4. It is redundant, £g <3 L J) 

_ EXAMPLE, 



* jb 6 ^ ^JjyUV He (God) will pardon your sins, 



The particle as illustrated in the Text, may be translated as follows : 

1. By the prepositon from, denoting commencement 

2. Some, part, &c. -denoting part age and also by of; — as we say in English I took of or from 
them • viz. I took some- of them. In this sense it is always synonymous with 



3. Namely, to wit, &c. in the sense of Elucidation : in such exsmples the relative pronoun in 
Arabic may be substituted for the particle. The above senses will be found illustrated in tha 
followiug Story $ 

t • 



w> \ A O ^. „ ^| w ^ #-^A ,» A £ A v A * r I *• A O 



32 COMMENTARY. 

xxA">??Ax^x 1 * f A w ^ ^ f x x A x x 

S T 0 E Y, 

The Calif Haroon Rusheed and his minister Giaffar the barmecide, intent one 
day on a frolic, strolled out of Bagdad tog-ether in disguise. A little way out of the 
city, they happened to meet an old man with sore eyes, driving along" an ass. 
The Calif gave a wink to Giaffar to smoke him. Where are you bound, my old 
man says Giaffar ? That is no concern of yours replied the other — What says 
Giaffar, not allow me to prescribe something for your eyes ? — I want none of your 
prescriptions, rejoined the old fellow. Nay, don't say so, says Giaffar, you do re- 
quire it, and this is the recipe. Take a little wind-wood, a quantity of the dust 
of water, and some mushroom leaves* these having well mixed up together in a, 
nut-shell, apply to your eyes, and you will find immediate relief. Upon this, the 
old man reclined backwards upon his ass, and — -fyovrx ko/x/Svj 7raxTO^.f So much 
learned doctor, says he, for your description of the wivm-wood-ege-salve ; 
and if I find it benefit me you shall have a double fee. The Calif was so 
delighted with the repartee, that he was nearly falling off his horse with laughter. 

* This is nearly as fanciful a collection of heterogenous ingredients as those in the thunderbolts 
of Jupiter — " Three rays of twisted showers, three of watery clouds, three of red fire, and three of 
winged south winds ; with terrific lightnings, sound, Jear, anger, and pursuing flames, mixed up in 
the work" 

+ This may perhaps he called an obscure parapha^e, but I found it difficult to e-rpress the bathos of 
the original, without descending to the oracular language of Giacoma Rodogina, the engastrymy- 
thian prophetess. The French Nuns in the scrupulous chastity of their dialect, have prettily termed 
it sonnet, but our language admits of no such happy refinement, I was therefore compelled to have 
recourse to the words of Strepsiades id the Clouds. Yid. Aristophajnis Nubes. 



BOOK SECOND. 
OF THE PREPOSITION, 



The preposition denotes distance and transition, {'ijj c -*- s -^) 

EXAMPLE. 



(j^^Jf I C^rj. , 1 s n ot arrow /row the bow. 



&xttwMm. 

The mleposition.3 and s which seem formed to denote Heas radically distinct and In° 
convertible, do notwithstanding very frequently occur as synonymous terms, and as such 
,act reciprocal'y in composition without any injury to sense or idiom. Of these, the pre- 
position * , is certainly represented in our language by from, which in common with its prototype 
is said to refer to beginning, and to nothing else ; but for s denoting d'itance and transition, 
where shall we find an adequate representative? This question has already been considered by 
Mr. Lumsden in his Persian Grammar, and after an attentive examination of the subject, he 
decides with bis usual judgment and discrimination in favor of the preposition off. Ths 
particl as explained in the Text, is unquestionably represented by off, for both are suid to 

denote distance, and separation.* but the former is used in a multiplicity of relations, widely 
dilLiing from the radical sense and from each other, and the latter seems restricted in its- appli= 
cation to the two significations above mentioned, namely distance and separation,^ so that the 
parity seems merely of an etymological nature, and will it is feared tend little to illustrate ths 
singular powers of the Arabic preposition. 

■1 in Arabic is used" in a threefold capacity. 



* Off seperationem significat, ut aliquando Latinorum abs, ex; ut abscindo, exuo; cui opponitur on continuationem innuens,. 
(exuo to put off, induo to put ot.) Ioannis Wallisii Gram. Lingus Anglicans;. 
Off signifies separation and distance. Royal Eng. Gram, by Greenway. 

+ Off in truth appears the most useless preposition in the English Language and might peihaps be entirely dispensed with : as am 
Adverb indeed it is of greater importance and signifying in this character, Disjunction, absence, privation and distance, may peihapj 
approximate nearer to the various powers attributed to ^ . 

' K -A 



34 



COMMENTARY. 



w * - 

1. It is placed before verbs in construction, and is termed v S^z* j= bestowing on tha 
verb to which it is prefixed the sense of the infinitive. 

2. It occurs as a noun, and in this sense is considered synonymoirs with side, &c. 

3. It is a preposition, and in this character has ten different applications; at least this is the 

opinion of the Grammarians of Busruh. for the rival schools of Koofuh allow it no other signi. 

I 9 

fication, than (hat of Isr* , transition, which is the strict sense of the term though pcthaps 
separation, may be also indirectly inferred. The following example from the history of Tamerlane 

■will ihew the force of the word ^s^J j*j J y « f ^ 'i l=r> sj } la. " They passed it (the 

I "" I 

liver) like the passage of the children of Isiatl through the Red Sea." 

a * \ 9 

1. The preposition ^ c denotes distance and transition, fjsyjlsr 3 ^ an( l may be thea translated 

off, out of, from, from out. 



% It denotes exchange, answering to ~ 
5. It denotes exaltation, ^ iU!C«i I ^ 

4. It denotes causation, ^JJ^j'^ — — 

5, It is synonymous with c^r.j , .. 



6. It denotes inclusion or comprehension, ^ Xa5^.J» ) 



7. It is fynonymous with - 



8. It ilenotes instrumentality, f^XJ IxXa«Q 



9. It is synonymous with f tj 



Jar, in exchange o/, &Cc 
OM, above, over, 
through, by, from, &c 0 
c/Ver. 
t/i. 

trtVA, by- 
with, &c» 



10. It is redundant^ £ S^bj ) 

To the whole of these various senses, with tfcc exception of the first, the preposition off seema 
totally inapplicable. The extensive character of from may render it a more general substitute in 
translation, but it will be found defective in several of the esampks and must call in the assistance 
iof other particles. 



BOOK SECOND. 



annotation* 

The radical distinction therefore between ^ c , with their occasional correspondence, - 

and idiomatic peculiarity, do not appear sufficiently -illustrated by any two particles in our language: 
The Greek, however will a (lord a nicer parallel, on which though a flatter of naere curiosity, I 
may be permitted to offer a few remarks. 

The preposition ^xo and in are radically distinct in signification, and like * and are 

, , . . fcl dj 

occasionally substituted for each other, In composition fr Z Q as well is said to denote source 

or origin, and in from £iuk, cedo, is analogous to transition. The first will be found appli- 
cable to every use of the latter will be illustrated by the following examples. 

A - 

* 1. £ 'k 9 like ^ c is synonymous with after, as 
£H TYfi VtCTUCiq i« e - P 0 ^ consulatum, 

.2. c'jfj like the 9(h sense of ^s. means with, as, 

tit noXk'd Ta KepiovTOs »• e. cuwt iageuti exceesu, or as the French say-j coec beaucoup 
d'avantage. 

■ ■ p 

A «. 

J. in resembles ^ c in its 4th signification, as, 
Sit tbtov i. e. pr.;pterea, oi eas causas* 

4. e'jt Uke y^is frequently used adverbially, as, 

, , -» s - 

fKTg 0«vepS» i« «• palam — like the Arabic 

in is sometimes explained by the ablative, as, 

ew SciKxtravig i. e. per mare. £ 'k ts'tS ts Xoya nac ratione,, 

This sense though peculiar will be found frequently to occur ia Arabic ; the following example 

lowever from the lavy case proposed to Aboo Zaed in the fifteenth Mire ah of Hureeuee may 
]be tufficienr. 

, a . * % 9 

^.^tuU^ Which would be translated by the ablative absolute in Latin, thus,—. 

m 

Homo ohiit relicto frafre. (A. man died leaving a brother &c.) 

The parallel if necessary, might be extended, but the above will doubtless be deemed sufficient. 



0 Viciruj de Idkthmh, 



SIS COMMENTARY, 



It very frequently resembles hors in French and f.ior ki ] i!ian and in such cases wi ! M 
translated out of: Take one example out of mauy from the UaaIJ <^_)'^=i I lKHw.\x-oos-SuFA k 
■where the Dolphin in enumerating his disqualification! /or the office of an Embassador says to ist 
King of the fish. 

A ^ * „ , Pw - $ As * 

" And I have neither legs to walk with, nor tongue to spdak with, nor can I live out of the 
water enn for an hour ; but I think the Tortoise is qualified for the task, fos he caa lire out of tot 
water. " 

a j. 

The various applications of ^ z as enumerated ia page 34 % will b<» feund illustrated Uk 
the following Story. 



^a^XaII ^.aa^ I iXaaAs: '(^^ <J^<^ ^^ajf (^»o Jls*. ^ ^^^^=1^ 

w ^ 

S <Ad= J « AaJIaj L J Ju 0 *£/ M,^ la Uj ! a I J *j -ss 3 aaJ (.j 



• i , J * * ^ ' ^ i 



f , * A 9 s ( 



Laj^a UJ jyl^.-! aaA.^cXa^. ^j^ad ! L-a_ju' a aaj^_3 



^ ' - » - 9 \ 9 



BOOK SECOND. 31 
(j£ O UaI * * . . - I A2£ J j Lam j^as Aiwls" / c j O^a:** !ti Iaaaa:s: i 

; ^ - ' I " — ' ' 

A^^*»jAaaj ^il^ j,j ^ijf Ifiti Ait ^a^^J^jJ buAkAAJ^l^i Aj^UaJ I 

AA^aS cj^-" (^j^J! ^> I aJJ IS j ; a^ ^! ^J! 6 J j a& y ^ 

^.AM ^A*o I b IaJ I ^s' Iaa^o d U^e e> IaV^ aa=Ss » \j UaaS: 

■ j A 

|d3 16 A V AJ A r S.A^ ^JsXAaoU AJ _S ^ I - A<< ^ ! a Iff OvS AA^ L-aJ j3 

* - * 
4 9 ^ y . ^ w ^ ^ ^ >• A "fu ^ ^ 1 oA g» ^ 

.,.w*o AAaI^S I ^ *A3 A r 3 !^J,^> > *aJI AS J I I ,A^"^1 



aJ Lc <--^aa5 s t j 4 as^ * y ,n * /* cXa£ a1*3 

^3 l3 ^A AAa© ts^ (^j I ^.AJ ^ ! Ia^=3 L-AaJ I j 1 0' f 

1~ , s \ 9 9s**9s*\s1t, , 9 , . * \ a ,9 1 " a ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



COMMENTARY. 



^ ? ? a , * f.' 1 ' ' - " «r 1 ' '\ '"" f > 

*j ' " A ^ > Ax' * w^A?^^' I A A ^ A V.* ? ' '_ w A ' >»J 

£ T A:sr I | .j-C L^\A.Laj c_XaJ / <-J 7 *J! J U ; t aj , aJ( L^aLxj « -A**J! 



^ T • ^ /\ , ' ° ' ✓ A ^ x A x ✓ / ' A I*/ «~^^A ' > A- w ^ ^ 

IW^ ? / ' ' \ S « /ty 1 / W ' ' ^ <*> t A ' X ' I t ' <X 



* 9 S"*9,*',\ A A ' ' ' ' |A I _ f < 'XX 

A* AC <— > y*£J 6 I ^Ai V-j U===Jf AaJ I O I j (J^e tjj f bs*> I 

x 

/ ^ x j x w x. x 4 P x A „ w > „ A'jsT ^A P ' ' * 



5 ' ' ^ A - A vlJ^A^xf'tt. , ^ a Ax 

T / / f w ^ / f / n // * » , ' r a ' 9 9 k, ^ i w 



' ' ' ' 



^'A Wx'^«'^A_A A A x l> 



L-^Xiai Aaj cXll ^3 lXaJI Ij 5 ^^a^ I «. c_Xaj ^^"j- |t J CD ^■' , >^^^'« Lc 



w A vjuA 



* s 0 , — X 



^ ! a I A\J I OLA* jli ^3=.' I ^J' I (J>- UXJ J ^A7 OvJ I Jv* pA^AAl I J U 



BOOK SECOND. 



39 



? A ? , ^ P «= * <.'*"*' * ' 



.1 99 a 9 * . ~ ... • 9 ■ >■> ^. '>: .,> - « - ~ 3 „> J ? 



A a ^ A A^l A ^ 9 * ' A' ^ . "* T| " 

5 r o j? r. 

An Arab presented himself one day before the Calif Mooatusim Bill ah, Com- 
mander of the Faithful. The Calif made trial of his abilities, and finding him in 
every respect intelligent and accomplished, appointed him one of his suite, and pre- 
ferred his society to that of all his other counsellors. Now the Calif had a minister 
excessively envious whose jealousy was excited by the Arab's promotion, but dread- 
ing the anger of the Calif if he attempted any thing against him openly, he continued 
to keep up a shew of friendship, determing to effect his ruin by some secret wile 
or artifice. He continued therefore daily to encrease in- civility towards him, and 
at length invited him to his house to dinner, and mixed up in his food a large 



* It is here used as a noun, and means side, 



40 COMMENTARY, 

portion of Garlic. After dinner he said to the Arab, — 11 when you attend the 
Calif's assembly, take care. to sit a distance from him, for the smell of the Garlic 
may offend him." The minister then waited on the Calif and said,—-" The Arab 
whom you made your favorite, and whose company you prefer to ours, has spread 
about a report that you have a stinking breath." The Arab a little while after made 
his appearance, and seated himself at a distance from the Calif. The Calif desired 
him to come near him, which he obeyed, but covered his mouth as he approached 
• with his sleeve. This action confirmed in the Calif's mind the truth of his minis- 
ter's story and the treachery of the Arab. He thereupon wrote a letter to one of 
his governors to the following purport. — " On receipt of this letter, let the bearer 
be immediately put to death." He then sealed it 9 and delivered it to the Arab 
saying, convey this to such a one and return to me speed ly with the answer. The 
Arab took it, and in going out happened to meet the minister at the doer, whoi 
enquired where he was going. He replied the Calif has employed me to carry 
a letter to one of his governors. The minister immediately conjectured, that the 
Arab would r ceive some very considerable present from the governor, and he 
determined in his own mind, to possess it himself, — " what s y you, says he, if 
I release you from the annoyance and fatigue of the journey, and present you 
at the same time with two thousand Deenars? Most certainly says the Arab 3 
you speak with judgment and in so doing will free me from a very unpleasant em- 
bassy.— <c You have shot the arrow of your judgment, with* the bow of unerring 
direction." So accept the letter. He then delivered it to the minister and 
received in return two thousand Deenars. The minister proceeded to the house 
of the governor and shewed him the Calif's letter. The governor read it, and in 

conformity to the injunction it contained, ordered the minister to be beheaded. After 

> i ^ 

* It is evident that this example is similar to lh: one adduced in the text to denote distance and 
transition', It might therefore be naturally asked why the particle ^ should not have a similar 
interpretation ; 1 confess I see no good reason for it, but as the Aribian Grammarians think 
proper to allow it both applications, I have no wish to dispute the point with ilitm* 



book second; 



41 



some days bad elans~d, the Calif rememb°red the affair with the Arab, and s:.id 
to sorri^ of hi at ten lams, enquire after the Arab who was formerly with me, and 
desire the minister ro attend.. -They told him, the Arab was in the city, but that 
the minister had gone oa a message to a certain governor, and had not returned. 
The Calif desired the Arab to be called before him*, and asked him the particular 
of the matte^, which be rJated from begmingto end. But did you not says the 
Calif spread a report among the people, that I had a stinking breath? God forbid 
says the Arab I should report that cf which I am ignorant, Your minister could 
have only to d you this from treachery and deceit towards me; — he dug a pit for 
my destruction, in to which God has cau;edhim to fall himself, — do not therefore 
grieve for his fate, for the proverb says, " he who digs a pit for his companion 3 
will fall into it himself."^ Grieve' n .t, fjr i.i grief there' is no advantage. Unable 

* The same idea it lias been observed seems common in crery language; Good bus produced 
the following examples, in his no-;es on L'vcrc(iu« r 

Opp. et Dies, A 26 3„. 

"' Kc v/irks his own who another's works ; 
" In lis. own counsel s< If-dcstruciion. lurks." 

An! in ilie ;:salms IX. 15. 

" Th: nations have sunk into the pit th;y had digged ; 

" la tile saare they had laid, have their own feet been entangled." 

Also in psalms XXXV. 7. 

" Far a snare without cause have tKey laid for me, 
" Without cause have- they digged for me a pit,*? 
" May ruin rush upon them unawares; 

"■May the snare carch hold of them, which they themselves have laiJ, ■ 
" Into this destruction may they' plunge headlong.'*" 

To which ma_y be adekd the two following from, the Persian, 

? .99 

• M 



42 COMMENTARY. 

yourself to avoid ihe occurrence of contingent evils, how do you expect to vnrd 
them off othersj as the Poet says, 

You lament at the untimely fate of another? 

But say can you extricate yourself from the power of death • 

The Calif was astonished at this marvellous adventure, and saw that the almighty 
from the purity of the Arab's intentions had rescued him from an untimely end— 
He exclaimed — Vengeance on the head of the envious man! — Envy where it 
originates, will surely destroy its possessor. He then bestowed a dress of honor 
on the Arab, appointed him to the vacant office of his minister, and seated him 
at the head of the assembly on his right hand. 

OF THE PREPOSITION, 

i 

i. The preposition: / ^Jf is used -to denote the bound or termination of 
interval, (£j bUUl^/ol ) as applicable to time and space, 

EXAMPLE. 
Ai Jj ! , J \ ^ I travelled to Koofuh. 



STmtotnttoiu 

There is nothing particular to be remarked of the preposition \J\: it is the correlate of ^> 
and as applicable to time aud place, is properly rendered in English by 7o, and Till- The senses 
attributed to it in the text are doubtless those of most frequent occurrence, but there are a fevr 
others, which may be probably worthy of a place. 

[ " You have shot the arrow of your judgment from (or with) the bow of unerring direction."- 
Fce page 40.] It may perhaps be worth remarking that the same idea is expressed nearly in the 
same words by Gay. 

" Go cliiM, and when your frown mauirer, 
" You'll shoot your next opinion snrrr." 

Fad l k XVJ. 



BOOK SECOND. 



43 



2 e The preposition ^Jf is sometimes though not frequently 1 synonymous 



X AM PL E. 



^ 9 ? * » »■'> ^ i fDo not consume their property wzVA 

\ I Ly° ur ° wn . 4 



SmioCariou, 

1. After words expressive of /ou<?, esteem, Scz. and their 'oppo sites hatred, aversion, and 

the like, serves to discriminate the agent in the sentence, which in such cases it immediately 
governs: as in the following example from the Qooran, where the Bloomug Hebrew Bot io 
resisting the threats and blandishments of the Chaste Egyptian Dame, exclaims. 

* { O Lord, a prison is more desireable to me, than that which (these women) invite me to. s> 

Here the first personal afnx, ^ is governed by £JJ following the word more dsdrahle, 

and is thereby pointed out as the agent in the sentence. 

2. 11} Is sometimes found in a sense directly opposite to its radical one, namely J 
or beginning, aad is consequently in this case synonymous with * 

EXAMPLE. 

<e She says, (i, e. the camel) while I am placing the saddle on her back ; — has Ikno-Uumcr a 
drank of me, and is yet unsatisfied 

The camel jaded and harassed by incessant travel is supposed to exclaim as above, on seeing 
r.cr master about to remount her, but whether Iuno-Uhmura was the name of the master, who 
relates the occurrence, or of some other whose conduct had passed in'to a proverb, I confess 
I am unable to decide, — .these detached and frequently mutilated passages from the Poets which 
are constantly brought forward by the Arabian Grammarians in emergency, seem as often to 



m CO MM RNT A ? T. 

i 

3. When that which follows ^ J I happens to be of the 52m; general nature,, 
or genus as that which precedes it, the preposition will then h^ve zn .induytuf 
signification. 

EXAMPLE. 

a 9 . 9 9 9 * , 

^£=2$>j^j \j.k>+,z. li") ^yash your hands and your faces £0 the 
" j I I! Jl * Jo Oo'f « I e 'k° ws > e. the elbows inclusive.) 



require illustration themselves as the points which they are intended to illustrate ; and without 
the aid of comment or context the sense must be oftc > guessed at. 

It seems worthy of remark that Till, like \J J, ia our old authors is found some times to denote 

xciih, and from* 

EX \MPLES., 

Till, dcuoling, zcilh, in addition to. 

The rmi'ycf than- oure story say Is, 
Come in IngUnd in tha dayis, 
In that land 10 ger be dwne, 
And, to he mad kyng hyr swne, 
Ilrniy, the quhilk outc kyng dawy. 
£nd til hym seidis rycht mony, 
Kend hythe nerrcst 3yre to be, 

Thau of all lhatieiwte. ffy»tov.n t vit. 5. 230,- 



Till denoting fiom. 



Swa /// saynt maijret cftyic syne, 
As 11! malcolmc in cwyn lyne, 
All our kyngis of Scotland, 

Waie in-ii! success yownc discendand. Ffy.vtozun, vL 19. 139. 



SCC J AM I R JON 'l Diet. 



In the latter example .JAMirso* remarks that till is used impr. prrly fur from, and if tho 
impropriety consist in the iufrequcucy of its occurrence, the same may perhaps he said of \Jh 
They are botli Iiovtctcf fouud in this sense and should tlarcfjic bo recorded. 



t 



BOCK SECOND. : 45 

4. When that w&ich Jfollows J [ happens to be of a different class or genus 
to that which precedes it, the preposLion will then have an exclusive signification. 

EXAMPLE. 

Jk^JU I i ^ UwaJ ! f j. v j [ -J Then continue the fast fo72 (fight. 



3. yj Is occasionally synonymous -with ( | 

EXAM P L E 



6 



" A 'id do aet desert jxwrin society, under your threats, as if I were a scabby camel besmeared 
with pitch;" 



4. It is synonymous with ^3 



E X A M P L E. 



,<\w 33 xw'y 'A-y 9 9k s t I w -'y-F/ty 

« But there is no return to youth, the very remembrance of which is dearer to me, than the 
aiost delicious wine," 

This preposition may therefore be occasionally translated by, to, till, o^'A, and from. The sense* 
enumerated by the Commentator in the text, will be found in the following little Jeu d'espritt 



-9y ? 

S.J Us; 



A ^,-A ^ h 



.', ' . Exclusive. ' _ *' 



N 



4o COMMENTARY. 

lacl'jiire 

STORY. 

I never says I l\ruzduo * experienced so severe a retort, as I did once from a 
certain Nabathzean. Are you the Furuzduo, says he, whose constant employment 
it is, to lampoon and flatter the people, for mercenary purposes? The same I 
replied. Than said he you are sunk in a privy to the very nose. But why 
exclude the eyes said I ? — To enable you to behold, replied he, the abject 
state, into which your sordid passions have reduced you. , 



* FurxjZduq one of the most ancient Arabian Poets celebrated alike for his extravagance of 
praise, and bitterness of censure. Some extracts from his writings will be found in tin- biography 
of Isno-Kiiilukan, a work that has been eulogized by Sir William Jo.nes in a strain of amplifica- 
tion, not much inferior perhaps to that of Fukuzduq himself: — The passage is so remarkable, 
<hat I think it should be laid before the reader. " Porrit scriptoris politissimi Ebv-i-Khalicaw, 
opus hisloricum non magis verborum elegantiu. et ubertate commendatur, quant illuslriorum paeta- 
rum verstbus, quibus conspergilur. Ac neic.io an hie omnibus vilurum scriptoribus sit antcponrmlus. 
Est eerie copiosior Kejote, elegantior Plulurcho, Luertio jucundior, et dignus est profecib 
liber, qui in otnnes Europce linguus convcrsus prodeat." - A very correct and elegant copy of 
this woik which I procured at Bagdad is now in my possession; it consists of HG6 octavo 
pages, and S2G lives, and is considered I believe bj the Arabs In general as an impartial com. 
pendium of biography, but as to copiousness, jucundity, elegance, and s ich other pleasing epithets 
ascribed to it by Sir William, I fear we must attribute them rather to the parti-ilily than canJour 
of the learned orientalist, l 

The name is sometimes written Khulika.n and the Arubim Etymologists ascribe a reason for- 
each. ^$1*- They say is compounded of a friend and teas; and ^l&oi of 

ill miss, let go, Sec. and \f which in the current dialect signifies enough. This phrase the 
authbui was frequently in the habit of caking use cf and at length it lupertaled his real name. 



BOOK SECOND. 47 

OF THE PREPOSITION, 



£. Ths prepositiom J denotes inclusion, ( '£. x ' 3 U ) 

- EXAM PL E. 
U maj5 l^s J Uf The money is in the purse, 

s. It denotes exaltation^ or elevation? ( ^JIaaVn I ) 

EXAMPLE. 

- <« «, ?^ f And I will certainly crucify you on the trunks 

3 *,Xa>>Xu3^ «5i 



w " * l^oF palmtrees. 



B 'sides the above senses, the particle ^ is found occasionally synonymous with ^ ^ jj 

/ * ^ ' 9 " 

^a, and /l fj with some others which are detailed at large in the ^aaJLiJ ^.mU) Moogiimib-ooe,- 

Lubeeb. The example produced by the Commentator from the Qooran to illustrate the 2d use 

of the particle, in the sense of exaltation or elevation may perhaps be considered equivocal, the 

following however will doubtless ba deemed satisfactory; 

a * ~ 9 » c< 9 9 9\ a 9 , , 1 

J=,^J J IS 



*« A servant informed his master that his Ass was stolen : — thank God says he, that I was not on 
his back !" 

The correspondent prepositions in Latin and Italian have a similar application, as 

Equitare in afundine loiigo, 
Mi ttcre un anello in dito, 

'if; ' I 

The original sense of (he preposition, namely inclusion, is either real or metaphorical — the first 
las already been illustrated in the example iu the test, the latter occurs repeatedly in the folio \iiog 



COMMENTARY. 



HUMOROUS DIALOGUE BETWEEN A KAKS AXD "THE DEVICi 

^ A * ^ A w A -AT". A ^ ^ 



A w 



A 

^|?A ? P A„ . - ^ A? „ t\ s 9 



IXj I I yAAAi. ^ aaIo ^5 j j IS ^ ji 



.5.J 1 — A V.5 



«• 1 



A > P ^ A x ^ A -tf A 9 y t * s 9 



PARAPHRASE.-. 

As sleepless one night I lay musing in bed,. 
With whims and chimeras afloat in my head, 
I grew drowsy at length* and fell into a doze, 
When who should appear but old Nick at my nose: 
And with accent and mien prepossessing and civil. 
Sitting down by my side thus address'dme the Devil. 

Come Friend speak your mind, what shall I procure you ? 
Would you like a tit-bit from the purlieus of Druiy ? — 
I shew'd by my looks, that I relish'd the bliss, 
So I smiVd approbation, and answer'd httBijies, 



BOOK SECOND. 



Then he added, — perhaps it will highten your sporty 

If I bring with the Doxy some mellow old Port ? 

Some mellow old Port, I exclaim'd with delight ! 

Ay, order it straight, and-we'll tope it all night. 

And Songsters, said he, with such notes as of old 3 

Made Mrs. Eurydice 'scape from my hold? 

Yes, yeSj bring us Songsters, said I by the score 5 

'Till the Welkin ia rapture reecho encore! — ■ 

But, what says my Boy, to the bosom of snow 3 

The soft pouting lip, and the ringlets that flow. 

To the heart-melting glances; the sweet bashful charms 

Of a maid of sixteen to enfold in your arms ? — * 

Mr. Devil, says I, I'm unwilling to teize ye, 

But the sooner you bring her, the better you'll please me.- 

Then up jump'd the tempter and grin'd in my face/ 
Crying, sink of iniquity, lust and disgrace, 
I've prov'd you a scoundrel, — and thus having spofce 3 
He made me a conge, and vanish'd in - smoke. 

OF THE PREPOSITION,, 

U-i The preposition ^..denotes appropriation, ({j^l^X^ly 

E X A M P L E, ' 

«, 9 , 



(j&jyj&J^j^ 1 I The covering is fc 



or the Horse* 



* I have omitted (he translation of a verse in the original as conveying an idea suitable only 
to Satan himself or an Eastern Debauchee. 

o 



50 ' COMMENTARY. 

2. It is sometimes redundant, ( $ -H j j ) 



EX A.M PLE. 

9 s,*9 



3. It denotes possession, ( ^iXlJL y j* .) 



Part of that which you desire to accelerate., 
may perhaps follow close behind you.* 



1 

EXAMPLE. 



9 



cXjjJ J ^ ' ^ ne P ro P en y u Zued's* 
4„ It denotes causality or causation, ( ^aJUG" ) 



EX AMPLE. 



' - • ( - *2 H came to, or waited upon you you might 



exalt or ennoble me. 



5. It is used to denote swearing) ( V ) 



EXAMPLE. 



<J^ ^1 :k aU ■S)' God death will make no delay. 



* The sentence is imperfectly given in the texf— it will be more intelligible by inserting it entire. 

" And they say when will ihis threat be accomp'ished if you speak true ? Answer, perhaps part of 
that (punishment) which you desire (o accelerate may follow close behind you." Se« Chap. 27, 
Qjoian. 



BOOK SECOND. 



51 



.6. It denotes end, succession or consequence. 



EXAMPLE. 



S £ „ ("Evil necessarily follows depravity (i. e. of 

T ' ^manners.) 



This prepos'ttora answers frequently to the dative case in Latin, as ^} Domino — > 
iibi— ^1 iUii,~* US nobis-* ei, ^ ^ tnzhi, &e. as may be observed in the following lines 
9 f tfaa Po-ei sCr l ^h w Saraj.ool-Warbaq. 



^9 



9 * <■ «* 

\ , (J, J tS"^«*l ^^ *A.mi..J 

I 

fir* * -? c ' -* ;5 ' 

The Dove whose plaintive notes deprives me of rest, 
Has like meaheait pierced with ai.guish, 
It complains aloud and I conceal my secret" 

But my tears sufficiently. decla-e to it the cause. 
It appears as if we had divided love between us 

For it is busied in complaint ancT I in tears. 



;Tl.ese verses are quoted by Sir William Jones in 'his Commentary on -Asiatic Poetry ; but in 
a manner so sirangely incorrect, that they afforded neither sense nor measure. The same 



52 COMMENTARY. 



Annotation.. . 

office of complaint is attributed by Petrarch, though with less art, to the nightingale, and the general 
resemblance of the whole is so great, that the reader may probably wish to see the original inserted, 

" Quel rosignuol, che si soave fiagne, 

Foric suo'JigH) o sua cam consorti, 
Di dolcczza etnpie ileielo, elccampagne . 
Con tante note si piotose, e scortc; 
I tutta nolle far che m'accompagnc, 

£ mi ranunle la mi a dura sorle." Soneito, XXX. 

" The wakeful nightingale, from off its thorn 

Wailing its lost mate, or its ravish'd young; 
Pierces the skies, the wood'ands with its song, 
In Lrills of melody so sweet, so lorn ; 
?rom eve's last glance, till dawns the crimson morn, 

Like me it pours soft sorrow ftom its tongue." 

The various uses of the particle as explained in the text will be fcurhd.in ths /o'lewing 
little Story. 



s r ' * 



» 9 « 

< 

9 9 Ti , w. P P I J J, "5* f * | j> * „ » " <» 



BOOK SECOND. 53 

4 

j^y i^Ij etui f^i^j^' (^is v_*> i * U ^ J f 1 ^ j l5 aj u f 

S ' 

£ A ^ ' A ^ <JU ^ _ * - w I ? ^ ? ^ A . ^ A ^ I w ' 9 ' 1 ' A ' 

Cjj JO I C^. T Xwa 0 f jUjjj b! 3 ! yi j AaJ I ^laJ U C>a2 J t ^ I ^ c\Jj 

y 

A- _ 

9s, ' s ' A > ^ * I^P A?'! u> ' ^ * I A, A P f ~ 

r ^ P i^wA * s * =5 1 » I A^A^^« i- H*^ ^ 

S T 0 ' R Y. 

They relate thnt Amur-ool-Ques, before his decease, delivered over his srmour 
and military weapons to the care of Sumuwv/ul Bmi \ deea. After his death, the 

P 



COMMENTARY. 



king of Kiuduh sent an ambassador to Sumuwwul, to solicit the arms of thVdfi- 
ceased, but he refused, and said, I will not deliver up any part of what has been 
entrusted to me, to any but the lawful proprietor. The king repeated 
his demand, but he persisted in his refusal, swearing, by the Almighty God, I 
will not abuse the trust reposed in me, nor act treacherously to gratify tbe king. 
When the ambassador reported the determination of Sumuwwul to the king, he 
marched against him with his army; but Sumuwwul retreated into his fortress, and 
there secured .himself, Then the king besieged it, and the son of Sumuwwul 
happened to be out of the fort at the time, and the king seized him and made 
him prisoner, and carried him round the fortress, proclaiming to Sumuwwul: 
I have taken your son captive, behold he is with me — then he shewed him to him, 
and said, if you will deliver to me the arms and weapons, I will restore to you 
your son ; if not, I will slay him before your face; so choose which you 
like. — And Sumuwwul said, do as you please, for I will not violate my faith and 
promise. Then the king put thej son to death in the sight of his father. And 
the king was baffled in his attempts against the fortress, and obliged to raise the 
siege and retreat in disgrace; but Sumuwwul bore his misfortune with patience, 
conscious of having perfo med his duty with integrity; and when the lawful heirs 
of Amur-ool-Oo es arrived, he delivered to them the armour and weapons in "his 
charge, preferring the observance cf his promise and good faith, to the life of his 
own son; and the faith of Sumuwwul became afterwards proverbial. 

OF THE PREPOSITION, 
Z 9 

W 9 t\ A s 

l. The preposition i^j. denotes paucity, ( c J^JLfc» ) and requires in con- 

i 

struction an indefinite noun Which it immediately governs, qualified by an adjective 
or epithet, and a verb in the past tense. 

E X A M P h E. 
9 U , - w 9 

AAAiJ >J j£=J Jk^J V> J 1 Visited a f eW llber ^ ° r S CnCr0US meB * 



BOOK SECOND. m 

9 

2. It sometimes precedes a A ^ ^ ^ or indeterminate pronoun, and in this 
case governs an indefinite noun as its *a v j * a the accusative or objective case. 

EXAMPLE. .' 

f fw f 

«xXuLJ il^. * visited a /irw men. 



Neither the true character nor meaning of this word seems properly ascertained by Gramma- 
rians. By some it is considered a noun, by others a particle ; — -one will hare it to signify paucity, 
another abundance, aud for both opinions numerous examples are produced. M jola Jamge, the 
celebrated Commentator' on th; Kafeeu, says the word was originally formed to denote paucity, 
but the author of the Maogaee-ouI-Lubeeb, authority still higher, contends that its proper 
signification is abundance. From this 1 chaos of mingled parposes,' how shall we extricate truth ? 
The task would indeed be long and tedious, and provoke discussions unsuitable to the nature of 

f 

this work, I shall therefore cmfinc myself to a few observations oa its practical application. 

to the purposes of speech, 
— p - f 

' or t y , ^ in the following sentence from the Qooran, is adduced by the author of the 
Moogaee-ool-Lubeeb, as an example of its use in the sense of _j^Ss 

Sab however has adopted the opinion of other Commentators, and renders it thus. i( The time 

may come, wheu the unbelievers shall wish that they had been Moslims," — instead of, — ' the 

unbelievers shall frequently wish,' &c. In this he seems to have followed Maracci. " Aliquandb, 

desiJerabunt, qui infideles fher'ant, ut fuissent Moslem!." Who justifies this version by the 

w 9 

following note. Particula l^jj significat tarn jjfcjujj tnultiplkitatem ; quam JuXXSl J paucifa- 
tem. Potest itaque verti mulloties, vel aliquandb, vel foriussb. Hoc auteui desiderium erit, juxta 
Gelalem ^a^X**! J J U» j ^ U»"l yo U J ~s J « r f3iij ^ y Die resurrections , quandb infideles vide- 
bunt statum suum Sf statum Jidelium. 

In the following verse from 5 J jj. the word t^j, is undoubtedly used in the sense of 
JuXxi" or paucity. 



56 



COMMENTARY. 



Annotation, 

9 4 w 9 

ct There are /e» Children to whom nature has denied a father, and few parents, who oeve? ; 
themselves had parents." 

The poet in the first hemistich is supposed to allude to Christ, and in the latter to Adam, 
w 9 

after the particle lo is very often understood, also frequently a ^ fcr jJj ao ^ occalisoaHjg 

.*.»*■• i 

after Jj : of the two latter, the following examples will be sufficient. 

«< - ' * . *■ "«•"" 

* : < There are few men fro n whose countenance the clouds can drink .splendour, as they do from 
him. who is, -the proctector of the orphan, and the support of the poor." 

x - - As A * 

" t T 

" There are few Cities containing men of exalted prowess and br:v.?ry. 

When air/'lo or the prohibitive particle is affixed to ^ it destroys its government, &am« 

pie, ]j^iS 5J J -^j t Y J i5 as quoted above. 
I 

This particle assumes no less than sixteen various forms, the following eight however ars 
those of most frequent occurrence. 



A 9 


w ' 




w 9 










9 






W ✓ 











It may be translated occasionally, so/we, a> /cx>, many, frequently, ofie?i &c» it occuis in both 
senses, nannly y&J and JaXKj 'he following, extract. 



'"'A verse of Aboq-Talis's inpraiseol Mohummup, 



BOOK SECOND: 57 

, 9 



cJo ^.aj (j^i^ j aaU: p ' ^-s-J aJ J bj UJ ^£=J ! 
C^aaxj U ^aa\,J6^a,* (JJ U>A aIAJ I aJ J Ui Aj aU | U ll^^J Oo I 



^<Cj ^ <s,j \ C> j j <S \ I v aS AaaL 0 ^| I V _J l v £j 

&J Is aJ I J' J | L v kA^".. aIaaj ^ xaJ I a-L^ vjj ^ 5 

Aj LioJ t3 _J 

5 T 0 R Y, 

A certain schojar cilled one day upon the learned lawyer Uliyu-bin-Su eedin- 
2 lk.uo-K.ub an eeyu, and after having paid his respects and taken his seat, said — pray' 
benefit me by some of that' knowledge, with which God has benefited you. Attend 
then said the lawyer to the two following usefal maxims. First. There are 
.many things in the acquisition of which menexeit themselves, which when they 
have acouircd, they will wish they had never acquired. Second. There are 
few stratagems more advantageous than alliance.* The man remembered the 
maxims, thanked him, and went about his business. 



OF THE PREPOSITION, 



9 

it. The preposition \z is used to denote exaltation or elevation, ( a< X*aa**') 
L.5 



EX A M P L E.S. 

0 A 



Jl/ XscXj^J Zued is on the house top. 



j <3 AaJIc He is in debt, (or lit.) upon him is debt. 



* 'J"he txauip'e is by no means a good one, for the sentence will bear a very different inter- 
pretation — as, — " there 'are some frauds better than friends j"-— or, ** artifice is occasionally 
better thau alliance," • 



58 COMMENTARY. 

2.' It is occasional'/ synonymous with x \j 

EXAMPLE. 



A.Sz C^jj* 1 P 2Ssed b nim « 



Stonotetforu 



The true character of I \x. as well as , , . is imp-rfectly understood : although I believe 

VX - J 

at present, it is generally considered as a particle, yet the G rammarran j Seebowueh, and 

others of high authority, contend that it is a noun, and nothing else. I shall as usual wave the 

discussion as unimportant, and conteut myself with offering a few examples of its practical 

application. • 

1. It is sometimes synonymous with 

EXAMPLE. 

* J .« ,a! I „ T £aJ j t— »JU, J > <— 3 ^ 1 * J jV CD ] ^t ] 1 tw) 

♦ t It is uot piety that you turn your faces during prayer, towards the East aud the West, but 
piety is of him who bc'ieves in Gon and the last day, aud the Angels and the book (i. e. the 
Qooran) and the Prophets, and who gives money for the love of God, to his Kindred, and to 
orphans, and the poor, and to travellers * and beggars, &c." S<e Qjoran. C. ii. 

It must be observed however that the words l^c are capable of a- different meaning, as 
remarked by some of the Commentators on the QooraD, who interpret them thus " notxith- 

standing his love of that money" &c. 



* Lit, —The son of die toad. 



BOOK SECOND. 



59 



Stanctafton,. 

It i3 sometimes synonymous with ^ * , example from the Qjoran. 

4{ Tba,t ye may glorify God for having directed you, and that ye may give thanks." 
n" 

It is, synonymous with . , 

-» ■ 

ylwAj UI / ^- i £ Co j I 3 ! 5>.) I ^AiikyXJ Jo j 

tc Woe to unjust measurers, who when they receive by measurement, from the people demand 
the full &c. See Qooran. C. Ixxxiij. 

It is synonymous with ^ ^ as mentioned in the Text. 

EXAMPLE. , 

" It is just that I speak not of God, any thing but the truth." See Qooran. C. vii. 

It is evident from the above examples, that the preposition ^-^Xc is capable of a variety of u?e3, 

besides those recorded in the- Commentary, and there are several others of less importance which 
I have purposely omitted. The senses however in which it is most frequently found, are included 
in the following Story. 



Exaltation , 



GO COMMENTARY. 

^ ^ ' A S ' ' A A _ ' A A _ ✓ P ., , ? M s , + 

<J Ij * Aa*« U AS A,* LJ J ^aLLs: IjiJ f (J.J *L _j i3 U f s I ^ 

~> V L , ' ^ , 

U U f j Ua v — *-*==^ 1 aJ J lw*XJ Ij U t Xs I ' aJ 

X ? A I ^ f " • ' ? *. ? V" it . * ? ? ^ , A, » „ 

'" 3! ' : ? : ^ 1/-2 ' < ' C^A-> ^ C^IJ 6 j^S U-vA^J I AJ li (Jo j ^ 

1 - ^ ^ - - * ? j -C y f A xx A A a/ 

I * ** * 

J I \AJ 1 A ^ >>b ^ J-^= - jr^J Aj *A^ f ^> J ^ l^XJ (O^:^ 3 



j Aj' « / 



It is related, that Kisa^e was sitting one day in his house, and heard some 
person call out in the street ; — hear O ye people a wonder! the Ass upon which 
I am now riding is Kisa^e the Grammarian, let those that are absent be called that 
they may behold him. The Crammarian ran out in a rage, to discover who it was 
that had made an ass of lv'm, and saw a tall fellow with a large head, to whom he 
went up and said ; — pray Sir, how comes it, ihut Kisa,ee whom we know to be a 
man, is turned into a brute ? I will tell you says the man. — last night I offered up a 



BOOK SECOND. 



61 



prayer to God for that purpose, in order to release 4 TJmr. front the heating of 
Zued,' and getting up sometime afterwards to shut the door, I found this very- 
Ass at the threshold, I therefore naturally enough concluded, that my prayer was 
granted, and that God had transformed him as you see. Kisa,ee laughed 
heartily at the supposed stupidity of the fellow, and returned to his house 
exclaiming.—-" La huolu wu la qoowwutu ilia billahl!"* 

■OF THE PREPOSITION, 

The preposition (.J'^j is used in the sense of ox Similitude. 

* 

EXAMPLE. 
(J^^y^ O^f.J Zued is like a Lion. 



The Grammarian Seebuwueh with several others believe this particle to be a noun, synonymous 
-with the word JjL , and the reason adduced by them for this opinion is, that it occurs in this cha- 
racter in composition and is preceded by a preposition. Its nominal use however they say is restrict- 
ed to poetry, but the author of the Moooneb-ool-Lubeeb extends it to every sort of composition, 
and gives an instance of it in common conversation, ^ O j ^ * passed by him 

who is like a Lion." Those who consider it a particle give the following reason , namely that 
it occurs as an expletive, which is never the case with a noun. 

It has some other peculiar uses besides those mentioned by the Commentator. 



* «S *Jor m^L a verb in the third congugation of increased Triliterals corresponding to 
the Quadriliteral radicals, possessing the peculiar power termed or ab revia!ing~it sigiufci 

«AJ tjSit^iyi^J? " There is no power, and no strengih hul in God." 



62 COMMENTARY. 

2. It is sometimes redundant, ( S-MjJ) 



EXAMPLE. 

. 'J. aJLx v / q^J There is nothing him, (i. e. God) 



gnnotatton. 

9 

1. It is used lo denote jj^ _j , viz. mutual celerity, or the instantaneous occurrence of 
two actions. 

EXAMPLE. 

9 H 9 9 A ' ~ - — - 

J J Jii j^j Ja» " Pray as soon as ihe time comes.' 9 ■ 

It denotes causation and is synonymous with ^ • 

EXAMPLE §» 

f " For he did notknow better therefore God pardoned 

aie Tui^i^'S^i * «* 1 l r^* ] him '" C 1, e ' BeCflMje c / ignorance.) Here it ie 

[jound with the w.l^Uj or prohibitive particle. 

a? 1 ^,. „^ P 9? a - C " And remember him for directing you in the right path.*' 
£ It is here used with the »j^yMa. A U, or infinitive part. 

Some Grammarians however believe that the psrticle is never found in this sense, but when joined 
with the di^U? or *j^,>,ax«U., but the author of the Moognee offers the following example 

s 9 A 9 A f ^ ? w ^ — fy ^ 

from the Qooran, to prove the contrary. ^ l$J J ^ *j l^a^ j " And therefore certainly 

A ^ 

the unbelievers shall not prosper." It is not easy to translate the ^° ^ or particle cf astonishment 

in the above example, without losing the peculiar force of the particle t s — <Maracci renders 

it— " Pape '.. eerie non prosperabuntur iufideles." Sale—" Aha ! the unbelievers shall not 
prosper." 

It is used in the seme of )J, C , in answer to th« question la»u*fe£b " How are you:" 
Ans. j*?a~a «• f*±]^z " in health." Several cf the above uses are illustrated in the fol- 
lowing Story. 



N 



BOOK SECOND. 



63 



* » 



Similitude, 

<jJ I lyj I l^.J l aL> Ls^ Jlij Aaaaj ^ U y ^ l v ^.j <AaJ I tyj 0 £ I t 

Redundant. 1 

(^.J ^ l*w (^^S ^a! LaJ I *.LnJ' ^3 SX^ X ^ lyJlX Y ,J qma) (^aJ I A y aaaJ1 
I ? > ' < I * ^ I 

m * 1 1* ' «>* * noon, p ^ . ^ * * (\ ✓ jwA rfJ >-<'^ ^ 

J US ! ^ ' ; aJ If^cviiss^" C^is }i <^ ; L lii Si f U^U 

^.^b ^ ^.XviJ I ^*"« Iaj ^JasL ( a/ fo^* L»-A.aJ 1 ^j.L* ^^aaj ^ I l^j 



iyn. wiih lL^ S 



lyj UU OvA^ 6 lyJ I cJs3= a,J ^.J ^JL^jJIj AA5 tffj Ovi }4^AJ lsa»(i 

I ' * * 

STORY. 

A man of learning was sitting one day at the door of his house, and observed 
a damsel passing by whose extreme beauty attracted his notice. He called out 
to her and said, — O incomparable pearl, surpassing in beauty all the women ojF 
this world, pray stop for a moment, that I may make known to you something 
that has come into my mind. The damsel upon this turned round, displaying ; 
her pearly teeth in a smile, "when he addressed her and said. Truly my hear* • 
inclines towards you, and dictates the following verse. 

Be bounteous of thy charms for beauty's power, 
Boa6ts but a short and transitory hour, 



64 COMMENTARY. 

She answered — How do you do, good Sir? — Here I am — why make any delay? 
and so saying she walked off and never returned. The poor man sickened in, 
consequence of her absence, and continued til l the hour of his death in the utm^i 
grief and anxiety, 

OF THE P 11 EJ>,0 S ITIO N S> 

* . i «■* 

Jue .and.^X^ 
a. 9 *.* 9 ' 

The prepositions aH ^ are ts-ed to denote the commencement 

oT an action witfweference to pa&t time. 

vEJL.A M RL E. 

f a? 9 9 | a. 9 9 fi- f u I did not see him since Fiiday," in other 
9 . J p c; * 

" The beginning of my not seeing him was Friday." 



In the explication of these particles, or*rather partic^ (for they are but different forma of the 

a * 

same word,) Grammarians are very diffuse. They are compounded as some imagine of ^ and 

9 a 9 i * 

or of and jsi* agrcably to the authority of Aktush is peculiar to the people of 

" a 9 * 

Hajaz, and ^ to the tribe of Tumbem. By the tribe of Soolymee, they are pronounced 

9 a 9 f> 9 f 
*nd ^ The grammatical character also, of SJU or ^ has given rise to much controversy ; 

some contending that it is at all times a noun, others that it is at all times a particle; the author 
uf the Moognee however seems inclined to favor the latter doctrine. 

AS A PAR Tl C L E. 

Ac & particle it is employed in three different senses. 

A 

1 With reference to lhe patt i iu!t "? lt ■* synonymous with „ , as cxcmpl; tied in the lext; 



BOOK SECOND. 65 
They sometimes denote the whole time 

EXAMPL E* 

I A 9 ^ f p.j' t f I have not seen him these two days,, in other 
y- J " ~ " " Izuords, 

9 w * v 9 p 

46 The whole period of my not seeing him was two days." 



glnnotatt'on. 

i|U When the present fitna is intended, -it is equivalent :o ^-^i • 

EXAMPLE. 
„ w ^ * x a .* « ' ' ft, ? « ? » ? P P» ^ „ 

* { I have not inet hi n 'hi; djy, or this m inth, or his ye ir." 

A 

,8. When* spsciljs or determined puiod of time is intended it is synonymous with « acd ^f. 

EXAMPLE. 

£e I have not seen him these three days, of these fire days." 
A3 A NO UN. 

nnd considered as nouns, bflong to that class of words termed ( 3 ^jlafi^l or 

nouns of time and place, and as such have a twofold signification, that is, (hey sometimes denote the 
€Q:nm3nr.ement of time, and sometimes the ro/io/tf of the period specifi d. In the first capacity, they 
are invariably followed by a de-finite noun in the singular natnber, significant of timr, formings 
the ansvr/er to the question i\* f;hen? Ex. f L l " When diJ yon see him?" Ansr, 



66 



COMMENTARY, 



Annotation,. 

" */t r s'i,.^jivioj^^.\oJjU I have not seen him siuee Friday." Ia the second capicity, they 
will be followed by a specific period of time, forming the answer to the question Y. Ex. 

rtJ ,-A^A^ * - " 9 9 9 * *' ^ 

j^/'i£iyk^ji*b/S3\j3^jJ^^^.^'L*' — aQC * whether considered as particles or 

nouns, take after tlvem, sometimes an infinitive, '*s—^yfc.oJj t Ljvtfiuj J j U " I did not see hiia 

since his journey." Sometimes a verb in the past tense. Ex* y> \ .. ^ 5^ j J ^ U " 

did not see him since he set out." But never the Future, 

* 9 9 »* ' . 

The Arabic preposition j^c or 5vv« seems to correspond ia almost erery. respect with Ihfj 

English swee, which Minsueu derives from the old English stthence, and SiUNNBit from the Latin 

exhinc; " e et h abjectisj et # faciilima muiatione in s transeunte." A process perhaps not more 

9 „9 

extraordinary than that recorded above of < In like manner, the Latin preposition posr*, 

quasi pone est, and the Greek e%eiT<x 9 from to 1 pes* hec, as well as the French defitis 

which is supposed to be corruped from post. Several of the above senses w ill be found illustrated! 
in the following Story. 



<. ^ A _ P a ? A f> A „ „ A 9 



r- *t 9 * * * * * + ~9% 9 a ^a - . P ^ P, ^.i 

S' n. via , (5' 

IR * . ' •* A ^ A W-»^A..w .,A^x 1, * A , A ? 



BOOK SECOND. 67 



I A Noun 

cs 3 jj, ^\a^ OAS U AaaJI C^j f^j 



I I 



A ^ A ? ss- A P J ✓A- x x A - A ^ * .» ? A x # > x A x J Ax^r 

A f* ' A - x s x" A J3- x . A * * 

A, ^1 AAaC ^ Ik) f Isi- J IaJ g f <_XJ I L»J f (^,^9 (vi£ j) 

a . -fi - . - a ' 4 a ? . & x x. ,* A ^ .jr 

* J I Aj Jo*=v^-* a L I ^ J.XJ I I y j| L^U"^ 

S T 0 R Y. 

A certain man liad occasion once to be absent for sometime from his wife, who 
loved him with the most excessive tenderness- and affection; on his return she 
said to him;— My dear you are certainly a promise-breaker, for I have not 
received a line from you since your departure, although you promised to write 
to me regularly, and £ correspondence they say is half an interview.' Now, I have 
heard nothing of you daring the whole month, and you promised to return in 
fifteen days: the month you see is finished; this is. the night of the new moon. 

My soul, said he, you say right.— My intention was certainly to do so, on the 
day of my departure, but when I set out, my mind was so occupied, with the various 



C3 



COMMENTARY. 



concerns of the journey that I ent rely forgot my promise till this iastant. On- 
hearing this she repeated the following verges. 

PAR.4PHRAS El 

Hast thou forgotten h^r whose faithful breast, 

\Vi:h fiercest flames by love enkindled, burns j 
Who veil'd in Sorrow's cold and gloomy vest, 

Affection scorn'd and unrequited, mourns ? 
Whose Passion wakes the wildjiess of despair^ 

And mao 1 , accelerates the hand of fate : 
Farewell — Eternity relieves my care; 

Death breaks affection's bonds, and ends thy hate. 

She then stabbed herself with a knife she had in her hand, and died on the spot! 
OF THE PREPOSITION, 



i. The preposition ^as*. is used to denote the Bound or termination of 
inteival, as applicable to time and place. 

EXA MPLE S. 

LuaJ! (^-^ ; 1 sle P t last ni S' n to" tne m orning. 

4 „ „ ? f I perambulated the town as far as the market- 

Ujr ^ ' I place. 



&mwtatfon» 

This word is considered by all (lie Arabian Gram narinns as a purlicle, ami in ih'S capacity 
three distinct offices : these, as of little importance, I shall not lure comment on, but tontuit 
m\st.f with a few observations on its practical application. 



A 9 * fl 



BOOK SECOND. 69 

2. It is used in the sense of concomitance ; or companionship, 

EXAMPLE. 

read my portion of the liturgy ,, along with 
the prayer., 

3. It has sometimes aninchiive signification.. 

EXAMPLE, 

{q^ I j fJCa* AxC^J I OnJS' I I ate the fish even, to the head, i. e; head and alt. 

&tttt0tat(on» 

la It is used in the sense of JJL*j or causation and in this sense is synonymous with 

example from the qooran. 
a-SxAx • Ex X ax xx ' * 9 A .f' " A . Y " 

*<- These are the men, -who say, do not bestow any thing, on those who are with the apostles of 
God, that they may be obliged to separate from him." 

2 It is sometimes, though rately, found synonymous with ^ \ as exemplified in {he follow* 
jog Terse. 

^x X* A??Ax J ' X X A X 

^AxxA^x^. ^ A ? x Wx 

<! There is no liberality in the gifts of the prodigal, but there is in- you, who possessing but 
little, will yet part with it." 

3 1 3J> occurs as a conjunctive particle synonymous with ^ ] j , and as^ such requires to be 

followed by a noun apparent or expressed. 

EXAMPLE. 

9C A x UU x A x 9 A ^ x 

« { I beat the tribe and Zued also," 

T 



70 COMMENTARY. 



» y 

4. It invariably governs a noun apparent or expressed, ( & Us I) .in 

1 9 Z ' l ' 

opposition to the preposition ^] | for we cannot say 5 , though we do 

A Jf « to him ? " 

9tmiotati'au* 

f 

w 

4. When the word preceding ^.x^ is governed by a preposition, the preposition must be re- 
peated with the word which follows if. 

EXAMPLE. 
t, y a ,a 9 * s * 

5 % resembles t^f in many respects, but can never be substituted for it in a sentence «3 the 

■ * ' * -~ . 

a 

correlate of y*. 1* occurs in several of the aboye capacities ia the following dialogue. 



9 * w s & / 9 ^ ^ s s s * A * s A> ✓ A A f £ f x * ■» w x A 

w , v « ' 1 " r *- * v * ^ ' ", 

Cow, t. frtntd. C«i. o^raood^ 

£c _j IjJ I ^ 0 ^ ^ ^ t3 J-*-*^ ^ ^ J ^v* V*jmJ 

Inceptive. 

A ^ A 9 ' s ' ' * , x A ? ^ A ^ aPw ■*> s s f. s * 9 9 s 9 /, ^ A 

-• A ^ f A s> m m ^ , X *^ ' ? s * 9 9 A ^ ^ / / f A * 9 A ^ s 



Coftjuncti.e. - ' 

A - A x^xw^ ^Ax»Ax^w^^^ . V A ? A £ ^ u. „ ^ - a 

e ^ * * ///A , ? A ^ A x ^ ^ 

<J yO AA.Xj 1^ &*Xk) I ^. IaA3 



BOOK SECOND. 



71 



STORY. 

It is related that a certain Theologian saw the Devil one night in his sleep, and 
said to him, O accursed, how long will you continue to exercise your wiles on the 
understandings of mankind? Till the day of judgment, replied Satan, and I have 
so artfully arranged my plots as to secure success in all my schemes against them. 
But what is your opinion said the other with regard to Theologians, do you think 
they will be admitted into heaven unexamined? No, no, said the Devil, by no 
means, on the contrary, they shall be given to drink of purulent matter,* and shall 
taste the bitterness of the damned, after this life, He then spit in his face, and 
the divine roaring out, awoke in a fright. 

pF THE PRE POSITION, 

jh . 

i. Ths preposition a f 4 , is used in swearing, ( ^ ) but is restricted in 



its application to a noun apparent or expressed 



E X A M PLE. 



V ^J ^j^ll^adJ [j By God, I will never drink wine. 



S 9 



The Grammarians of Keofuh belieye that ^ I ^ is occasionally synonymous with ? as in the 

esample adduced by the Commentator in the text; hut the author of the Moognee, 

asserts that in all such eases it is invariably a conjunctive particle, and that the government 

w 9 

of the word immediately following it is occasioned by «__>j understood. The preposition j\ j 
*' 

like fij is properly a particle of swearing, the latter however may or may not at discre. 



&>i*y*0j{* Aq u a purulenta, fotus inferni, vide Will, in voce. The expression alludes to a passage in the 14th Chapter of 
the Qooran, thus rendered by Sale—" Hell lieth unseen before him, and he shall have flltby water given him to diink"— This 
JSJt&y water, is supposed to issue from the bodies of the damned. 



72 COMMENTARY. 

s ; 

2. It is occasionally synonymous with 

EXAMPLE. 

fx 

AgXau ^V v su Is *~) 

" U | -fcw of the learned act in conformity to 
i. e. ), J 

w ? j their learning. 



tion, assuraa a verb of swearing before it, which is not (he case with which invariably 

commences a sentence, we caunoi therefore say as we do with ^ (j *k)f 'j**£l(j 
44 I swore or swear, &c." 

The particle / L J is used indifferently in interrogative, imperative, and indicative, senses, but j ] 
is restricted to the latter form of expression ; we cannot therefore agreably to the authority of the 
grammarian Ruzee say jasM * L tf j ^a^J *JUJ^ , which does not require translation.. H 
occurs in the following Story. 



( I • * \ I " r. 1 ' * ' ' t - * r i • w " « ;.rnv 



r ^ ^ 1 t * wx » ? 9 a,. ^ 



U I L 



'V " • "i " J- "• "i i A V ' .. w > * e 



BOOK SECOND. 



73 



STORY. 

The BevU, says a certain Devotee, appeared before me one day in my cell, and 
accosting me said, by God, you have strayed from the true path, having 
rejected the enjoyments of this life, for those of an (uncertain) futurity, and do not 
seem to know that you are squandering away your time in the performance of that 
of which God is altogether independant, for after this life you are nothing but 
clay — By God I will certainly deceive you.— By the Lord of the sacred Temple 9 
1 will most undoubtedly lead you. astray, fie then vanished from my sight 5 
and I jaw no more of him. — O Lord nrotect us from him! 

jO F THE PREPOSITION. 

I* The preposition ^tj is used as a particle of swearing, restricted how- 
ever in its application to the name of the Almighty God. 

/ EXAMPLE. 

I Ix/j aJj U By Ooa I will certainly beat Zued. 

ft. It must be remembered, that the ^ or oath, invariably requires, what 
is termed in grammar the ^u*jU I <—> I js*. or f act asserted by the oath; if this 



The author of the^S Zoo, (a well known Commentary on the Lxa* Misbah) belieres 

*? * ^ 

that the particle ; {j, as used in forms of adjuring or obtesting, is exclusively appropriated to 
the word jjy J, and the language of the text seems to favor this opinion j but the author 
of the Moognee, whose authority on all grammatical questions may be considered decisive, 
admits of no such restriction in its application, and says it may be prefixed not only to the 
word ^ikjj, but also to the various epithets or attributes of God, as j^j, 5u^J 1 , ^ ly^^'* &c * 

U 



fa** 7A 1 y COMMENTARY. 



should happen to be a nominal sentence, {iU y ^ I <^ v a».) m a confirmed sense* 
(X*jU) il must be invariably preceded by ^ | , or the prepositive, or inchoative 



iv£ 



<M (j/ particle 



' ' , > By God Zued is certainly standing.. 



EXAMPLE. 



ji If the kkJJIujU^s. be a negative sentence,-^^*^ it must be preceded by 
one of the three following particles, viz. ^ } ^ |. 

EXAMPLES, 

U lXjJ U a^J By God Zued is standing, 
j j I J jJ ^ aAJIj By God Zuedis not in the house, nor Umr. 

LS j ^ | aAJ(j By God Zued is not standing. 



The Arabian Grammarians consider ^ a9 the substitute of ;!*; and / l/again as the substitute 
J>f _j I j > as for heirdom;— .^j for tU^ front,- opposi ion, &c. so that agreeabfy 

to this theory the original particle of swearing is ^ of which ^ is a mere derivative or labial vari*. 
tion, and ,\'J a substitute for^f ^ though the reason for such a change does, not appear very obvious. 

The particte. of swearing are >t*>l&,^K and £ but the three first are of most 
frequent occurrence. like /.j , ls saii to be tie SUD3titutc D f ^ an d is never found 

prefixed to any word but *AJ| i — ja is almost invariably prefixed to°T 4 my Lord ' as " ' 
by my Lord, but is oocasioaally though very rarel/ found also with £s\ } ' 



* The same as the ^lj f ^ 0 r particle of corrobofaUon, 
* * ■ 



BOOK SECOND; 7& 

«• 9 9 

4, But if it be a verbal sentence, (iUJUa a^s.) ™ a confirmed sense, it will be 
preceded by both ^ and o^J., or by ^ alone. 

EXAMP L-&S. 

Jvj^J ^. lj cX/U AAj'f j By Goo Zued most certainly stood, 

I«AJT ^XxS^aAJ (j By God- I will certainly do so, 

5„ If the sentence be negative, (aLu*>) and *e verb iri the past time* it will b© 
Preceded by the particle La* 

EXAMPLE,:- 
cX> J ^.U> U a-U(j. By God Zued did not stand, 

6\ But should the verb be in the aorist tense, it will require one of the three 
following particles, namely, ^, 

E X A M-P L E WJ 
< 

s ' ' a ' ^ x 

I JO^ i^Xjti I ^ aXJI' * VBy God I will certainly nrf'dd sov 
" 1 

1 T aJJ\ . J 



. .« as a particle of swearing occurs under five various forms, tiz. . ° ' 

^ ' fcJ^» b"**» f» 

iDf these the two first are prefixed to the words ,^ and. occasionally to ^IJ, the other three to 
&JJJ alone. 

a o $ 

The Grammarian Seebiwueh, is of-opinion that * or * is an original particle of swearing 

0 ' 

synonymous with jlj, but others imagine that ^ is an abbreviation, or contraction of » *, 
an oa/A; and that „ is immediately derived from jf, the plural of ' - or according t<j ■ 
Others, from A happiness, felicity 



fg COMMENTARY. 

7. The >ljj|^f 1L is re j ccted whenever the sentenee preceding the 1,5 

happens to be of a similar nature, to that which skmli constitute the 

EXAMPLE. 

aXJ \j lc (>jJ Zued by God, is learned 1. e, ^Ido^^UXJlj 

8. It is also rejected when the * t happens to intervene between the two 

c 

members of a sentence.* 

EXAMPLE. 

^ .> J, £ A , 

1 1£ aJU'^ (-Xj^/ Zued God is learned. 



Annotation, 



The letter Msem ^) with the vowel point Kusr, is supposed to be a contraction of > * an4 

with the Zurnmu of ^ ; or the first of ^-5^*5 the second , both these derivations how* 

ever arc rejected by other grammarians who consider them from their homogeneity or labial! 
affinity, as mere substitutes for . 

The word . | occurs under seven Tarious forms, tiz, . f ,| f *, 

« v ". ' ttfr*'» ferv^S frf*, t^.S fVi*, 



f'» f'* * ° f theS6 ' the tW ° fifSt area PP ro P riatedto the words ioJ /, as jCUJ //, and 
the temple, as Juxft J j J— the other four are restricted to J 

o 9 

Besides the above particles there are some nouns, such as life, age, &c. ( lx { duration, 
continuation; Uia**i,<> the booh, i. e. Qooran , the temple; an oath; and _j J 

happiness, or the pi. of an oath, which are used in solemn forms of swearing. 

The particlo has already been illustrated in page 72, which sec. 



• L e. between the subject and predicate. 

+ Thrie contractions are not more remarkable than Ecastor and Edepol in Latin, for per sedem Castoris; per idem Po'.lucis> 
».Vis latter of v. hich agreeably to Vossius is composed of three words; namely me ox t a particle of swearing and dan Pollux. 



BOOK SECOND, 



OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 

l. The prepositions, t:L , and f^s , are used in the seme of exclu* 

* o 

uon or exception, (JS.X\^i 1) ■ 

EXAMPL E. 
> The tribe came to me (all) txce.pt Zuc- i, 



annotation. 



The prepositions UU , and ) considered either as verbs or particle?, are every where 

tiseJ to denote the same idea, namely exclusion^ or exception. As prepositions they govern the noua 
in the aorist, and as verbs in the accusative or objective case. Seeeuwoeh indeed with most of 
the Busruh Grammarians deny the verbal character of l^U* , and contend that id is invariably 

en exceptive particle, while the grammarians , /a * Hurueke, jiU Maz.unee, .j >A ^ Moo« 

BURRUD, ZviJKS, yiiijtf UKHFUSH, yj^j FuRR AA, J/yC> j J AbOO-UmR, ^| SllEE- 

banee and others, concede the point, but consider it as indeclinable. This however is contradicted 

by the author of the Mooghnee, whn proves it to be regularly inflected like other verbs, as 
, ' , 9 , ~ • 9 o 9 

Mi U., uasL, (jSUj, ^il^J # &c. The aorist tease ^j* UJ occurs in the follow- 
lag verse4 

x ^ A ^ ° ,° *>^fj J 

0 -'«■ < " 1 

.1 perceive none among the people, 

Nor do 1 distinguish any in the tribe equal to him in actios, 

It is difficult to assign any determinate signification to the word J £ lj in Ihe above verse;, 
4?iough there caa be little doubt that-some specific sense is intended. It may perhaps be worth 

X 



7S 



COMMENTARY. 



2. Some grammarians are of opinion that the above particles occur occa- 
sionally as verbs, and in this character they govern the noun immediately fol- 
lowing them in the accusative or objective case, the agent being an inherent 
or concealed pronoun. 



EXAMPLE. 



, 9 *' t 



c A ^ ^ > m s s 



► The tribe came to me (all) except Zued, 



remarking that it occurs once in the Qooran in a sense apparently equally absolute, which the 
expositors iiavc thought necessary to comment on. — I he pais ge is as follows : 

^* **9*9 * ,ww f °„ P° w . ,^ •> fo?A. „ y 9°9 9 f °f " 9o 0 r 
I » , " s \ ' " | ' » ■»• ^ 

Which Sale has translated thus, — il one of them spok- atid said; slay not Joseph, but throw him 
to the bottom of the well, and some travellers will take hitn up if you do this." Id which he appears to 

^ O s A 9 A 9 A 

Juve followed Mauacc 1, as indeed he very frequently does, who renders the phrase A kzis„X>.J t 
" si fueiitis hoc facientes," The Commentators on the Qooran, aware of the general sense of the 
term, have accordingly proposed various interpretations, the most approved of which seems io he that 
of 0 kiil~= y***?* IIoosuen Kasuujek — who says the word li in the above passage mu.^t be 
rendered, acting with prudence and deliberation, the sease will then be — " Do not shy 
Joseph, for by that you will draw upon yourselves t'isgrace and reproach ; but if you act 
zsiih prudence, and deliberation, cast him into a pit by the read side, where he may be discovered 
and taken out by travellers.^*" 

Ixilsfc written also la. and j^j^ , * assumes in its verbal character a two-fold signification* 

0 3 , , 0 0 

!• *j^aj uvei ting or abstaining from. 2. f Ua A(W( f exclusion, or exception. 



• It it seldom ; juu-J io iluj foiiu. 



BOOK SECOND. 7£ 

3, When two ©f the above particles, namely and \o*£. » are preceded by 

t^, or whenever they happen to commence a sentence, they invariably assume 
a verbal character. 

EXAMPLE?. 



m n >» * * ^ 



> Except^ or without Zued.* 



Annotation* 

In the first sense it occurs in the following passnge ia the Qooran, I^ii.J^A l x ^XlywlaUXs^ + 
vhtch, Maracci renders, — fc< Proh dtutn, Hon est hie homo !" And Sale copying, or rather translating 

MM mm 

the Latin, — " O God, this is not a mortal 1'' The phrase xXij^is,. means properly " God avert," 
AvEariT Deus, hence the common expression w fu; U, or jrj absit a ie, in some respects 
resembling he Latin sahi ration .9 alvus sis. In its second or exceptive signification it is Synony- 
mous with ^,^1^ and ^jj&M, j > I excepted, or rejected him, — In this two-fold capacity of salu- 
tation an-! exception it resembles the English, save, in the equivoque of Chaucer's SompnoM 
against the Fkiar.J, 

*' God save you all, save this cursed Feere." 

The author of the Mooghnee however on the au-thority of jryt^* yf Ibno Musood, (one of 
the seven readers of the Qooran) reads the sentence gjUbftls* 1 with the tunzocen, and asserts 
that l£ ig here a no"n in the -bjectiva ease, the veib ,3.*^ U» being understood, as c^-JiXs^ 

m. * J) so o, > e Zt „ ( 

Li Is* equivalent to *XJ l$j 

1 

» 0 ' * * ,9 0,0 ^ ^ 

* The sentence if complete would be L.^&siU^yi] J ^ lis. all the tribe came to me with 

the exception of Zued. used intransitively means deserted, empty, as in the 3d. Muqam of 

Hureeree, LjJj.yJlC.Lio "the stalls were empty, " and hence J Ui a desert, &c. The infinitive 

= 9 

jAa signifies literally transition, or passage, hence cs* j > anJ v^j ' j S>£ s * u > iransgression 3 
retaining in Arabic the same relation tp the primitive sense as the English term. 



f The exclamation of the women when introduced l>y Zus.sm.HA to JoSfcfH. 
J See divasior.3 of Puiley, Vol. J. 



80 COMMENTARY. 

I Ck>j CAaaJ I ^li* The house freed itself of Z.ued.* 

| CkjJ) ^ l<-Xc The tribe excluded^ or excepted Zued. 



Snnotattoiu 

\1. Ul When preceded by the negative particle is always a verb, as in the following example? 

_ , „ „ x — , ,9 * ^ 9 

< { -Oosamu is most beloved by me, but not to the exclusion of Fatijm;." 

The prepositions^ and J^e, are in every respect Synonymous with UtU» except that they 

o 

arc never feund in the sense of • They correspond with the word save, except, unless, 

l 

besides, &c. and their derivation is altogether as obvious as the English prepositions: whatever 
grammatical character therefore they may at present assume, it is obvious they cannot be 
considered in the light of original particles ; they all occur in -the following Story. 



A verb. 



A prrpoiitiflO. 



v A figurative mode of expression, aud means simply, Zu.d is not in the ty$M. 



BOOK SECOND. §J 

STORY, 

\ 

The Calif Haroon Rusheed, said once to his companions, — I have drank of 
every thing intoxicating except the juice of the grape and the poppy,* in con- 
sequence of not finding any advantages from them ; and I have indulged my taste in 
every sort of confectionary except that termed Khubecs^C for I found it oppress 
the stomach and slow of digestion; and I dressed in every sort of costly garments 
except black, for that colour is odious; and I favoured and patronized all classes 
of the people both high and low except that of the Barmecides, -who are 
no better than they should be. It becomes every one therefore to make a 

* i. e. wine and opium. 

i (j<a»*=i from (juxi. he mingled, or mixed up together f a sort of confectionary or sweet- 
i 

meat, made of dates, honey, and other ingredients, and with the fern, g is used absolutely 
to denote the elegancies and luxuries of life, as in the following verse frora the Hureekee, 
in wh ; ch Aboo Zued, commences his apology to Haris, for having fraudulently assumed the 
character of a religious itinerant, 

^-9 o „ 9*,*< s' 0 ', * ' ° '.T * * * t 



i 



V " 1 V 

V E R S E. 

'* I put on the jnrment of d- vo'.icn, vi,ith the hope of bettering my condition^ 

And baited my hook for every fiah : 

I made religidtlS admonition a nrt, 

The better thereby to ..entangle every kind of prey," 

0 " '•'•"> . 

The Arabic word ya* "i qitmces * tunic, %nm, is found with little variation m several lan- 

guages; thus in French, chemise; Italian, camiscia ; Spanish' and Portuguese, camisa ; HFhflee 
kumeez, and Bengalee kumiz. Like its Synonymes in English and Latin, namely shift, and 
prcelextu, it seems to have an equivocal meaning, and was a dress peculiar to Arabian devotees. 

[/ made- religious admonition a net.'] This will remind the reader of a- similar metaphorical' 
expression in the new Testament (See Math. Chap. 4. v. 19. and Mark Chap. 1. and v.. 17.).' 
ml wo/faca ty® &%)Vmv, and I will make you fishers of men, 

, i Y 



COMMENTARY. 



judicious selection of the objects. of er>joyment 3 that he may lead a life of 
unmixed pleasure. 

CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE PREPOSITIONS. 

The preceding view of the Arabic prepositions, will be found to contain almost every thing 
essentially useful. The Annotations are intended to convey amcrepretise and accurate notion 
of their extensive' force, antl the Stories andExtracts wiH ilkistrate then- practical application to 
the purposes of .speech. Minute discussions on their oigia .and grammatical character, 1 hare 
purposely omitted, not that I consider such discussions, as either useless or unln cresting, but 
that I am disposed to believe they are unsuitable to the nature of the present work. Theore« 
tical disquisitions are good in their proper place, but they are not in their proper place in 
an elementary treatise, which should aim rather at the illustration of specific rules, than th* 
discovery or examination of abstract principlss. 

SYNOPSIS OF THE ARABIC PREPOSITIONS. 

f U Corresponding occasionally io By, with, for, because, on accouat of, in. 

From, some, namely, towit, of, on, by reason of, than, against* 



\3 

^ _ From, off, out of, from out, for, on, above, over, through, by, 

yj ■ . ... To, till,, along with, including, from, in. 



„_ In, on. 



y For, belongs to, that, by, follows. 

' Few, many, some, frequently. 

^ On, upon, by, above, over, along with, tor, from, of. 



Like, as, as soon as, becau&o of, for. 



* 9 9*9 e . , . 

aud ^ -rf-i ' Slace > from ' in - 

Till, as far as, to, along with, even to, that, but, and. 

A 3 , Bj, ft*; 

,\-J . , By- 

U \L - Except, without, save, omitting, unless, besides. 

ent> of fi)t prepositions. 



BOOK -SECOND; 



53 



■CLASS. SECOND. 

£. The second class contains six words, termed jjjj [j ^^£f | or 

.particles resembling verbs, which precede in construction both terms of a 

proposition, governing the Subject in the accusative or objective case, and the 

.predicate in the nominative, viz. 

_ ,»» 



The particle ^ J gorerns generally the subject of a proposition in the accusative or 

objective case, I say generally, for examples are produced in which it is supposed to govera 
both terms in the aceusative. 'The following examples may be sufficient to illKStrate this. 

•^»/ ^ ft Z 9 ft * m ^ IS , 

•» • 7 ! > ^ v w 9 w e> s 9 " - 9 

Approach at night when darkness spreads her sable wings, 

But let your steps be silent and cautious, for our centinels are truly Liens. 

3> o 9 Z 9 

lo which the words and ^J^^ the. subject acd predicate, are both rendered Munzo+b 

h y el) t. 

Aad ia the following example from the £^ or traditionary records of the Prophet. 

'< I 

ec 9 , ,9 ft ^ * * ft ^ w 

U.Jj.al yfjXAw ^A^a, ^XJ (jjl 

*' Verily the depth of Hell is e<}ual to a seventy years J^tfrflfy.' 8 

Mi£TON in like mauner measures space by time. 

" Nine times the space that measures day and night 
To mortal men." 

It is worth remarking that the three great Poets, Homir, Virgil arid Mutos, have 
all exerted themselves in extending the idea of the depth of hell. Homeii makes it as far 
beneath ihe deepest pit of ea-rih, as the heaven is above the earth. II. viii. 16. ViKair, twice 
as far, Mn, vi. 578, and Milton thrice as far; their efforts are commendable no doubt, 'butt 
.not -to be compared with the more magnanimous -nights of a modern Bard. 



Si COMMENTARY. 

2. Of these, the two first, namely ^ f and j^fc are used, to ti*r$#, or ^ 
bora.c the sense ot a given proposition, (\ Kaa^s*** 3 

EXAMPLES. 

□ f^A-;^; ^ I " Certainly Zued is standing." 

£ . o f x * ^ ~ „ o fit reached me, (u e. the news,) that Zued 

i [_w?.s certainly departing; 



Snnotatton, 

" And he fell, and he fell/. 
To the regions of hell;. 

iV/Vir ceuturirs bounced he from cavern to rock. 
And his head, ash? tumbled, went nickety knock, 
Like a pebble in Carisbrook well!" 

See the new Th*atrvm Poita»c*. 

It must be remembered that instances of the above government are by no means numerous, 
ami that grammamus hare accounted for the anomaly on oiher principles, -which however 
I do not deem of sufficient importance to repeat. 

Tfee word governed by ^J, is sometimes a pronoun understood, 

EXAMPLE. 

I 

I 

" Whoever enters the Synigogue, will certainly find in it beautiful y cut!* of icth lexes." 

'W • '.«■• ; '-.vArti, w •« ' 
The Arabian Grammarians will not allow the pronoun ^ in' the above verse, to be tie 

w J w 

void goverticcrly the pailicle, but 6 understood, viz. | for ^.J J — The sense will then 
yun — u tlso fact is (his, whoever, &c.'»' 

Thcpurliile is sometimes w ritten without the Tushdced with the Koon Sakin, or quiescent ; 
and in (hi* form has seldom any government, but the graninuiiaus of kuofuh believe tiiiUiu ill 



BOOK SECOND. ^ 



g. The /AzYi is in the sense of aaa^njj similitude, or comparison* 



i 

EXAMPLE. 



> ws A .o w 



cA^ | JJ^j J ^ ^ " Zued is W« a lion." 



Smtotattott, 

- A 9 ' tlti^fk 

such Instances it must be translated negatively, example iJUikiJU J«*;>j . I u Zued is not but 
going." But tbis it maybe presumed is a distinction, without a difference, for, " Zued is not 
but going," and " Zued is certainly going," convey in fact the same meaning. 

OF THE PLACE OF J J IN COMPOSITION, 

w 

Grammarians have assigned the following fins places to I in composition. 

1. It commences a sentence, as _j e* | <x> . / " Zued is certainly standing " 

2. It follows the various tenses derived from J as ^ l&j^ ^ J j 



3. It occurs after the relative pronoun, as J U s lj / (S I f U " He cams, whose falher 

* " \ 

is certainly learned." 



4. It is found in that sentence the predicate of which is preceded by the * of corroboration.' 

lb 9 a f Si - 

#AJ I 1 *A! J j " And God knows, that verilyyou are Lis Prophet.*' 

5. It precedes the ^.uJL]] <__t J ^ as already explained. 

E"X A M P L E. 

^/ i»l»>jji B MI)j - " By God Zued is "certainly standing. - " 
OF 7H£ DERIVATION OF 

The Arabian Grammarians have amused themselves in tracing the origin of this word, 
but have produced nothing satisfactory. Their principles of derivafion, if indeed they erm 
be ^id to have any such principles, are so whimsical and extravagant, that it may be 
doubted, whether they can be matched by those of our most fanciful European Etymologises. 
They seem to pay little regard to the original sense of the term, from which a word may 
be derived, and make no scruple to refer it to any word, or indeed to any phrase, provided 



S6 COMMENTARY. 



4. The fourth is ^.S3 in the grammatical sense of ^J^ij<_X^ I and is u:ed 
to explain some uncertainty supposed to exist in the first branch of a compound 
proposition, it can therefore only occur between two sentences, distinguished 
from, and constraned with each other, by reason of some opposition contained 
in them, or denied by one of them. 

EXAMPLES. 

U. (JJu JjO oTjv Li " £ued is absent ^ Bukur is present." 
k*< *z 0 » ^ 



1 Zued did not come to me but Oms. did.' 

x ^ - 0 9 



they are able to point out by the laws of permutation, the causes by which such a change may 
be legitimately effected: — for instanca they derive the word UJ , (but,) from the sentence 
C_5"^CJ*W^'^v*'* '* e-—,U whatever may happen," — or,—" m whatever state things may b?,'> 

l«L ' * *. s 

by rejecting the last three words and subjecting the remaiuing one, (1^$*) <o all the evclu= 
tions of grammatical change.* By some grammarians J is supposed to be compounded of 
the negative particle \ and the first personal pronoun Lj | , as the Arabs are known occasi. 

on illy to mke use of the expression, ' L.s^j J equivalent to /(.j |J f U > u I am not standing.'* 

«?. V» 

^j) is also a verb and its derivation is accounted for in seven different ways. 

1. It may be the Sd pers. plur, fern, of j| lassitude, weariness, as In the example 

•» a — ^ ' _ 

^J/LaaJ/) i. e. ^ni" " TAs wo/ncri toere fatigued," the original form of the word j| 

having undergone the necessary changis established by the laws of permutation* 

» , w , 

2. It may be referred to Jj originally \\ vicinity, 

0 ■* 

S. Or the 3d pcrs. mas. pret. pass, from ^ J complaining i being originally in the pass, 

, 9 
voice j J t 



* This is pei haps ashappy an Etymology as King PjtpiN, from the Greek Q<ne^ Thus, oVTTff — V]T£J — CTf^— Diapei— 
N»pkin— Nipkifi-Pipkin— fi^pic-Kii'g-Kini Finn, 5« Div. Pnly. W. t, />. 130. 



BOOK SECOND. 



37 



§, The is' i^Jj ^na is used to denote su^hcaiion^ ot zvishing f ((^a y j), 

D 

EXAMPLE,— 

r ^atei* to, I"' 1 wish Zued were standing, or, I desire 
(US f 1 i Y Vl I his standing." 



IT*. 

o o 



4. O if the 2d pers, imp* act. voice, from the jams verb. being originally ; j J 

5. Th: 3J. pen. plur. fem. imp. act. voice derived from JJ. Synonymous with . 
vicinity. The itnpcr. being origiually ^ 1^ 

6. The 3d pers. plur. feci, jmper, of the act, voies from .\, Synonymous with y R j 
lassitude, originally . / 

7. And lastly it may be Sd pers. sing. imp. fem, vy'uh the Noon of corroboration, from 

& 0 , 

Hhc root & I j promising^ . stipulating, ,&c. 

The rules of permutation by which the above changes are authorised, I have purposely 
omitted; they would have swelled out these notes to- a disproportionate size, and can not 
be necessary to the regularly instructed Students 

Grammarians have discovered another use of J which they term ^ ] ^ concessive, or 
responsive, and as such it is Synonymous with ; to illustrate which they produce the following 

EXAMPLE. 



iyn. vith f 



I 



1 » 



88 COMMENTARY. 



6. The $£xf$ is denoting hope* or expedition* Q^S* JpTJ, 

EX A M P L-E. 

Jod^ iLlJj ! JLiJ " WouU that the king were j U £t. ; 



■'Annotation. 

",It is related that. FoozAum Ibni S burgee, waited once upon Jbnooz Zoobuep., for the 
purpose of soliciting his assistance ou some emergency, and addressing him said; truly my camel is 
wearied. Then let her rest herself replied Zooeulr: but the fatigue of the roid rejoined 
the other has made her thirsty. Ycu had better give Jier something to drink contiaued Zoobue* — 
I am not come to you exclaimed the other (in a passion), to solicit medical advice, but to ask 
for assistance. — 'The curse of Gon on the camel that brought me to you ! Yes replied Zoobuxr, 
(coolly) aud her rider into the bargain." 

0 F _ THE PARTICLE J^J. 
The particle with the Humzx Muftoohte, or marked with the Towel Fulhu is properly 

W 

a derivative, or different form .of J governing the subject in the objective, aud the predicate 

Mb 

in the nominative case. When joined witn the Ki tfi U acquires a. restrictive sense, termed 

o „ * .9 , - 

by Arabian Grammarians s -» li J j th at is, the restriction or limitation of the 

i-JftoyAi or substantive noun to some one particular attribute, or vice versa, an attribute ta 
a siabstantive noun, corresponding in this respect jvilh the particle l^jj. Example from the QoortOr 

" Say (O Moohummud)! no other has been revealed to mc, than that your God is one Go»," 

j ia coasidered occasionally Synonymous with JjJ . 

EXAM P L E. 

I 

Cf Come to the market, psr/japs you may purchase something from ui." 

The pnrlit lc i is never found to commence a discourse. 



BOOK SECOND. $® 

7. The distinction between cjj and j^J is this : cu A J is used to express 

a wish either possible, or impossible, of attainment, as in the example already 
recorded, and the following, 

& f \, * v S ' ' ^ A * 

d *.*,Jt__> Ia^J f CaaJ j£ Would to God that youth would return." 



r/f jE word w V 

The true origin of this word seems little understood, though I believe it in generally cge- 

sidered by the Arabian Grammarians as compounded of the ^SijJ /( 5 5 , or as/ 0/ similitude, 

and the particle | the original construction therefore of such a sentence as ^„ j j j^j • , , \S 

*' Zued is like a Lion" would have been, agreeably to the above theory, r/' 1 j y I , an d 
they readily account for this Hyslero^proteroti-cYo]u\i(in l by simply remarking, that the 
chief object in the mind of the speaker on all such occasions being similitude or comparison, 
he would naturally commence the sentence with a word expressive of such similitude, thus 

and hence with the slight change of Kusruh into Futjiw, would eventually bo produced the word 
^j^l the author of the Mooghnee however rejects this theory and considers it, as an original 

uacompounded particle. 



OF THE VARIOUS SENSES OF THE WORD ' 



•jl^ has four different significations. 



First. It denotes Similitude, ( au^S ^ and this no doubt is its most general acceptation, 

l" 

iiiough some grammarians have discovered, or think they have discoverd a very subtile condition 

w ^ 

attending it in this character. The Fredicute of ^ in the sense of similitude, say they, 

must belong to the class of primitive nouns, termed U» as ^ j I j, ^ &c- but if 

* 9 ,99 
io that of derivative nouns, (Uufo*) or to nouns of time and place , ^ < V,^ ^ J the word 

will assume the sense of doubt or uncertainty. 

A a 



90 COMMENTARY. 

M 

8. Bat can on ty be use ^ to express the hope, or expectation of some 

event of possible occurrence, 



EXAMPLES. 

^ * ' c A ' w - 

_ > Perhaps Zued is standing.. 
wJ^ic j (i)^ ^ er ^ ia P s Zued is with yotfc 

w S3 A , w - 

^ i dJ J ^ g > I ^jj fc' Perhaps* Zued is in the boase.. 

* * ' 

3. It occurs also in the sense <jf verification, (uju5*\S) agreeably to (ha opinion of the 

I 

grammarians of Koofuh. 

EXAMPL E. 

W , A ' - W - x A - v - A 
P , P „ ^ A, „ A , O 

«' He entered Mukku in the morning horror struck, (at Us destrltd apf>;are>K<J t 
For Hoosh am was no longer in the country." 

w , w , 

In Die above verse is supposed Synonymous with ^ j{ < 

» o 

4. In the sense of approximation, f^^SjV 

I 

EXAMPLES. 

< Jva£^ f IX&Mj oCi ^ The winter season will ioorc, or <jj ■■>:// visit yon. 

' x- • ^w, f You wi'l shortly enioy phasure, or pleasure is about 



Jo visit you. 



* U a verb of the 3d class of increased (pjadulitcrals, and Ngnifiei also, Am hjir sl.vd Uprigil ; a!«o *>• shr:.ni 

frcn /tar, &c. 



BOOK SECOND. 91 

g. The above six particles, when joined with the l-b^L*, or prohihitiuc par- 
ticle Cg , lose their governing power. 

EXAMPLE. 

jLsi \j aJ I aJU I t v j J 66 Verily there is no God but one God/ ! 



fci ^ ^ f The time approaches when you must depart this work!, 

J jj U j|/ or an eTe! ^ as '' D £ residence 



hereafter,. 



OF T RE WORD . ft . 

Fi'Kuaa is of opinion that is compounded of ^xj (with the Noon quiescent,) and tfoe 

particle ^|;— viz. ^1^0 the Humza being removed, euphonias gratia, and the 2Veo?t rejected 

Sq consequence of the junction of two homogeneous letters under the sign Idgham. Th s 
however is contrary to the doctrine of Uij schools of Busruh, who consider it an uncoin- 
pounded primitive.. On the other hand the grammarians of Ivoofuh, maintain that it is a 
compouud of the negative and J, the in'ervetiing- K'tf, being an expletive; — thus,— 

w- - * 

^^^5 the Kusruh, of Humzui, is transferred to Kaf, after rejecting the vowel point iof the 
Uumzu, and thr; pleonastic fetter u _ > f*' Being omitted leaves ^I'i > 80 tna * s?nteoce 

/ / « »)' W; t$'n,0 ;. „ w ^ 

J ^.i /Y c w jJ(Xjj^j/ U.U the word ^^ai^ would be SynoBjmous with ^ly, but Kuzee 
i 

r j ets the etymology on the plea thit b/ this change, the a^nsa of the sentence would be 
entirely altered, converting a discretive or adversative proposition into a conjunctive^ both 
members of the compound being thereby rendered negative, 

... A • 

The word is also written with a single Noon, quiescent thus ;=aJ but grammarians sera 
div ded in opinion, whether it should be considered merely as a different form of ^kj or au 
imiepKodaBt primitive; at is frequently accompanied by the conjunctive particle t5ls 

insertion or omission of which i3 guided by sundry conditions which I omit receding, aa 
uuprufjubiy minute.. 



COMMENTARY. 



Annotation, 

OF THE WORD 3^ 

There is little to be remarked of the word , It is used to express desire or volition, and 

seems to correspond v.'ith uiinata or 0 si!* in Latin, and wish, or would, in its optative and 
imprecalive acceptation, in English. The Grammarian Furraa contrarj to the general opinioD, 
says it gorerns both the subject and predicate of a proposition ia the objecti/e case, and quotes 

the following as an Exumple. 

Ix^i^j l**al f *L J u^a! Ij " 0<A*f the dajs of youth afow/d return l" 

It occurs in the following beautiful rejse of Shuekh Su.udee in the 19th Story, and C tla 

Chapter of his Gooltetan. 

A 



e 



I "* - ' 
o , o ^ o , o p o; ^ 

I I ' "* 

^ o ope 9 * P»,,0/ 
,o £o o „ o A ^ 

VERSE. 

From those dear scenes that round my mistress rise> 

Sad strains of sorrow wake a lovers fighs; 

Could they but learn, the Doves would feel rny woe, 

And soothing notes of sympathy bestow : 

To him, my friends, who love's soft grief disdain* 

And idly jests at unexperienced pains, 

Be this your answer — Oh, may heaven impart 

To thee, acquaintance, with a lovci's heart. 

OR LITERALLY. 

" The intelligence that has reached me, from the abode of my beloved. 

Were it heard by the Turtle-Doves, they would join their complaints with mine, 
O my friends, say to him who has never experienced the anguish of love, 
Would to God thou wcit acquainted with what passes in the heart of a lover." 



* J-xJ and vSf] occur together in composition, after the manner of O si in Latin, in the phrase, " 0 si ! O sil 
Oiiosl. Wishers and wouldcis aie pever good house-holders." 



ROOK SECOND, o. 



Sir William Jones, has quoted these lines in his history of the Persian language, la 
a manner that destroys the versification, and embarrasses the sense, by the introduction of the 
conjunction ^Ji in the second, and of [j in the commencement of the fourth line; as tha 
measure terminates on the penultiaia of the word ^9 the final syllable of wliich, (i. e, £5 

by the figure Dialysis.,* must in reading be made to commence the following line, thus ; 

,9 0? o? J, fo „ „ „ 

He has also mistaken the sense of the two first lines, taking the relative for a nega'tire 

particle, and the word r ' a» for a turtle-dove. The word with the first letter Muksoor and 

the second Muftooh, signifies properly a meadow, the resort of fawns, and is hence transferred 

to deaote the abode of beautiful damsels, ^as^ I j J hr^* an( * * a t ' ie secon( * * me » 

with the /^s Muftoohu and ^ Meem Muksooru, is a contraction of ^L^si, ( an d not as 

Golius says, of the plural l y a») thegeneric term for pigeon, of which / the turtle dove 

o 9 " o-; > .-of o- , 

is a species. c ^^jj i g ^ Je plural of / IS> ^ ^ , I'ke'^,^. of y 1 . ^^' s inaccurate 

reading seems to have been copied from Gentius, who has himself overlooked the true sense of 

the lines, translating in the first line delictum, and in the second campsstris, thus; 

> ' « 

«* IlKud quod de mentione delicti ad auras meas pervenif, 
Si turtur quoque campestris, audiret, mihi co•ngemeret.' , 

9 of 

^ = r>]]^. may zho be translated,^" the Doves of that abode," tr e. of his mistress, as 

* O ..0 A 9 

expressed in the first line. la some copies of the Goolistari ^ iU J£ is found instead of 
^U^U^Jya— i- e - " ^ay t0 the intelligent &c." With this reading, the particle b would 
be required Sq the nest line to complete the measure. It may be observed in the above example, 



° 9 A > 

* A v/ord thus divided is said in the prosody of the Arabs to be litteially pledged. 

B b 



94 COMMENTARY. 



#micitatum» 

that 2^4 contrary to the rule laid down by the Commentator, is followed bjr a verb; but 

this is a common ellipsis in poetry, a noun or pronoun being understood. Some copies read 
C^J^i instead of which has nothing to recommend it. The author of the Maoghnes 

quotes tke following example in which is followed by a verb, 3Jel*« tf ix'^i £**i -> 

« Would to God you would banish from me grief, even for a moment." In which the flecoud 

personal pronoun is understood. 

<Q F THE WO R D >T. 
The word JjJ denotes contingency in some event, in a twofold manner,, 
First. Hope or expectation (^£> ^5) °* acme contingent good. 
Second, Fear or dread, (<L-J U& I) of some contingent evil. 

EXAMPLES. 

1. 4 J*»Jjx ts *AXS'' I'J*I Perhapt (I may gain) an interview with my beloved; 

I 

2. Jas U. ^ftS^i J Jj?J Perhaps my rival is (there) present. 

It denotes occasionally causaWy or illqlion, (JdiJU ), Example from the Q)oran; 

^s^i^JlKi^A^Jl^XxiJ w Do good, (works) f/taf you may be happy," 

T!ie word Jj»J agreeably to tlie author of the Qimoos, assames eleven various forms, vir. 

J V* tf £ W £ fef=J UJ* 1 u* 5 

CONC L U S I O N. 

« o 9 9 o99 o , 

The above six words are termed JjUJ |j %*^4 J t— Sj^s}\ . Fro[1I » *h e « r similarity in tht 

number of letters composing them, b/ing cither three or four. 2. Having their final letter like 
the preterite of veibi, matked Mrftooh, i. c. with the vowel point Futfiuj and lastly from 



BOOK SECOND. 



95 



(their taking after them tiro nouns which they immediately govern $«ks transitive verbs, the 
cense of which they respeetiTely assume. 

EXAMPLES. 



5 a 



P O w ^ 



equivalent to < > I strengthened, of 7erified< 



9 A w y 

^jj^ _ , , 2 compared, or aesimiiatcdo 



pi 



f • , o„p 

<u ,..; :( . ,.^.111 . £*Jj*X**l I restored, or amended. 



^ t k x J 1 supplicated, or wished. 



$ i^T^ I Hoped, or expected. 

The word J ixlf has so many various senses, that it is not easy to reduce it to a general 

Edea. Jpj from which i , is derived signifies in the past times 1. He followed, comprehended. 
**** ) 

8. Intransitively, he arrived or reached the age of puberty, as a boy, -» I A3 I , 

« f the child of spring was now mature." On the measure J^jX*! it signifies. 1. He wished to 
/oKow. Z. Hi comprehended. $. Be restored, amended or repaired, as in the phrase ^£,1! JsXwJ 
'*JSy lj "he undertook to, repair one thing by another," resembling fh -this respect the sense ascribed 

**» * 

io in English by Home Tooke, — namely to boot, superadd, &c„ The iatter sense namely repa~ 

o o 

ration, or restoration, appears most suitable to the grammatical term ^J* | j / as applied 

- i, " . " 

Co the conjunction ^SCi , whose office is properly "the ^restoring or amending as it were, of 

some doubt or uncertainty originating in the first branch of a compound proposition which 
meaning may be illustrated by the ingepipus remark of the Abbe Skard. £{ Ainsi, apres 
J'enonciation d f une premiere proposition, trouvant un obstacle, on un empecbement a, l'exe- 
cntioa de ce qu'on vient de dire, cn semble avertir l'audifeur ou le lecteur qu'il faut s'ar- 
s£ter; on luj diroir, en Litin, sede (sed) arrtlez: il ya ici uoe restriction, ua chaDgemect 



COMMENTARY. 



a faire; en grec, AM$i; •» y a> icr, une borne, un achoppement; en anglais, butf-:i\ ji 
un plus, un point inajeur a esamingr ; enfla il y a en frangais, un Mais."* 

Elemeas De Gramraaire Geu&rale, 

Par M. VAbbe SicABDi 

The application of the •various words in the second Class, will be found illustrated in the tnm 
following Stories. 



^ 0 99 A s f ^ s A 9 ft ' s ^ * f. , s ft ^ h 9 Si 9 _ A t w ^ 3", A A^l» ^ A 



^ _ P x i ^ ^ /» ^ - f A a i f ^ ^ - •S - 0 * o ^ o^ O w A ^ w ^ a ?^ ^ o f>Ax 



^3 c^*^ > ^ — » j«2J i AA^'O^jUi.J Jva v AaJ L (AA3 ^aj'^o 

x <• ( I- ...... 



e. ^ o O aP^J< Ev » Tdl /> o w 

S T 0 R Y. 

A scholar whose understanding was none of the brightest,- asked his master 
one day regarding the Servile Letters. The master replied, Saaltoomoontcha., 
(i. e. you asked me that before). The scholar not comprehending the drift of 

* Mais he derives from the Latin M»gh, end says it h an old adverb Synonymous with Plus, as in th« phrasa 
" J( n'en ftux Mais, for Jc n'en peux Plus, and in the following verse: 

" Pourquoi cK; vos chagrins, sans cesse, a moi vons prendre? 

M En puis-jc Mais dc soins qu'ou dc va pas-vous re»die?" 



BOOK SECOND. 



97 



the reply, (\vhich infact included the whole of the Servile letters), said, I attend 
jou regularly every day but never remember asking you any such question. 
The Shuekh replied, Atyuom tunsao, (i. e. to day you forget). No, said, the student, 
I do not forget. O blockhead ! exclaimed the master, what, you are still in the 
dark! I hearily wsh you were changed into an ass, for I have told you them 
twice. 1 he scholar on hearing this was ashamed of his want of comprehension, 
and returned home, repeating, as he went along. Would that the Almighty^ 
had granted me capacity. 



9 * * !< ~ f , & , * 9 . x „ *t * _ *> ? f a *> x ~ „. » 

3 

x* , , ^' « 9 o 9 . ,9 « , I „. , « x . x V x" x t a , • > ? ^ f 

i 

* - *. * x —a 

w ., A X wfi »'» ft* i ' » « ,' W ' / W |,x 



x £ I w x w x x * , , « « A , A «*» *«» x & x ' ? I * f * * ? * x x «. 

t 

x * 0 - - w 5 «» x - A ' 0 » x x 9 x x * 1 x x ^ x 

I x ^ W x x «. x ^— > x 



• ? n * x » 



Cc 



98 COMMENTARY. 

UJ I ^5 <UAJ I Jx^. 1^ A^a^; LXU f ; ^ U . ^aAaJ U^cW 

! ' " ' J 77 | ' 



P X ,A w.- ' 9 , 9 ~ s s ' ^ w V P • . ^ Ay 1 ^ ^ ' " ' s - 

p Ij ^ I C^sA^rc L T Xi &J Us* Iaaj j l v & 0 I O^V. J»j ( w ^' ,0 ^vS^F 3 J ^ J 

^ Z 9 - * -t' 9 ' s - - ' ^ ' 0 1-1* - > x A ' A I ^ - . ? ? ° ? »./° 

t v jl UCU I L € j 1 aJ J Ui UJ o ^ aJ^sj I h-^k ijjfe 

w - - - x 9 & , * , - A .C ^ ^ l>„- tf-A - I ? A 



i ro ie r. ij;. 

A certain King of Persia had grown so excessively fat, that though naturally of 
a graceful form, he resembled in size more an elephant than a man. 
His Physicians in consequence tried various expedients to reduce his enormous 
size, but their efforts h^d no other effect than to encreaseit: in this state, a 
certain eminent Physician waited upon him, and said, I v> ill . undertake to pie- 
scribe for your Majesty, provided you allow me three days to consult your 
horoscope, and determine on some medicines suitable to your case j perhaps 
through the aid of the Almighty I may effect your recovery. At the expiration 
of the time required, the Physician waited upon the King, and said, I have 
consulted the aspect of the stars, and observe that you have but four days more 
to live : when I saw this your approaching destiny, I was much troubled, 
would to God I had not seen it. If you doubt my words, let n?e be confined 
close to you and treated agreeably to the event of my prediction. Then the 
King gave orders for his confinement, and began to prepare fi-r death, discarded 
all his former amusements, excluded himself from the c\cs of mankind, aad 



BOOK SECOND, 



09 



resigned himself wholly to sorrow and affliction; and his gvief increased daily. 
,And when the appointed day arrived, the King called the Physician before him, 
and spoke to him on the subject. The Physician replied, I made use of this 
stratagem, in order to reduce your corpulency, for I knew that until this occurred, 
no medicines would be of any avail, but now I may prescribe to you with 
effect. Then the, King ordered hirna dress ofhonor, and gave him a suitable 
reward, 

CLASS THIRD, 

The third class, contains two particles, which resemble the imperfect verb 

* A ■* * - " ' 

^j^,aJ) possessing like it a negative signification. They precede both terms 

^notation, 

OF THE G 0 Y E R N M E'N T OF U . - 

Grammarian! are divided in their opinion regarding the government of [ A , The learned 

of Hujazj N'.ijJ and Tehama however, whose authority as inhabitants of Arabia proper, 
may be reckoned decisive,, consider it in almost every respect as Syr or.ymous with the 
imperfect verb (j*»*J= First as it denote like present negation; and seecndly as it may 

precede indifferently a definite, or indefinite noun, and admit the predicate in the sentence 
in which it is employed to be accompanied by the particle y Lj by way of pleonasm. From this 

similarity of sense originated its similarity of regimen, go-vcrning lilce . the su'ject in the 

nominative, and the predicate of a proposition in the objective case : with these functions it is em- 
ployed it* the Qooran, and as-the -Qooran was immediately revealed- fo> the inhabitants of Hujss, jfc 

° ' * * 

has acquired araong grammarians in consequence the general appelation of ^ • [^££<Mljf By the tribe 

! 

of Tumbem it was considered asinsple negative particle, without any government, and as sucfo 

f 0 ■ « - 

was contradistinguished from the other by the term ^ a v *I I U * 

"ft 

As a grammatical agent, it precedes both a definite and indefinite noun, but- most frequently 
the former, guided however by sundry conditions, the non-observance of which entirely des t r fj'^ 
its government, , , ■ 



100 COMMENTARY. 

of a proposition, and govern the r.oun or subject in die nominative, and the 

predicate in the -objective case. 

Annotation. 

CONDITIONS ATTENDING THE GOVERNMENT 0 F & . 

1. In the sentence in which it is employe.% tha fredicats must not precede the subject ia 
the order of construction, otherwise its goTercment i» cancelled, 

E M P L E. 

«fjf/$U for l y ; (ii ,x» j U " Zued is not standing." 

4k 

2. The jubjzc r must not be preceded by the particle ^J, as an cxpKtire. 

EXAMPLE. 

$ t,'* c y t> ^ A - m o , 

*r- A -*f AJ ° * J (< O tribe of Azanuh, you possess neither gold no? 

Q m , o ; A . r- <s o „ „ „ > . -' 

<_J^ -Xi I <!u£!<JL^ ) stiver, hi truth y ou are mere potsherd* i" 

I 

3. The word or sentence immedta't-ty connected with the predicate, must not precede the 
Boua of U,, ia the order of construction. 

EXAMPLE. 

$ ? ~s I do not act treacherously towards every one who has 

"l > ' ^ acted faithfully towards me.' 1 * 

If however the J. a . 0 be a Zurf, or a noun in rogioaistf, the ^oTcrnmeut will b> pr s rYud. 

EXAMPLES. 

i 

L xS , J ^ (,„ You are n >t w»y Jiss'iitant. 



J?- 



* To preserve the Government, <l;e natuiil order v/ould be (j*-* '^L'tf * ^ , J Jj: "'' l r*« Thc c:um l , ' e « «ees»ivcJy 
;■!..! I suspect fiultf. 



BOOK SECOND. Wl 

Of these is used indifferently with a definxte or sndsfxnitb rohr 9 ^ 
with an indefinite only, 

EXAMPLES, 
l v j li' cXj^J tw; e; Zued is not star 



U.j ^ " No maa is ingenious 

i 



w 

4. The particle }H must not precede the jpuedicatc, otherwise ft® government is destroyed, 

E X A M P L E. 



W ^ w , I y 

J^/w^ ^ I U " Moqhusimtjd is not but a Prophet.'* 

The word L« as a relative, indicative, prohibitive, and interrogative ^rt\c\e, has a great variety 
of senses, attended with numerous grammatical distinctions, which cannot well be dctdikd here. 

OF THE PARTICLE 

The resemblance subsisting between "jf and the defective verb , Is considered by Ibnooi 

Hajib, aa his Commentary on theliAFEEA, as inferior to that of b as it is not formed like it 

peculiarly to denote present negation; is seldom found with a definite noun ; and cannot be used in a 
sentence the predicate of which is preceded by / lj as an expletive: for these reasons it possesses 

a much more limited government than L«, and some grammarians go so far as to deny it any 

government but in poetry. As an Agent however it is guided in its application, by the same condi- 
tions already recorded of with the exception of that relating to as a redundant 

particle preceding the predicate, in which form of construction it can never be employed, 

y preceding an indefinite noun has the force of a Universal negative, as in the example 
r^j) £ %^%r- " No man is in the house," and this I presume is what the Arabs understand by 

the term (jw^sr j ^ii when applicable to this particle. 
✓ ^ • 

D d 



102 



COMMENTARY. 



Sraxotatton. 

As grammarians however have observed a nice distinction between ^ in {he character of 
Qt*ks2^l ^i.} and ^ when synonymous with the verb I snail endeavour to state in as few 

words as possible, the grounds upon which they suppose this distinction is founded. 
f> A 9 1\ s 

The term ^isJ I ii signifies literally negation ef the genu.;, and as applicable to the 
"* > B 

particle ^ in such a phrase as j ) J < ^ 5 ? J.^^ , conveys a total denial of every individual 

'r- ■ 

comprised in the general term i. e. ' ,«a man is in the house and is therefore properly 



distinguished fiom ^ when resembling (hMfjJbrfcct verb ^ J it's office being simply to denote 

individual, or particular negation, of one or several from a general Class. Now as the negation 
in the above example i3 complete and universal, it is obvious that the proposition expressive of 
this negation, cannot be followed by a conjunction in or.ier to restrict or qualify the general 
term ; for example after the words ,I»xJ!x- -sA^i^ " #o mau is in the house," we cannot 

9 ' * 9 , O ; P 

add J J^, ^ J lv=.j J^j , " but too men or ;rao;-e are in the house," as this would in fact bs 

a palpable absurdity ; but the case is different with tha same particle when Synonymous 

with (j*»a!> which as lias already been observed, is used to denote not universal but particular 

^ ^ */ </ « £ ? - - 

negation, and therefore we may say with propriety J Uj^ J J,^ JaJ f J-^V <l «P 

one uian is in the house, but two or more are in it t " 

It must be observed in the above example, that the noun of 5) in the character of 
fju.').^ 1 ^ki assumes over its final letter the indeclinable mark fuihu, whereas in its 
verbal capacity, it governs (under the conditions already specified) the subject in the 
nominative, and the predicate in the objective case: this the Arabian Grammarians account for ia 

the first instance, by supposing 1 an Ellipsis of the preposition ^ , termed *»5 J^X*- ^' J^* 

<■ — *_ a < < .» 

or Me comprehensive Min, in such a sentence as - the following, j I a»! J jj J_=>^ ^ > for 

« 9 s 3 «» ' 

^Jd^J j J^^^X The preposition being understood, the following noun by a general 

rule of Grammar assumes futfiu, and this they allege as authority for ascribing to th« 

particle y universality of negation, in all such sentences, which they consider as responsive 

forms of expression to the question I 1 j w <« Jd> — " ar ° there my men in the 

house?" Ansr. ^ ) J £ * or el ip tic ally*, j J $J Jj . ^ " no not enjj;" 
aud in JLatin } — ;i uon est pflr qaisquam in atrio.". 



BOOK SECOND, 103 



Annotation. 

The particle as a Universal Negative has the same government as ^jj provided, firsfc 
that the following noun, or noun affected by the negation, h connected with another word in the 
aorist case, L e. in regimiae, jor has any connexion of a similar nature to a noun in regimi-ne,-* 

, EXAMPL E. 

In regimine. js^j^ ^ ^ <^s~* [*s *2 No man of liberality is nozo existingj 



"flesembling a norm "j - a & o * 

U*3dJJ,3 ^ «J ^1 J'ii^^ There is none, better than me in the world, 
in regimine. J * "* | " 

% is the common responsive negative and is directly opposed to as in the following elegant 
..couplefco 

; V\ , 

* ^ ^ , * o o 9 at .09 o9 „ 9 9 o „ 9 
^ ^ 3 Ijp ^J^J J lis I U CsXXs" 

A "l 

" I saw a fawn upon a hillock, whose beauty eclipsed the full moon; I said, what is thy 
name? she answered Deer. What, my Dear? said I, but she replied, No, No!" 

s>9 o p o o _ y . 

It is impossible to preserve in a translation the delicate play on the words ^J^J 1 ( J j 

[ ' "1 "1 

The first means literally a pearl, the second a repetition of mine, or for me, and the last a redu- 
plication of the negative no. This species of paronymous composition is very common in 
the writings of the Persians and Arabs, and seems to have been practiced occasionally by the an- 
cients : Yossios in his rhetoric has given numerous examples of the paronomasia from the Greek 
and Latin poets, others will be found in Aulus Gellius, Plautus and Ennius &-c. which the reader 
if inclined may consult with pleasure. In the mean time I shall content myself with offering 
a quibble of rather a different description, the effect depending entirely on the ambiguity of ho- 
monymous words. 



^9 9o „ 90 £f s 9 

* Any yrard connected with another so as to render the sense complete is termed, L— 3Lss^J i 0 r > ' l*3yA.Jgy> 



10 i 



COMMENTARY. 



annotation, 

A'v^j ts noli ova uWfa ogv&a ksh fyvfia 

Vir non vir, avem nee avem tamen, in arbore noo 
Arbore sedentem, lapide noalapide fetiens intcremit 5 

That is — A man not a man, casting a stone not a stone. 
Killed a bird not a bird, sitting on a tree not a tree. 

By the first (in the order of the original), is meant a eunuch or hermaphrodite, the second a bat 
4he third the sambucus or elder-tree, t and the latter the pumice stone, about the nature 
and origin of which naturalists are not agreed. 

OF THE PARTICLE c> 
The etymology of this particle has given rise to a variety of discordant opinions, which I shall 
briefly notice as a matter of curiosity, if not of instruction. The grammarian TJjlhtu.'H, saya 
it is nothing but with the paragogical marked with the vowel point" Fut,hu, in consequence of 

the junction of two quiescent letters, and the author of the Uozuh, ^ ascribes to it 

the same government with but restricts its application to the word which some 

" - < 1 

grammarians consider as comprshend'wg all nouns of time, such as qJ^J, anl * tn ' s 19 

o o „ 

also the opinion of Iuno Mulie in his Ja$m,j. 

f 

One peculiarity attending it is, that in the sentence in which it is employed, either 'he subject,.- 
or predicate mnst be understood ; the common practice of the language seems to authorise the re- 
jection of the subject, as ^{J^, J ^^&'$ f " This it not the time for flight." In which ^ T >* 

understood, but on the other hand several grammarians contend, that it must be the predicate. Tha 
point is not worth discussing, and therefore wc shall let it rest. 

by some is derived from the infinitive less, damagr, Synonymous with jjjJu, and is re* 
gi'laHy declinable as iSxjyJLj. This derivation is plausible enough aud is attributed to 

^i-i^J.j J Aboozuki KnusauNtE; 



* Locks says it wai long seriously disputed whether a bat was a bird or not. 
i l'hij is tlic interpretation gi\en by Suidus, and may peihaps be disputed. 



BOOK SECOND. 



105 



8rawtatfon, 

Others again refer it to u*"ft' in the past tense^ the Ya being ehafiged into Vlif, aad ~ w* ink> 
l£ ■ these letters being considered proximate representatives of the same sounds 

I^aac^jJ Uboo Obuedw, and XjJ jds^jiJ I BN0 Turawuh, imagine it to be arciapoiiiniied of ^ 

and the letter /li" redundant in some other word, aria the following example from the Qoorac^ 
,o ^ - ° 

^jjsaj Dut tn ' s * s ridiculous; the Ttj-is- not redundant in the word ^»*», it belongs to the 

Terb land must have been joined to the word ^ by the carelessness of some transcribers 

'•' 

It is written thus erroneously, in Maracci. The author of the Mooghnee has entered into 
Hrttinate details regarding its government and the conditions attending its government, but they d© 
not appear to me of sufficient importance to transcribes 

£, and ^ if explained and illustrated at full length would far exceed the bounds of this Com- 
mentary, indeed it is to be feared I have already explained more than is necessary, I shall" 
therefore close this annotation, with one or two miscellaneous remarks. 

The intensive or corroborative negative which in Greek is effected by two or more negatives Is 
provided for in Arabic, by a peculiar form of conjugation i. e. by the adjection of the pro» 

>. w * A - s 

hibitive % and Noon Suheela subjoined, as u ,j.Aaj M Jet him certainly not strike.'* But this it 
must be remembered is applicable only to prohibitive forms of expression. It is curious to 
observe the concourse of negatives in the following passage from Demosthenes, Ovdenore avlh ob 
My'iWrrOi twv JeoVrMV. 1 Nothing that is necessary will eve? (or never) be done,' which however is 
aot more remarkable than the following attributed to a cockney who hud lost his hat — " Did 
nobody see nothing of never a hat no where ?' r 

The particle' U in* almost all its varices, and- evsri opposite relations* bea*s a striking 
resemblance to- the Greek Mi}, as and J do to 0 £ : to illustrate the latter remark, 
X shall offer the following little extract from Plutarch as quoted by the Messieurs De Port Rcyai, 
aot indeed an much- fa* the purpose of elucidating a poiitt of comparatively no importance, 
39 <o introduce to the reader two very successful and spirited versions of the original into 
htstttCy by Shuehh Uhmud, a learned native of Yemen, at present attached to the College of 

E e 



106 



COMMENTARY, 



Fort "VVilliaTn. The first is in prose, and will be foand literal and elegant ; the other is in 
verso, and in ycrse of a very sweet and harmonious texture, which aided by the solemn 

recitative of Arabian enunciation, hac J confess on my car, 3. very melodious effect. 

ffVHoQcLvtyv 0 new,;, xls QAovov 6 tliu\y,c, 
uls aeicfiov 6 tv Fahy.rxtc, a5i hequwov 6 iv 
AidiOvf/tV. 6 o£ Qcng tieiius, isccfltt lelie,, 
y^v, S&harltx.v, uipx, apavoVj oh6tos, Q&s 0 vJA — ■> 
Sovcc, nuitvjv, oveipove 

' lie who is on land, is not afraid of the sea,; 
He who does not go to war, is not aftaid of battle j 
He who stays at home, fears no highway man; 
He that has nothing to lose, is not afraid of informers j 
He that is in a private station, apprehends no eovy; 
He that is in Galatia, dreads no earthquake and 
He that is in iEthiopia fears neither thunder nor lightning; 
But he that dreads God, as his enemy, startles at every thing; the land, the sea, the air, 
lthc heavens, dajjuiess, light, noise, silence, and his very dreams, are (ill dreadful to him. 

THUS IN ARABIC PROSE. 



' '( ~ ' * ^ - A - ^ A 9 „ A 9 £ + + * »'» + ~W A ' A «• HP 



BOOK SECOND. 



IZ1 



s h , A w ( A ^ / A ' - w A > A..A A „ ^ ^ ^ 



The following Verses are written on the measure, termed jj>«d J _>s*\> ur Epitkitos 
: Teetius ? consisting of a Spondee aud iambus. 



1 



£ A ■» ^ ^ w 



^ 9 9 s , a ^ a ^ a - P ? ? P a Pa 



I 



A 7 Aw -* >«■ .« r>v r\ s r\ ^ 7 . ^ 



. . ^ A ^ A^". ^ A , A u 0 * ✓ ? ^ 



m COMMENTARY 



A* 
J 



A f A ^A , \ * ^ A • •» x w - 

AJ L V J 0 ^ I | «A^3yj AJ j*» <Xf CAAaoJ (j C^^J I 

The particles U and ^ will be found as simple and verbal negative? in the following Storyv 

Aj 

$ „ f P „ ^ 9 * * * A A A ? ? A » * £ «r „ » 

d ^ U (. Y £> tXa* I ^) Uj I aJ ^ \f <J^s: £ ^ *A^i (j,^- Uss^' q I Juc! 



Simple Keg. — 

jJ^jaAxj^^S}]^ Ja^^ 1 0 IT j D X, ck^fj Jl_ll ^ 

^ ^ w,. A ^ ^ x Pa-.J^Ja^^A''. " ^ ^ r"*'" *^ * ^ * - A y • w 

Aa* *j j I Aa£ L^CoAJJooij aj jij aJ j/.** UAJ 



fiirap. Neg' 



A^ la* AaJ 1 U J H <-\j j <^*3^ ^ J U I j J lyX) 1 ^. Iaj aaJ \ 



Verb- Neg. Verb, Neg. 



• , * •& - 0 3 ^ „ J _ £ ,9- 9 * 



l^U;s*j.& aaJ f v^yuJ f ^-s) l T 3 ^viJ I U I J aJ £J tj aJ t^/j 

tJvJ U.J I ^ O AAJ * AAAA5». 1 i^JJ JS.A3 fjtjlj AAJ ( -XJ (j.^e (C _j if 



J l <* $ c\a£ ^.h) r f^.J (J^j [(j*, IaJI C^jl ^; 

? ^ a * 9 w ?»,^ 9 * 9 , * A , 

\ jJ U UK> (^w UJ ( A AAJ J 8 2 ^ j 



* T!ie same idea n expressed by thechangs of one word i.e. ^jbj for JU 

9 , 9 * A a ^ ' - f . , .a ^ , w • A ^ 

* ' ' « ' 9 «, f (</ f-x^^A A,.. 

TjA* O IaJ I AAAi 6 3 ^, 



BOOK SECOND. 



203 



S T O R Y, 

A certain Chieftain of the tribe of Bunee Ajil, had two sons, one of whom was 
rich, the other poor. To the rich one he was kind and partial, to the other 
indifferent He was asked, — why do you slight and neglect your son, a son on 
whom the Almighty has placed a crown of excellence and accomplishments ? — 
Wealth you know is transitory, it comes to-day } and leaves us to-morrow. The old 
man replied. He can be of no service to me — if he possess accomplishments 
they will be of service to him : as for my other son, I am partial to him from 
necessity, and he has no occasion for any thing of mine, as the poet has justly said. 

Il I S T I G fit 

I have observed that men incline towards those who are rich, 
Bat decline all connexion with, those who have nothing. 

CLASS F O UR TEt. 
'The fourth class, contains sst>en particles, which, govern the noua in the 
objective case, viz. 



I. The Particle j fj synonymous with q 



EXAMPLE. 

AA^dsr I j *u i (J^'w; I The water was equal with the wood. 



The Particle J ^ as synonymous with ^ is like other Particles a subject of controversy with 
Grammarians, some contending for its government, and others denying it, and both parties producing 
arguments and quotations to defend their respective opinions. The author of the ^ says the go- 
vernment usually assigned to^fj is properly owing to some preceding verb, either expressed or 
understood in the sentence, as in the example C»^«* ( I travelled with Zued.' 

It always in the above sense, denotes society or companionship, and is found to occur three 
different ways in a sentence. 

, 9 o 

1. It is preceded by a verb, as i^j^O-aw I travelled with Zued? Or by a word resembling a 
verb in sense, as, J*>,j^j JUU i- e. ^.itai^ What are you doing with Zued? 

Ff 



110 COMMENTARY. 



° A 



2. ^ ( used in the sense of P Uaa*m I or exception, in two ways. The j^rsi is 
termed ^a^a^c or homogeneous, and signifies in its grammatical sense,, that the 
aXa^^ or word following the Particle of exception, is of the same species, 
or homogeneous with the a/..* ^a.Xa**,s> or word preceding the Particle. 

■E X A M P L E. 

I^jJ ^ I ^j£Jf The tribe came to me, except Zued. 

The second is -termed x'LajiJv^ -and signifies that the . ^J&X***-*^ , 
&X*t must be heterogeneous or dis{,nnilar in their nature. 

EXAMPLE. 

ay W f A x a ^ - 

lj t v= *. ^ | ^ ^ jj I p The tribe came to me except the Ass. 



^notation, 

2. By a Participle active, as, jjsjjfj »/L» UJ rJ descended, or went down twYA the Nile, 

I " . 
y 0 , , , °Pa ? ^ w„ 

.3. By a Passive Participle, as, l^U/^^jj ^'k* *jt.J) The Camel is let loose with her young one= 

1 

.OF THE PARTICLE^]. 

The Particle ^ J is used in the sense of jUfccSI or exception, and is considered synonymous with 
the following words : 

Of the above synonyma ^f^, is written in three other different ways, namely tfy*, 
^| is a simple Particle. ^] and j^j^jCj ^ ve/'Ztf. U la* and )*>>s occasionally both verbs and 
Pari ides, and and ^« nouns. 

OF TJ/E i^^D^liiw 
The word ^'Aamai is a. Passive Participle, and means literally excepted [or excluded. fcix^&C*** 



BOOK SECOND. HI 
The following words, viz. C. bl U^c^l a^XaII^WI are called 



IJvJI J^Jdor vocative particles, and are used in the following manner : 

[j Whether the obj ect addressed is distant or near. 
tj \ and (. A & When the object is distant. 

J; f and L^Ajfl g^vVi f When the ol> J ect is near * 
The above five Particles, when they precede a noun in refflmine, govern the 

9 

or Governing Noun, in the accusative or objective case. 



EXAMPLES. 

O slave of God, (or as a proper name) 
O Afedoolah ! 



gnnotattoiu 

»> 9 ,o9 

That// 'OTfi zolucli the exception is made. JkAaX^* may be translated homogetisous t ^lasuxa heterogeneous j 

i " 
, the Grammatical distinction between these terms is obvious and useless, and requires no further 

, explanation. 

The y&k^ invariably requires, that its o should either be a plural noun, as 

iS Ax w '' x w o x x ** 

. J^.jyi'iiJj li.jji^j/lja 'The men .came to me all but Zued;' or a noun of multitude singular, as 
j ^ J I ^ i l.=» The tribe came to me all but Zued.' 

x°x O P 

The ^iiXM*^ is rendered Nusub, or governed in the objective, casej after the foil-owing order: 

1. When found in an assertive sentence, viz. in a sentence neither prohibitive, negative, nor 
interrogative. 

E X A M P L E. 

<■> A x w ? A . 0 x ,. 

J >j y ^/ -jjUl^/ La 4 The tribe came except Zued.' 

✓ •* X 

2. When the precedes the 



112 COMMENTARY. 

cXj y/Xt U O Boy of Zued ! 

* ~* % * * , * „ 

jiLl I v— L$ O thou who art noble in thy tribe', 
i 



A ✓ * , * A 



j I I O most excellent of the tribe 1 

aJU I<Aac I O slave of God, or (O Abdoolah !) 

But when the noun following them, is not in regimine, it receives the vowel- 
mark ^jjj without the Twiween. 

£ SAMPLES. 
jOjb OZuedl 

9 9 ' ' ^ 

J k ° man 1 



Annotation.. 

EXAMPLE. 

' I acknowledge no other tribe, than that of the Prophet! 
And follow no faith, but the true one.' 

,o,o f , ^ , 

3. When the ^Ia^* follows either ^ L« or J ^ c U 

,° . °\ ,o 9 o f , , ^ 

4. When the £a£am»* follows eitlier <j~J or 2 

There are a variety of other minute rules regarding )&\ and its government, which I pass oyer 

as unimportant. 

OF THE VOCATIVE PARTICLES 

The autlior of the Moognee, says the Particle ^ may be used without any respect to the 
proximity cr dislau.ee of the object addressed ; — Is of more general application than the other 



BOOK SECOND, 113 



Annotation. 

Particles, and is occasionally understood in a sentence, as J^, 1 ^jsJlII^ 0 Joseph fe* tffo alone, 
or re/ram /row ^? It is alone applied to the word £f\ an d to l^J and masculine and 

feminine. 

The Particle Uf> is supposed to be originally £j the Rumza being changed into \ & , 

*\ occurs also as aj^^l or Particle, as ^ j ^J*^ X hlve 

got money, that is, Gold. » t 



The Person or thing addressed is called the ^ which is considered a species of the Jj^ 
^ is always invoked, by one of the vocative Particles in the sense of the verb ' 'Jl < I *« ort B oiJ 



k-t>anb W P*tf c /« ^ /o^A cfaM are illustrated m the following 

Arabian Tale. 



a 9 n/ 9 



" i 



n * _ * w 



G «• 



M COMMENTARY. 

, , o y 9 9 Z • o 9 9 * ? , • , , 9 o f , , , 9 ; 0 9 , * «. S 

g& f I c\<J> Ij ^ 1 cM ^ J I JCiiS jy I C*S ^ ; a*> 2 U 

i o u j.i* jA i Jv*^! ^jjs y I \ c^V 0 ^ ^ "> 

S T 0 R Y, 

A man of learning went one day to the house of a Grammarian, who happened 
at the time to have a boy before him reading- Syntax. The learned man stopped at 
at the door to hear the boy read, and heard him say to his- master, ' O Sir, when 
I say,' " all the people went out but Zued." and am asked — why did not Zued 
go out also f What answer should I give? Say, replied the master, that he was busy 
beating Amr. Very well, said the boy : but when I say,- — <c the tribe rose up all 
but the Ass," and am asked — why did not the Ass rise up too? What should 
I answer ? Answer, said the pedant, that he was busy eating grass. Good, said the 
boy — and when I' say — c the General came along with the army,' and am asked— 
what brought the General along* with the army ? What should I say ? Say, said the 
schoolmaster, they are come by order of this gentleman (at the door,) to flog me. — 
On hearing which the boy uttered ashrick — exclaiming — protect me, O followers of 
MoHUMMtop ! O father! O brother! O people! hasten, hasten, to my assistance, 
for this man at the door, is certainly mad, and has given orders to have me 
beaten, and out he ran. The man laughed heartily at boih of them, and wcut 
about his business. 



BOOK SECOND. 115 

CLASS FIFTH. 

The fifth class contains four particles, which render the final letter of the 
Aorist Tense u-^^j v i z> 

K * A > A " A >• 

A > 

1, The Particle I prefixed to the aorist, restricts it to future time, 

EX A M PL E. 

A- ^ A 

j-£a»jl I hope you will rise, 



F THE PAR TIG L E ^> 



The Particle with the Humza Muftooh, and Noon QufescenC 7 as explakied in the Text, occurs 
Both as a Noun, .and a Particle. - 

As a noun it is supposed by the author of the MoooHMEEandbther Grammarians, to be equivalent 

^ - 9 * * h * 

to IjJ the first personal pronoun, as ^JuS^I 4 1 did,' and in other cases to theseco?J£?personal pro- 

» A- 1- ?*' A ^a > w 

noun, in the words ^JJ ^jj l y XjJ *Xij j where the termination is merely indicative 

of gender or number. 

As a Particle it is used in four ways. 

C ✓ „ ® A f A^A ^ 

SL^isAol I ^ J as recorded in the Commentary, is called also ^_^ s *o^i 1 J from the circum* 
stance of its being prefixed either to the aokist, or past Tense, and sometimes even to the impera- 

■ O * »9 n, 

tjve, as \j Ji ^ xji C**>J ' I wrote to him to rise and come,' 

Its pronoun is generally rejected in composition, but sometimes expressed, as ^jJCj/^li 
„>- ^ aaJ L* lai j,l I '-But if yon had solicited me in the day of prosperity.' 

it is occasionally met with as an Explanatory Particle, synonymous with & \ as-in the following 
Example from the Qooran : ^ A *J I I ^ I 4 That is, make the Ark.' 



115 C'O^IMENTARY. 

But if prefixed to the Preterite it causes no alteration in the time, and is then 
called aj j J^*al I (j I or the infinitive 

EXAMPLE. 

^A^^e^e ^ * * C Your going out surprised me, or it surprised 



> w * * £ me that you went out 



2. The Particle ( .J restricts the verb to future time, in .a confirmed 

negative sense. 



EXAMPLE. 

p s * ® " 



annotation. 

As a pleonastic particxs it occurs as follows : 
1 . After yd I U or the ^EMroRAi, ium.m a, ^ / U J 4 .< When Zued came.' 

w P _ * - *. , * , 

2. Between the Particle £ and a y 1 j^j i. e. a verb of swearing: .as aJUU^SJ^I 

, " - r * 

< If I swear by God;' 

3. Between the Preposition (- j"'and its governed word; as A^f^j^Juj ' Zued is like a 

Lion 

4. After J J I as, ^ JJ «> I When you went out. 

OF THE PARTICLE *J 

a ^ — 

is a negative Particle restricting the verb to future time. The Grammarian f) J says it 

was originally ^, the Alif of which is changed into Noon ; but this Etymology is rejected by the 

author of the Mooghnee who confirms the account given in the Commentary, in which opinion he 
is supported by ^/u./ and JuX-;, 

I 



BOOK SECOND. 11 



This Particle, agreeably to the authority of the Grammarian J^aXsL Khuleel 

A * ■ 

is compounded of ^ and The Hwnza is rejected, for the sake of euphony, 
leaving ^ ^, the of which is also thrown out, because two quiescent letters 
occuring together cannot be pronounced, and thus we have ^J, 

S. The Particle * Y is used in the sense of A,lkjiJ and or cause and 

motive, indicating that that which precedes it, is the cause of that which follows it. 

EXAMPLE. 

-'"t * '/ 9 0 I embraced the Moosulman faith, that I might 

v ~ 3 ' ( enter into Heaven. 



Of THE PARTICLE 
The author of the Mooghnee say9, that j is a noun abbreviated from ua-yT 8:8 * a ^h e follow. 



A x A.^ 



tag verse : 

A .ff , , , , \ s ✓ n 9 , A - O ^ 
J ^ « x A. A „ P 9 * A- 

How can you incline to peace, 

Your slaughtered friends being yet unrevenged. 

And the flame of war still raging ? 

»»/ w „ A -A 

It occurs as a pARTictE in the sense of J^XjiaJJ^ and >>aiJ(^j/ ant ^ * n tn ' s sense precedes 

s * 9 A^A ■■ * h s ' ' j * ° so , 

the Xly^llU, Example, £w^I t a/> tbat is ; <^^*» U ' Why did you strike.' 

It precedes also the ^ ^aoU U 3 Example, ^iv^j.^. I t aJ ^asUJ ' A man may expect 

* * * ■* ✓ 

to receive the good or evil he does.' 

Also in the sense of & ; ^ a s jfVfc ivSj for £fu *<^j*, c That you be not sorrowful.' 



* Asa proof of this it may be observed that the is retained in ^^affUav'j which would have be 

V 

rejected had been here a governing Particle. 

Hh. 



118 COMMENTARY. 

4. The Particle is used in the sense of vi$|^s and or answer, 

and consequence, and restricts the verb to Future time. 

EXAMPL E. 

C Then you will enter into heaven/ in an- 

kX^'l A.eL JSj . On swer to him who said c^ v JL^J ' I embraced 
' i 

Uhe Mohnmmudan faith/ 



annotation, 

0 F THE PARTICLE 

o ^ 

Some Grammarians maintain that ^ j>| is a noun, tut the general opinion is that it is a Particle. 

A '<>„ 

As a Particle some derive it from J I and j and others again allow it no Etymology, but consider it 
a simple uncompounded Particle. 

ft ° 9 * . . „ 

The Grammarian »j says it is always used in the sense of J ^ and yl^^as explained 

1 

in the Text ; but ^ M jLh merely admits its general application in this sense, and gives the following 
example, to prove that it is sometimes met with as the w j ^ alone; — as in answer to the assertion, 

\M ' s & * * W A * 

JC>->. I - I love you,' 15 j ^o^isl ^ j I th^n I think you speak truth 1 where the Grammarian observes 

that truth cannot be considered as a consequence of the preceding assertion. — ' I love you,' and 
must therefore be looked upon merely as the a?uv:er. This is one of the many trifles that exercise 
the ingenuity of Arabian Grammaiians, 

A - 

The government of is guided by certain conditions. 

It must immediately precede the Aorist, with the exception of a "Vj; or oath, or the negative 

^ w ^ A 

Particle y either of which is allowed to intervene, without destroying its government, as, 1 1 ^ j f 
JC* jj^i 4 Then by God I will honor you,'— or, i ; J (^^J5 ; y i | Then I do not think you a 

» r • * 

liar ! But we could not say, j I JL*^f\^ nor _y j a&1 | ^ L^j SI. This is the general opinion 
of Grammarians, but .yUae.jjl thinks a ZurJ occuring between the Particle and the verb will not 

- - A 9 „ , o , 

affect its government, as JC* jjrj J jyc ^ iJ ' Then to-morrow I will honor you.' 



BOOK SECOND. IK 
The Particles in the Fifth Class are included in the following Story, 



a ' =■ W/ 9 x > x A A / ^ A x x \i ' ^ * P $ x x ' > 

is ^ Is*. Iaajs.^o jjJ cA.o _* J Cxaas». «3 x >A*qaJ I J J '.j* 



P » ' * x o* , o p «, 0 ^ • ^ a 9 A 'S ' ^ ° 9 ' 9 * P ' 



G x° x x U» ' P A ' vJ P x ^ A x ^5 x w . A .Ax x x SJSApAyxxA^a 



A y«/ A ^ _ A . x x wx v a f, ' x ^ x A x A 9 



\ - 

A x A x x x« ° x x * 'w- Aw xaPPaPa x uo 

^a!^. u-*«A.aJ f ^ tw*:s: I ^*a v .o J f aaa^^aazJ I j&s. ^.aa:^ j ij 

'?*W / A x A xA x^xx » A P Af x A x A u*P A x A P W x x 

j*.aaAc*i jA-iJ I c\a£ ^ ^» (^£~Xa£ ^__AAAah ^jiuAxJ I ^[ ^) ^ ^ ^ 

? A 9 x A £ x x Ax ? x x A . w £ „A * - ^ xxPAxxxxx 



6 P x x x x xxA P A x _ A _ A .1 A P , A P A x P x 



* P A x x 33' A - A xA . ' A Xx-A A x A x I xAx 

^.<o Ot^^2s» ^.J ^Ua© Aaj (^i ! g^X^^a ^Ia^J f ^Jj.3\j ^j.^ 

x rf' lx x.9vw xxA Ax 'a/ xAxe>xx»^,.?xP A ?x xx 

xx**-' I x x 



9 Ax * x* x -x" x A x xx w ^x xx.? P x xx-x A P A x 



J 



120 COMMENTARY. 

A f w A * 9 h 9 9 uu - 9/i Ay x > ^- > A *w w ' s ' A ' s ve A 

c i| y&*~A,js*sA,A P »» <? »• * * »" .» A "5 .» .» A v - ^ 51 '* 

✓ v x h ' * s "9 a, A '\ , x ( * ,* 9 * j * - ,> - 

, A , 9 A . ' , , * A. 9 A , s A . A * , , , A'' - ✓ * s * * ? 

^Jj& j A= s= ' Oa-* y mj ^.as: 5 Aaa'aj ^ I ^j' ly^^ V ^ ^ <S**J 

uu P w „ A 
. -Ay* &Aa«2AJ J 

S£ - - * 

S T O R Y. 

1 called one day, said a learned man, upon a friend of mine, who was an excel- 
lent Singer, and said to him, I am come to you, that you may enliven me with a 
song', for I have been annoyed this morning, and know no remedy so effectual in 
dispelling- care. I beg* therefore that you will oblige me with a couple of good 
verses. He answered, with great pleasure, and sung the following*, 

Thy flight the knots of patience hath unwound, * 
' Yet in my soul thy form is firmly bound : 
What were thy wrong, love's bitter to allay, 
With sweets from me withheld ; on others cast away.. 

I was delighted, says the narrator, with his harmony, and found myself relieved 
from the affliction that weighed upon my heart, and asked him, do you think any 
other person in this city can be found a match for you in singing. No said he, I 
do not think there is, nor will you ever find in it an}' such. I then took my 
leave of him, saying ; — I will call upon you tomorrow, please God, between the 

ysr- - 
• The verb a-aa*^ in the original is used in four different senses. In the fiifl it means to t>ptn. In the second to en'tr. la 
the third to ivic.ttn, and in the fourth to be U u Jul, 



BOOK SECOND. 



121 



noon and evening prayers. — Then, said he,, I will sing- you something 1 that will please 
you. One of my friends called upon me in the evening, and informed me that the 
King had ordered the Songster to be put to death. — On what account I asked? Be- 
cause replied he, the King's Daughter heard him singing to-day and was so 
enchanted with his voice, that she was nearly throwing herself down from the top 
of the palace in ecstasy ; — the King ran and drew her in from the window, and 
having locked the door, ordered the Musician to be put to death. On hearing this 
said the learned man, S made my escape, as soon as the people left me, fearing I 
might experience the same fate myself, I being in fact the cause of his singing. 

CLASS SIXTH. 

The sixth class contains Jive particles which being prefixed to the aorist, 
render the final letter » or quiescent, viz. 

1. The Particle * J converts the aorist into a negative preterite. 

c 

EXAMPLE. 



^j.^oj J In the sense of ^ ^ He did not strike. 



Annotation. 

OF THE PAR TIC LE * J, 
The Particle is synonymous with ( x . Its effect upon the Aorist is to change into 
rendering the final letter quiescent, and seems in this respect to correspond with the Apocope of 
European Grammarians. In conversation however this rule is not always observed by the Arabs, 

who use it like and y without causing any difference of inflexion in the verb ; the same license ia 

o ^ * . 

sometimes indulged in Poetry, and what is still more extraordinary the Grammarian j (^gJ 
Luhyanee says, it occasionally renders the Aorist and in this way he reads the first sentence 

cf the 94th Chapter of the Qooran : 

±S) £ " Have we not opened thy breast." 

I i 



122 COMMENTARY. 

2. The Particle \[ is used like dj but is peculiarly applied in the sense of 
^l'ix**,f ^° denote universality of past time, and indicates, that the action 
conveyed by the verb was never performed at any past period. 

EXAMPLE. 

$ A , A A , 

(J^jJ ^juLj U * n the sense °£ 

w ^A 0 ^A i * ' ° 0 - s s r - 

Zued did not strike (him), at any past period. 



Annotation, 

OF THE PARTICLE {i 

The distinction observed by the Arabian Grammarians in point of sense between ^3 and [\ 
seems to be this, that J as a Negative relates to a portion of time past^ -whereas i.J in a 
more comprehensive and absolute sense, embraces the whole period; we can j?ay therefore 
' ' \S ° ] " It was not then, but was afterwards ;" but we could not substitute h in the sen- 

fence, and say JJ^j .^U 'which would in fact amount to this. — " It never was and then was." 

This is the general opinion of Grammarians, but there are some who consider these Particles as 
synonymous in every respect. 

The author of the i\&xAJti& makes it a compound of ^ and u which is confirmed by 

* , ' " i 

PvUZek, who adds that is added to it in the same manner as in Liaj &c. These Grammarians 

A „ w - 

observe another distinction in the use of ] and \\ the former of which they say may be preceded by 

*1 A .9 a."- °f.»o °',X.o^ 

a conditional Particle, as JC^^I or but we cannot say or gj^O^I, 

j cliffers also fr^m~j in this, that the verb of the latter may be some times omitted in a Sentence, as 
U \ giSJi I ^ that is ^ U lH ' I wetit clos * to the City, but did not enter it.' 

The word \X besides its use as a governing Particle, is employed to denote time, and seems in this 
case to resemble vokefl. As such, it is prefixed to a verb in the past tinie, in a Proposition consisting of 



BOOK SECOND; 123 
3. The Particle, or letter termed "5? I l)i or Imperative A demands the 

j • r 

performance of an action, or requires something to be done, either by a 
Person absent (JL>UU f Jsc Ui I) «■ « The third person, as 

jLj i^/^J ket Sued strike. 
Or, by the speaker himself ( JCll JUuU I ) i- ©• The first person, as 

C_) jJs ^ Let me strike. 



A A 



a^aJ Let us strike. 
Or in the PAssxve voice, (in the following order,) as 



$ A ^ A y A 9 

iJuJvj /wdd Let Zued be struck. 

t\ , A 9 

liij /woaJ Be thou struck. 

A.- A? 

C_> ^ Let me be struck. 

• ) 

* , * 9 

i»jjA<aAJ Let us be struck. 



9tonoiattan, 

two members, the second of which is connected with the first by means of this Particle, as [± 

9 9 ° 9 f\ 9 o „ 

t&Ajf \ c When he came, I honored him It i3 therefore termed by Grammarians -i^j <■ 

■ -ll r. r. -I '- ' ' •' : ' J **•/'' ••'»,' ' •!•'• ••••••• * 

to denote the relation it bears to, or its existence with some other thing ; and by others again 
a / 9 9 t o, 

t_» ? .=., for a similar reason, to indicate its necessary connexion with some subsequent 

f 9 o o ^ o*99 

Event. | I j is""^'; tj^wil an( * man y ot ^ er Grammarians however consider it as a Noun 

' ~ ' * ' " ■ o. ' ' o 

of time, synonymous with the word ^ A= „ but Ibno Malik thinks rather with Jj 

'° A 

H Is also itsed in the sense of jU**«J ov exception, as in the following example from the 86th 



Chapter of the Qoorar. ; 



i There is no Soul vcilhout a Guardian over it.' 



124 COMMENTARY. 

4. The Ijjj I ^ or Prohibitive ^ is directly opposed in sense to the 
j^^l^Si or ^ °^ command, and prohibits or forbids the performance of an 
action by an agent, whether the 1st 2d or 3d person. 

EXAMPLES. 



A A ' * 


Let him not strike. 


A » s * 


Do thou not strike. 


A A ' - 


Let me not strike. 


A A ^ «> 


Let us not strike. 



And In the Passive voice, as 

« " " 9 " 

L~> *aj ^1 Let him not be struck, 
• ) " 



A ^ A 9 ' 

^jA^dj ^ Be thou «o£ struck. 
a2> f ^ Let me wo£ be struck. 



^ Let us be struck. 



gnnotatton. 

which amounts to this, that, ' every soul hath a guardian over it,' and in this way the sentence is 
"rendered by Sale, as well as Marracci, though the latter reads l| instead of ^ and makes a 

conditional instead of a Negative Particle, — " Si omnis anima certenon est super earn custos !" Yet 
Marracci knew that was occasionally used as a negative Particle, though he has not in his Note given 

© 

any rule for it. — " Particula s b naDet a pad Arabes, sicut etiam apud Ilebreos, vim juramenti 

Negativi in aflirmationc, ct aflirmitivi in Ncgatione ut hoc loco, in quo ifa explicanda est sententia, 
and the learned Schcltlns in his Notes on the Hamasa, thinks its real meaning on all such occasions 
as the above is |f. Sunt qui . . ^ J si alias, subinde negate existtmenij ut in Alccrani illo 

OP)!! w * °t -A 

^^1 y } lf=i)J non sunt impii nisi in dclusionc, at vera Sjutaxis adfert si impii, nisi 



BOOK SECOND: 125 
5. The Particle ^ f is used before two sentences/ the first of which must be 

9 w a a y 9 . * 9 \, 

a verbal one, (aaJLxaJ I &\. x z^l); the second may be either verbal or nominal, 
p z o „ p . « 9 i> " 

(aa vW ^ f aX v :s= j I)- The first. branch of the proposition contains a condition/ 

• f ' ' ' ' ? A- w ^ p ^ ^ " ^ 

and is termed, (]U £J!) the second the consequence, and is called, (^l'*^ j). If 
a verb in the aorist be found in bo$i sentences, or in the conditional sentence 

A 

alone, it must necessarily be marked as : 

* ' a * A A > A 

9 * , . a ' a . * C ^ ^ 0U 8tr ^ e * I w ^ strike. 

^ i ' . ^ *' A A * * ( If y ou strike, then Zued will strike, or lit. Zued 
<— >j La <-X j ."i L-) ./-aj / . » l < 
' * ir * . < ' < is a striker. 



Annotation, 

o 

#0 dehisio7ie. Vid, Schult. ad Exc. Ham. p. 389. But the fact I believe is that f is alwav* 

W . 

i Particle of exception ; the above reading 

by »A»lc Asimj *j. x s* Humuzaj^Ic ,J 

f * OR IMPERATIVE f * 



taken in a Negative sense when followed by a Particle of exception: the above reading is sanctioned 

Ibno Amir and others. 



OF THE PARTICLE CALLED J,*'* 



9 , 



The^^ ^ or letter ^ of command may be always marked with the vowel 'i^^f but the 

A - -■ A<r 

Grammarian makes it ic-cus. When it follows either the Conjunction J or (,j it is generally 

Rendered Quiescent, and also occasionally after J 

It is generally omitted in the 2d Person of the Imperative Active, and also in the 1st Person, and is 

,. ,) : ± - , V ' ■ S, ' & A - A A - A A P ^ ^ 

sometimes understood m Poetry, though its government remains, as i_* f ^j JX« j.a^\X5 y L> j 
f And let your generosity or munificence reserve for me a portion.' The Grammarian _> A/ o 

if * 

however does not subscribe to this rule even in Poetry, unless it is found preceded in the Senteiic.e 
by the preposition as 

Kk 



12(5 



COMMENTARY. 



But if the Aorist be merely in the latter sentence, or m that containing the con- 
sequence, it may, or may not be marked ^ at discretion, as ^ ^ \ J^jLS, t 
If you beat, I will beat. 



Snnotatioir. 

✓ -w ? A 9 n t s ^ * ZSi* „ A 9 
"j - - V* 

c Say (0 Mohummud) to my faithful servants ; let them observe the stated hours of prayer; 
0 F ^ln/* OR THE PROHIBITIVE 3. 

Tlie Prohibitive Particle 2 is seldom found with the 1st Person, but is equally applicable to the 

2d and 3d. Its origin and character are disputed. Some Grammarians derive it from the ^ Lam of 

A », 9 ^ 
command, by adding to it Alif—^^ says it is not a prohibitive but a Negative Particle, and that 

the government ascribed to it, is to be attributed to the Imperative Lam understood : but both these 
opinions are overruled by the author of the Moqghnee who confirms the doctrine recorded in the 
Commentary. 

OF THE PARTICLE 



There is nothing to be remarked of except that it is used as a Negative as well as a 
conditional Particle, and that it is frequently found as a mer« expletive. Schultens says it is used 
rhetorically as an animated Aposiopesis in swearing, a use that has not been discovered by any of 
tho Arabian Grammarians, and which I shall not therefore transcribe. The Particles in Class the 
Sixth are illustrated in the following Story. 



A * * * t ° Z 



A ' s * s « * , " , w ' ' n $ A ' , 



1 I 



BOOK SECOND. 127 

a „ ~~ 9 * ■ £ lZ ■ * 9 * "../-'■*; . <<v 9 Z ~* 0 * \ * * * 

\^ Oj¥ Q I^X^j-e aJ oJL'ij 'ijj^n (j^xw.^. s^Kac j Iks 



*> , ' * * * * k ; , fit ^ * * / /wr.Cv ^ ° « ? ^ p ~ , ? > ^ 



S T 0 R Y. 

St is related that a woman was troubled with a tingling* in her ear, and went to 
a Physician for his advice on the subject. The Physician said, if you apply (to 
your ear) the yolk of an egg, and* a little pulverized Love-Apple you will be well, 
The woman went to an Apothecary, who had a handsome Apprentice, and said_, 
I will thank you to desire your boy to weigh me out two Dirhums worth of 
Love's-Apple !f The Apothecary not knowing, that she meant the plant of that 



* The word is derived from which corresponds both in sound and sense with tinkle 

in Eaglish 3 and tinnio in Latin. It is here used technically for the Tinnitus Auriuni of Physicians. 

+ I have endeavoured to imitate the quibble in the original on the words i^^Jyt> IIuowa-Juwwa, 
und^- ssD&j&i Huowul-Juowa, The first is the name of an herb or plant; the second mean* 



128 



COMMENTARY. 



name, on the contrary believing' she wished for that which no plant or herb can 
cure,! said to his Apprentice, give the lady my boy, what she wishes of you. The 
woman was enraged at the insinuation, and said, I never thought of the strange 
idea, which has entered your mind ; I merely wished for a little of the medicine 
called Love's- Apple. The Apothecary felt embarrassed, and said, O my good 
daughter do not annoy yourself, but say if you please, Love-Afple.§ He then, 
gave an order to his boy to weigh her out three Drams of it, and not to stint her 
in the weight, 

CLASS S E VE NTH. 

The seventh class contains nine words, which give ' r^. or the quiescent marH 
to the aorist. They possess a conditional or hypothetical signification like the 

literally, the desire or ardour of love. I am aware that the Lote-Appj,e, as a genus of the Mono* 
gynia order, is not exactly applicable to the Arabian plant, but it serves to convey some idea of 
the Pun, and this is all I intended. 

+ The original means simply, " that which the heart pants after from the bitterness, or violence 
of love." We may suppose that the Arabian Apothecary from the Lady's mistake imagined 
her in search of the Agnus Castus, or some other love antidote, but having no idea that so much 
virtue could be found in an herb : — He mihi quod nuMis amor est medicabilis herbis I Unwittingly 
recommended her to his Apprentice, 

§ Or two mishals which are supposed equal to three Drams, 



annotation, 

O 5 

OF * 

o «• 

The word ^ K has various other uses besides those mentioned in the Commentary ; the 

following are of common occurrenco and may be worth inserting : 

„ ,0,0 , o , 

It is used, 1st Interrogative///, as U ^5 >/> ^Uwu,,.* who has aroused us from our place of rest 

(i. e. the Crave)? 



BOOK SECOND.^ 12D. 

j 

Particle and are placed in construction before two verbs, the first of which is 

Aw-* 

the cause of the second. The first is termed L £J | and contains the conditi- 
on: the other and expresses the consequence. If the verb in both cases 

be in the aorist, or in the conditional sentence alone, it must in either way receive 
the mark . *^ 

They are as follows : 



1. Of these the first is and is never applied but to persons or rational 

o 9 9 a ? 
BEINGS, (JjAjJ \j ^ ) 



EXAMPLE. 

* A A? A A A 9 A ,. 

j*^ I ^'^jXj (^.-o who honors me, I will honor him, 
^ j That is, 

f « » ' 4 * < A A A/9 A 

I J , -A*0 _Xj ( • \ ! ^\ 



Zued honors me, I will honor him, and 



9 a a 9 $ a 9 o a a p « - ^ If Amr honors me, I will honor him. 



gimotatton, 

2. Relatively, in the sense of ^j-^J i as 

o.o o „ , l , i w >J w x _ o„„ 

c Do not you see, that whatever is in the Heavens, or in the Earth prostrates or humbles itself 
before God ?' ' 

3. As an Indefinite Noun qualified by an Adjective, as in the following Verse of the celebrated 
Poet Kussan ; . 

^ W ™ , 9 WW *wr P 

V J i »>>^^V.C ^ c Aa) f 



<£ This excellence is all we require to establish our pre-eminence over others, namely the Ioto 
sf the Prophet Mehumnvud towards us." 

Li 



130 COMMENTARY. 
2. She second is and is more generally applicable to things, or irrational 

• 9 9 A A s 

BEINGS, ( Jjjijjl 

* EXAMPLE. 
a^I ^j^j'Co Tf7i«£ you purchase, I will purchase, 

^"j That is, 

s A ^ h s * A ^ A A 

(j^AJ l^j.*^ 1 jjUI^X&J ^> H If you purchase the Horse, I will purchase the 

V Horse, and If you purchase the Cloth, I will 

^ A w ^ 0 ^ ^ A w ^ A X A •» V 

<^JUlyC&1 OjjULX&J^i ^ ) purchase it. 



3. The third is , j£ and is applicable to time, 



EXAMPLE. 



^ I That is, 

> A ^ A X Al> x*-* * ». ' * 

P - '" «r iff" < - 9 If you go to-day, I will go to-day, and 

- ^ • ^a^ c -a. a ^ a - (if you go to-morrow, I will go to-morrow. 



Annotation, 

This Poet was contemporary with Mohummud, from whom tradition says he received the name 
of Hussan, in consequence of having delighted the Prophet by some Verses in his praise, and upon 
hearing which he is said to have called out \ Most beautiful! 

0 F U 

The author of the Mooghnee says that U as » governing Noun, is sometimes significant of time, as 
rff£fbm (5JCT|^|SXa!| C Y i 1 As long as they preserve their faith to you, do you the same with 

| 9J» f«,<>- ° s O 0?„0„ 

them :' and that it is sometimes used without any relation whatever to time, as \)J ^^JLmJ 
' God knows whatever good you do.'^ 



200E SECOND, 



131 



4. The fourth is and as also applicable to time* 

EXAMPL E. 
J I vlvi JO' L^d Whenever you go, I will go, 

♦ * •Si 

^1 That is, 

(js^'.* ^ - - f If you go to-day, I will go to-day, and 

s / a / a A If you go to-morrow, I will g'o to-morrow, 

5. The fifth is and is applicable to persons or things; in other words 
to rational or irrational beings, and is always connected with another word 
m the relation of the Aorist or oblique Case. 

EXAMPLE, 

aj I / a. i aAj „a) I Whosoever strikes me, I will strike mm, 

^£ I That isj 

*/ ' V, V ' ' I If Zued strikes me, I will strike him, and 
f a a * 0 h 9 o • * * o > T if Amr strikes me, I will strike him. 



X 9 o x ^„ 



The word ^ is also used Interrogatively, as *Jd J^j ^ when will God assist us ? 



It is also Synonymous with ^ as * y ^a ^X/o l^'ous j ' I placed it in his cuff.' But this is an ap- 
plication of it peculiar I Believe to the Jj tribe, who also use it in the sense of W J 
' I took it out from his cuff, 



132 : COMMENTARY. 

6. The sixth is L v aj( applicable to place. 



EXAMPLE. 



Ax A x x x *x 



(jiA T J L v ajI Wherever you walk, I will walk, 

x 

A x 

(j^ I That is, 



A x 



f f " A x A 

e -a 



If you walk to the Mosque, I will walk to the 
Mosque, 

If you walk to the Market place, I will walk 
to the Market place. 



Annotation:. 



o F 



X A . 



/ « V ' A A - P 

The Commentator considers * merely as a Noun, but the Grammarian JL&m makes it also a 

a"' 

Particle, as in the following Verse in which it is supposed Synonymous with ^ J. 

x 

A 



✓ A <* A x A A A ~ ^ x 



9' W ^ X _ A , „ A 

c If a man possess a certain disposition, and is desirous to conceal it from mankind (it will not 
avail) it will be discovered.' 

It is also supposed to be used Interrogatively, as in the following Verse. 

Ax x A x P aw ^ - A, 

,» x x A ^w^A I, Ax 
£a1 I^jmjj 0 aMI»( 



BOOK SECOND,. 



133 



7. The seventh is i] and is also applicable to placs. 



EXAMPLE. 



? - 1 w - 



i.tS^l ,»Ju j! Wherever you reside, -I will reside, 

a .» v 

^ J That is, 



A f x ✓ A ^ A A 0 x A 



« 1 ' 



A * 



If you remain in the City, I will remain in 

the City, and 
If you remain in the desert, I will remain in 

the desert. 



I confess I cannot discover the exact meaning of this Verse and know not how l^*. can ^ e ren " 
dered Interrogatively: — perhaps it may be translated thus, 

What a night, what a night for poor Paddy Whack 3 
Not a shoe to my foot, nor a shirt to my back I 

0 F V/. 

li used Interrogatively, as. fal^fafi What thing is that? 



» ° 



° ,o a 9 0 w 



And as a Relative Pronoun, as £ t^j^^l^d&^&i, 2*t&.^ tf* 2® Certailil y 1 

* " l - 

■will seperate from every tribe or nation, he who was most perverse against his God. 

It sometimes follows an Indefinite Noun for the purpose of distinguishing it either by praise or 

9 ^ £ fas O , i O , , 

censure, as ^ j j^, Zued is a man ; what a man I or after a proper name, as ~, ' „ 

J^jts" I *JJI^axj I passed by Aedoollah, what a man 1 



M 



m 



13 It 



CO XTARY. 



8. The eighth is L v Xxaw and is also applicable to place 



EXAMPLE. 

A 9 A ' A 9 tf * f A * 

lXjw I tX*A>' l^JUa* ' Wherever yon sit, I will sit, 



^| That is, 



A - A 



* .<t A ^ A 



-"A ( » / » 

^3 Ov A3 | y wXaaJ j (^3 cX^Jij (^) t 



£c\AaJ ( „ 



If you sit in the Village, I will sit in the Village, 
and If you sit in the City, I will sit in the City. 



grnietattoiu 



0 F | and : j. 



The word l^ijj compounded agreeably to the authority of Ibnool Hajib of ji and i x redundant, 

& a „ 

is also used Interrogatively as well as Conditionally, as . Where is Zued ? The same remark 
is applicable to | j | which seems Synonymous with [jj) as ^ j p | Where is Zued: ^ j | howerer is 

,A, . 

sometimes t?ken in the sense of ljuJ as in the following example from tie Qooran, as produced 



o , 

by Ruzee- 
* \ 



, A 9* *9 Z. , 9 „ Z9 , 99^ 9»,9 , * ^*99 



Behold we declare unto them the signs (of God's unity) and then behold how they, turn arid: 
from the truth ? 



£'is also used in a sense Synonymous with as jjm*/ J^x^ ft When 5 ° U S °' 1 W ' U g °' 

0 F [j^ . 

,9 a* 9 o , , ■ - - ^ ' ■ 

The author of the Mooghnee makes L a compound of c*** and L, redundant. It is formed 



BOOK SECOND, 



131 



9. The m»£/i is <jj and is applicable to time,' 

EXAMPLE. 
Jvii! juJtf U ^ ' When you do if, I will do & 

^1 That is, 



, ' " if If 



you do it now, I will do it now^ and 



& , s , " - ?' A <"1 you do it to-morrow, I will do it to-morrow. 

But if the verb in the second sentence, on that containing the consequence be 
in the Aorist,- and not in the first or conditional sentence, then the aorist may 
be either marked or . at discretion. 

EXAMPLE. 

1 9 \ * , 

w "i J c^aaJ ( "When you write, I will write, 



■to denote place, hut is also occasicnally applicable to time, aad.is generally found to precede either 
jiQjninal) or a verbal sentence, as 

Q t * 4° * 9 o .. 9 o9 



•, <: &Ji 1 rose U P wlie31 2ued rose - 
'4' 

O-a^u^**^ I sat dowri when Zued sal'„ 

f 0 " ' 0 - 9 0 ,\ 9a, 

is also written 5 and 



0 f U Jf. 

This word is considered by the author of the Mooghnee as a Particle Synonymous with 
Mooburrud, Ibno Siraj, and Farsee make it a Zurf. Some think it is seldom used as a governing 
yrord: and others that it is generally so. It is compounded agreeably to Ruzee of Jl and U 



I3t» 



COMMENTARY. 



The various governing words in the seventh Class are comprised 

in the following Story, 

aj bs=s*. 



- - ° • » * P 4 x , . * % , * 9 * 9 A „ , , ., - .^J^r", a „ a 
1 J^^aaLxj J c£ f ^ I Aa« Jo 

J US tX=J». ! AA=sd f^W^ J ^ 7^ A^^i* aLsI Aa* (^O J^Ai ^ t 



L^b j f ^sJtJ lAifc I J * I (Jo*. (Jo l Y AASfc ^ 6 | JO'^J I J Ai* j'J \ 

^ ~> \B , , 0 0 ^ ? 0 ^ P 0 P „ ^ O ^, -J P- <. _ I - I f 9 * 'Ik * + j 



^ ' * ' i »• *» I 

A 

, '*t\ 9,ll,. *~ A ' .7 0 * 9 A ■ A*Al P A ? A ^ , ? AVI.*.. 

-A ,w , , . A ^ ./ ^ v m Pa a P p „ ~ , - w 



1 > , ,> A 9 H > A 'f »• , ' ' A »' f A ' * •> VI ' •(* > 1» 'W * V A * ' 

r^Ar* J AA,« OsJ JO U <^ ij AAAAJ A^^AJ l Y ^AA^ ^ ^AJ^ jaAaJ 



BOOK SECOND, 



137 



J^AkJ I j^J ^Vx:sr" ^<yi> f ^%48* ^ U.Aa* (Jo cM*? ^*-» 



S TO R Y, 

A certain city lounger was standing- one day in the street, and happened to 
see a woman of elegant appearance pass by with a child in her arms. He said to 
the people about him,, ' if any one will bring me that child in order that I may 
kiss his feet, I will give him ten Dirhums/ but no body answered him. He 
addressed them again, and said, f I will give fifteen Dirhums to any one that 
will bring me the child/ but they continued silent as before, I had better said 
he to himself leave these blockheads alone, and watch the motions of the woman 
and wherever she goes, go there also, and at whatever house she enters, stop 
there (and wait her coming out,) upon which he began to follow her. The woman 
(turned round) and said, ' what is your object Sir, in pursuing me thus ? I wish 
replied he for permission to kiss the feet of that child, and if you allow me, I will 
do whatever you command. Why do you wish this said the woman ? because I love 
you replied he, and you love the child, and the beloved of the beloved, is also 
beloved. The woman laughed at his answer, and said if you are determined on 
this, you had better wait for his father, who is about to proceed to the bath,* and 
when he takes off his shoes you can go and kiss his feet, for my love to him is 
greater than to this child. The fellow was abashed at her reply and retreated. 

* I have omitted a sentence here to avoid repetition. 



133 



COMMENTARY 



CLASS EIGHTH. 

The eighth Class contains four words which give u^/^j to an Indefinite Noun 
('i xj ) or govern it in the Accusative or Objective case, as the 'aa^- or 
Noun of Specification. 

1. Of these the first is g J»£ Ten, when compounded with f One; ^IJuf 

Two; aJJ^j Three; £aj;I Four; ■ a^i. Five; Six; a*a^ Seven; 
&aJ I v j Eight and j" Nine. 

, Off, ^ f» 9 » ^ 

The same government is applicable to the Numbers, ^ . Twenty ; ^+$$3 
Thirty; Forty; ^^ v ^ Fifty ; Sixty ; ^jjlm* Seventy ; 

. ;i J Eighty; p \*x**'J Ninety, whether compounded or not, but these are 
properly comprised among the Analogous governors, under the head of |jj I 
or Integral Nouns. 

If the «A^J ^ e a Masculine Noun, the grammatical arrangement of the units 
and '^IajI m construction with will be as follows, with both member* 

©f the compound number in the Masculine Gender s 

EXAMPLES. 
«X^> I Eleven men. 

Xz* j ^ Uj I Twelve men. 

Annotation, 

The words contained in the eighth Class are nouns of number either determinate or indeterminate, 
which generally give ^«3j and sometimes ^ to an indefinite noun, or govern it in the Objectivk, 

and Aortst or Oblique Cases ; and as Numbers in their applicate sense refer to particulars, in 
opposition to those in ti.e abstract, the word expressive of that particularity is ah\oys 
termed 3**^3 or h r * *' )0 noU11 °f specification or Particularity; cr (he Specifier, 

i ' 9 9 o * 

and significantly _>j the noun Numbered. It must however be remembered that the j^. 



BOOK SECOND 139 

But if the *aa y be Feminine, the reverse will take place and both members of 
the compound be Feminine also : 

EXAMPLES. 



aj ; ^ I Syi&x O^J Eleven women, 
iu^ ! 9j Ls. Uaj I Twelve women. 



The oilier cardinal numbers from three (aj'sXj : J to nine inclusive, in 

construction with few, are applied as below; the first member of the com- 
pound being Feminine the second Masculine, and this always happens when the 



* » - . 

jAA^J is aMAscuLiNE Noun : 



EXAMPLES; 



* 9 , 

.Xa* j>j$*£ A? Thirteen men. 

«X> ^ I Fourteen men, and so on to 



G* r ' ' s S s * n 

2k% j jjjfeHfc aaw,; Nineteen men. 



always refers to number, whereas the ^,^5 and J.*^ have a more general application as explained 

in page 8 and 9 of the 1st Book. The word t J*s. in the text expresses the number ten abstract- 

©dly and differs perpaps from in the same way as Zmki hom Sena m Greek, or Decas from 

Decern in Latin. It always governs the 'J in the Aoaisr or Oblique Case, in other words 

c ( o, o f © , t 

its j.^ v j is y } ^gsfi The same government is applicable to the cardinal numbers from three to nine 
» o f * 9 * .* 

inclusively : in these cases the j. a a }" is & noun plural either in form or meaning as J £j' iVi* 

i. . 9 ... ' * ' * 

and ^.ij ^ { Three men,, er three individuals.' But the compounded numerals from ten to 

ninelj/.nine, give Nusub, or govern the ^ 3 in the objective case, which must always be in the singular 

number. Thej^j- of the words &,U a hundred, and a thousand must be in the singular number 

1 f . 9 £ " * o 9k* 

and Aorist case, as Ja, X., U 'A hundred men,' a thousand Dirhums, as also 

^ 0 ■ ' Si * 

Ju c *f U the name cf the Book on which the present work is a Commentary. 



140 COMMENTARY. 

• " SA * 

But if the £uk v i' be a Feminine Noun, the order is reversed, and the jlrst 
member of the compound will be Masculine, and the second Feminine, 

EXAMPLES. 



I jj ; &£ ej JlU Thirteen women. 



£ A x , ^ ~ * A 



I jjywX £^ ' Fourteen women., araZ so oa J* 



£ X A * s s ' - A 



ik." I gykc Nineteen women. 

The cardinal numbers | j^Uy] , & c - to ajuhJ when combined with 

Twenty, and its cognate numbers in a decimal progression as far as ,i»x»*o 

• * „ ' . * / 

Ninety, take the ^ iU^J ^ j ' j or Copulative Conjunction ^ \j between the 

° * »^ 

members of the compound : If then the j be a Masculine Noun, the first 

» ^ < o 

member of the compound when it happens to be tXawl. or ^Uj'l (but not of 
the other units,) will be Masculine also : 

EXAMPLES, 

1, f > , o 9 A 0 L „ , 

^> J \D J J ' Twenty one men. 
O Jj^J O ^ ' Twenty two men. 

The word -J*'*! derived by somo from the preposition c 5 j^and the interrogative U hy tne rejec- 
tion of the Alif; but the general opinion I believe is, that it is simple and nncoinpoundcd. It admits 

+ „ > Ax.. A s ° *■ . » 

a preposition before it and is therefore considered a noun 3 as jb^ C^a*j ^ 5^ 5y..c " Upon how- 

m 

many beams have you built your house?' 



AtAx Ax 

Thej^j of ^ is sometimes rejected if the sense of the sentence can be made out from the 
context, as &^tc -J for (O-^acU^j how many days have you fasted? 



BOOK SECOND. 141 

A S A - 

But if the *aa v j be Feminine, the first member of the compound will be 
i 

Feminine also : 

EXAMPLES. 
5 I wjjLz jC^JN^Ll Twenty one women . 
\ fi ^\ &jJ&j {*) Uj 1 Twenty two women, 
Of the other digits from three to nine inclusive the order will be as follows the 



O { A 

,A 

I 

EXAMPLE, 



v * *» ^ _ 

CAAyj being" a Masculine Noun, the first word in the compound will be Feminine : 
J" x 



. Jl^. j (^j -^jiaXj Twenty three men. 
But if the ^aa v j be Feminine, the reverse must take place,, and the first word of 



the compound will be Masculine. 



E X A M P L E. 



'ifiy+\^ Twenty three women. 
And so on in the same manner to Ninety-nine. 



Annotation. 



When / is used interrogatively with a preposition prefixed to it, it renders ttie-j^j Mujroor, 
(the'preposition ^ being understood,) as J Jo c For how many Dirhums did you 

purchase this?' but alone or unconnected with a preposition it renders the j Munsoob. 

! 

When ^ is used fo denote assertion, it is supposed to be Synonymous with ^ i'^ 'i'. and its 

l':f 

_).A> y j is sometimes a Noun in the Plural number, like the j.AAyi* °f a_>c;c as oXta (jj^aje ^.J 

1 _ ( P A „ o., , o ^ " 

* I have purchased several slaves.' And sometimes in the singular, as cSki 1 #■ -*<•«' '' aTe 

V- 7 .A 

o, o, " 

spent much money.' The j in all such cases being rendered Mujroor, 

/•• x 

O o 



|4i COMMENTARY. 

* ' * 

2 The second is the word -f which is used to denote an Indeterminate 

( r _ 

number, ( ^ j J^c) and has a twofold relation : The first is termed £^ I^aa** f 
or the Interrogative * ? when used in the sense of interrogation, and governs 
the AA _ 'j in the Objective Case, as 

How man y men did y° u sMike ? 

The second is termed aJ^L or the Indicative, when not used Interro- 
gatively, and governs the in the Objective Case if any word happen 

^ i •< «. 

to intervene between it and the ;aa_J' as 

J^l.c \y There are several men with me. 
But if no word intervene it governs the -aa v j in the Aorist or Oblique case, a* 
Aaj^> -X^j I struck several men. 

j A J \ ! . 

C^jJ&I ^ >Xi: ^.T I purchased several boys or slaves. 

The tfttrd is ( jj' compounded of aaJLaJ | v_*^ or Kaf of similitude, and 

i 

the pronoun I o DUt is used to denote an Indeterminate number, and is never 

applied Interrogatively, as 

cXaCsX^. j I iA-> There are so many men with me. 



\ compounded of the t s |^of similitude and the demonstrative pronoun jj is frequently U3ed 

" - *:<S 9* A , , , a> * a n - 9 * * 

in its etymological sense, and has no governing power, as )tX . j 5ks i J >j ; I * found 

Zucd learned, and Amr the jawic' But when used as a single word, it denotes an indcterminaie 
number, as J JJ^ ! Ss/^iUl k^/l C * j ^ ^{\ ' Do you remember such and such a time when 

you did so and so.' It may be atso rendered, io muc&, -> I oj^aoo ! • to0 ^ 50 WMC ^ money,', 



BOOK SECOND.- m 

The fourth is * compounded of the Kaf op similitude and the word 

^ j but is used to denote an Indefinite Number, without any relation to the 
meaning of its component parts, as 

O^xJ SK^j^AS^ I visited some men. 
It is also used Interrogatively, as 

Id) tXAcL^^^^jU How many Dirhums have you ? 



The word ^ j is also compounded of the < of similitude, and ^ J as mentioned by the 

Commentator, and is synonymous with Its - aX \ when preceded by - is Mujroor, as in the 

following example from the Qooran, 

^ IM 9 * * * w X * ft» s~ 

, - <■ *>'<-.. - 

(e How many Prophets have encountered those who had myriads of Troops,'' 

The words in this class arc included in the following story. 

s 

o 



aa^^ (J^Aiij ^axj j ^ • j <-\=^ I aUxAJ ( \g Is:-' ^ UJ I <Jx^j! 



144 



COMMENTARY. 



n x ' ' * " A ' 'I 9 A » '"It' ' A - h 7 „ k >• ■> ' > X A ' t s * + 



A - A w P ^ w - w P s * ' ' ' ' ' * * ' "I , < ' * ' 



STORY. 

Whoever said a certain Physician will eat the Mad- Apple* for forty days suc- 
cessively will lose his senses. A person present said, how much of it must be 
eaten every day for that purpose ? The Physician answered, so much, and made 
a motion with his hand three times towards him, to denote fifteen of them. The 
man went away and continued eating' the Mad- Apple and in the forty first night, 
he put on his sword and went to the Physician and said — did you not say O stupid 
and ignorant Doctor, that whoever would eat fifteen of the fruit of (he Mad-Apple 
for forty days successively would lose his senses ? And howmany have I eaten 
beyond that number and yet am not mad ? and now I swear by God I will put 
you to death with this sword. The Doctor alarmed ran off and shut the door 
against him, and said O pardon me my friend! — I repent of my misconduct, and 
promise you never to prescribe the Mad-Apple to another as long- as I live. 



* [jl.==vj aL ^ is a l=> 0 called the Egg-plant, Mclongena, and is supposed (probably by those who 
have tasted of il) to be the mandrake of Tlieophrastus, which when eaten excites symptoms of 
madness. It is called in the Tlindooslanee language ^aaj Buongun, from which word or perhaps 

* A ✓ • 

form the Persian ^ l«=aj _j l ; it may have found its way to Arabia. 



BOOK SECOND. 145 
CLASS XI NTH. 

, A .A 9 - A ^ 

The Class contains wme words termed J bti 3 ( ^ L yWJ I or Verbal 

Nouns, because they are considered equivalent in signification to verbs. Of these, 
six are used as the second person of the Imperative and give u^^j to a. Noun, or 

govern it in the Objective Case as its Object. 

1. The first of these is <Jkjjj m ine sense o£ f and is used m the 
beginning- of a sentence. 

EXAMPLE. 

S3" A , s A s * 

^J^O^PutoiTZued, or 

f^jJ^'c^'j LetZuedalone ' 

A "Z-9 

The author of the Grammatical Treatise called the J^ai^ Moo fussul, divides Verbal Nouns 
into two Classes, the first haying the sense of verbs in the 2d Person of the Imperative mood, the second 

A - A 9 -~ A 

of verbs in the past time, whieh are termed jL=;^l °r Nouns of Predication. The first Class, or 

those equivalent to the Imperative of verbs, are either transitive as exemplified in the Commentary, 

A v A 

or intransitive, as be silent J go on- (with your discourse), like Agedum in Latin ; or 

<»A X " -in " ^ - Ax A *" *Av °'-^» 

and i!!aa.a majfce /mste which occurs under four various foms, as Jj** J[aA • ^£> m and [ a * a a. 
the last of whichds exemplified in the following distich: 

* For the night is dark, so hasten, hasten !' 
Also Jjjj alight ov descend; ^J<yi and enough for you ; J return, come bctc\\ 

The Verbal Nouns termed ^ U-^j^^j are generally found in the past time as " 

f ? ^ , , /i , to 
A« hastened, in the sentence li^J^, / J ^tfea £ He hastened his coming out!' but there are soma 

Pp 



m COMMENTARY. 



^ A 



2. The second is ^Aj * n tne sense of r O- 

C 

IE X A M P L E. 



Give up or relinquish Zuecl. 



3= A <• A ✓ A 



^ ^ ft 9 * 9 

3, The £/teVd is i^Xjj & in the sense of J^. 



EXAMPLE, 



f A - 5 , - A 7 



Take, or seize Zued, 



Annotation* 
»» 

others supposed to be in the Aorist, as (__«J ' # grieves me,'' which is said to occur under 

= 9 -6,9 -9 .9 9 

forty-one various forms; the following are more common, [j | ( j J (— ? J (_3 I < 5J; the 

O-g, 0 -At^Ax A „ 

word Sj i 'If pains ?we,' which also assumes a variety of shapes, as t y %y Kj J 

but Ibnool Hajib the celebrated author of the Kafeea, and the generality of Arabian Grammarians, 
will not admit of any Verbal Nouns being found in the Aorist, and explain those above quoted as 

applicable to past time. 

■* A > ¥ 

This word has a variety of uses. It occurs 1st as a Verbal Noun. 2d as an attribute or 
Adjective, as iV/. ^ 1^11 ^ \L Tlie y travelled or made a a slow or tedious journey ; 3d as the 

J l2» i- e. a Descriptive Noun, for the purpose of describing the state of the Agent or Object of a 
«= A _ 9 A 9 „ 

verb, as I 4>Jj\[j t' ic 7 travelled in a slow manner. 4th as a Noun governing another in the 

m a , a , 9 

Aorist or Oblique Case, as ) j.j j j^j j ^ the slow progress, or tardy journey of Zued ! 

9 A 9 f A 

The author of the Qamoos makes oo the diminutive of ' travelling slowly,' as Jj^ Ji,^ 

j^j ' go on slowly or in an easy pace;' but it is given in Ruzcc as the dirain. of Jk£j J. It seems 



BOOK SECOND. M - 



fk. The fourth is iJX^ks- in the sense of |. 

EXAMPLE. 



s- a -r a - ^ 



v Seize or compel Zued. 

c5 A / A A x A - I 



5, The fifth is Jk$A2* in the sense of '• 

EXAMPLE. 

, A w ^ w ^ 



Come to the bread, 

, « . ? . ^ J ) 

1 ":■'.** 



S-nnotaiforu 

when used as an Imperative, to correspond with £ /nrf q^,' as well in the sense of delay, defer, pro- 
crastinate, &c. as that of discarding, which is thus used idiomatically in Shakspeare, — 4 the clothiers 
all put off the spinsters, carders, fullers, weavers.' It may be translated differ in Latin. 

. ,9 

It takes the second personal Pronoun Kaf as an affix, as j^j^ and sometimes the expletive 
l,e as in the following Verse, said to -be spoken by an Arab to a bad Poet who had tormented him 
with a vile Poem in his praise. 

4 If you wish for money I will certainly give it to you 3 
But (for God's sake) hare done with Poetry I' 

✓ ■ 9 

A 

May be translated, suffer, let alone, meddle not, and is found Synonymous with lJ.aJ as in thefoI« 

x A w .» ^ A.»-A, Ax^AA A x A" ^ A ^ s ^ ' ^ «y 

lowing example given by Ruzee s^sewj! Ij r jKj vjj ' ' J^*^. J t -M 3 . J . * 13 ^ » ' 

* Certainly such a person has not strength sufficient to take up a pebble, how then should he carry- 
here a rock,' 



1*8 COMMENTARY. 

; ? p ■ - 

6. The siatfA is (.£ in the sense of 

EXAMPL E. 
> Lay hold of or seize Zued. 

* A ^ A P A / I 

This word occurs under three other various forms : First with a Humaa, 
quiescent in the place of Alif. Second p \$> with an additional Humza Muksoora, 
or marked with the vowel 9 S^Y and lastly A {& with an additional Humza 

0 •• • 

Muftooha, or Humza marked with the vowel • 



Annotation, 

oKj'j^ and tsfcjXc, 

-»^*P ' * ^ J »- ■ » 

eftj _i " compounded of j and the pronominal affix C-Jj^ and may be rendered f«/Lv, accqyt, 
&c. as in tlix; following Example from the 2d Muqam of Hureeree. 

fejO 31 T ****** f& 
4 Accept these other two verses.' 

■ is also compounded of the Preposition Jlc and L_M^a and may Retranslated bring, 

induce, keep bj/ : or remain close to, &c. 

is compounded of m tne scnse of Wfl * e an( l J<fc abbreviated from i(a (the 

English bbHa,) the compound being originally tt$AS» i* occurs in the following forms Jf*Sh 
jl^s. and is sometimes transitive of itself, and sometimes in Conjunction with a Preposition. ^ 
is alone used by the Moohumumdan Crier in his invocatory formula to prayers as * '^j-Ual I tf Xe ^a, 

f Come to prayers.* 



BOOK SECOND, , ^ 143 

The above six Nouns necessarily require an agent, yphicli agent is the second 
personal Pronoun concealed in them. 

The remaining three are used as verbs in the past time, and give v^a^j to a 
Noun, or govern it in the Nominative Case as its proper agent. 

7. The jir st Is i^j{^§) in the sense of Jou. 

EXAMPLE. 

V Zued was distant. 
$>* <> f '■> t ' « - I 

, f , , „ , . 

annotation, 

(& answers to take, seize, &c, and r.dnJfs cf the pronowiEal affix of the 2d person^ 

, +.~,9 '£&LJk iA*A ~' ' •••>•"• 

^fid> y U U 1/ .-a U J ktf masculine, aad feminine. 



as 



This word with, the final letter marked Futha is peculiar to the people of Hljaz ; and with the 
Kusra to the tribe of Tumeem. The final letter is sometimes marked Zumma, and sometimes with 
£hs Tunween, as 

if 

^9 9 , a- - - r 

as 

* I remembered the season of youth but alas how distant was its return !* 

ft assumes in the Qamoos no less than fifty-one different shapes, the following eleven are 
supposed to be common : 

Q q 



150 



COMMENTARY. 



S. The second is in the sense of | 



EXAMPLE. 



^ Zued and Amr were separated. 



Annotation,. 

, *~ "A^ 

And was orgmally ©n the measure the Fa being changed into Alif by a common- 

rule of permutation. 

Is derived from j^* separation, by the addition of and iVbon redundant". Ruree says, 

9 a „ $> a^ - W > 

it frequently denotes surprise or astonishment along with its original meauirg as j^&y »>>.> j ^ 
£ jHoib widely separated were Zued and Amr!' It is used in Conjunction with the expletive ^ 

^ Ay * * s W* ' * ' s w ^ 

and sometimes also with the word ^ Af both of which are then redundant, as ^j>o ^ ^^ y s y** (^j U-S 

hut the. Grammarian observes that this is of rare occurrence and should not be followed, Its final 
letter is sometimes written with Kusra, but more usually with Futhu, as in the following^verse 
supposed to be uttered by a way-worn Traveller in the midst of the Arabian Desert; 

AW w ^ A 9 ✓ A - A rff 

How distant feels this wild and desert space, 
From the warm pressure of a Friend's embrace, 
How far from cooling springs or soft repose, 
Where the tall Tree its grateful shelter throws. 



o * 

• The ^ iialar £ e branchy :ni.us"iint-/j S i kind of tree, perhaps the Talmctto, Nvhosc fruit arc the jj^ 



I 



BOOK SECOND. 



151 



f. The third is ^ ts^j* in the sense of ^ 



EXAMPLE, 
Zued hastened. 



The following is an attempt to give it a Persian dress : 

/- s s * 

O F [s 



4< , 
V 



foCb*^ »s derived from celerity, by the addition of ^f/f and iVW redundant. If 

iB written, ^ ( c t^j'ej*. l =>" as *Ha I f J (^j lej*, the true meaning and force 

of which will be better understood by recounting the manner in which it was used, as given in the 
oeCaa [jj J an Arabian Jest-Book^ 

An Arab went to a shepherd with the intention of purchasing a sheep, and requested to be supplied 
With a fat one. The shepherd told him he should have the fattest in his flock, but produced a poor, 
meagre, scurvy, halfstarved thing, with its nose snivelling from excess of poverty. The Arab called 
out with astonishment, what object of misery is this! where is the flesh or fat ? why my good friend 
Said the shepherd dont you observe the very fat dropping from her nose ! O Brave, said the Araby 
SUA i iJ^lc^** Its snivel runs in melted fat ! ! 

The above Story is related in various ways, (See Ruzee and the Qamoos) but they do not appear to 
be worth repeating, l S j#, also occasionally denotes surprise or astonishment as J ^f^n'hw Uyls^va 



9 . 

for ^ |U ' what celerity !? 



153 



^notation. 

The idiomatical application of these verbal Nouns may be seen in the following story, which may 
servo at the same time as a sort of Commentary upon the celebrated sayiug -of Antiphanes, 

rigs? y«g to yv^aq wWf* e^yu^iov 

u All human ills gather in old age, 
as vagrants in a Work-bouse." 

* s A y A 9 - * 77 ' ^ > , Aw ^ A , A A > 9 * , \ * J 

I * uXJ j J J U.S ^**kJ 1 ^ ' 1 fij* £ ' V^ X ^ 

Aw 

^ ( J J, , „ , A ? A * P ^ i ^ ^ A 9 ... | I « ' - * ' 

^J. A ^ oJU aJ J US I Ua^j aJ ^Xso A^^ft*^ uf ' Aj Li 



ijy l^-J* J US £ V «J I JJu aJ ^X^S a=L jski^ I Ij^. ^ aHS^aAjJ I 

A W 

,J > > I " ' A I 1 m , , * Aw ^A j> w ^ A ? 2 „ f«w 



. w ^ w 



1 g IaJI twA*.Aw- ^ aJ JU.3 9 UJ I aJ ^.X^i Ai. j.^-^ 1 

A^pAw ^ A p«W ^ _ A P 

Aj Is- 3 ^ I JUS a^s^ J I ^ f^i ^ 5 W( k^uU I 



BOOK SECOND. 153 



A + f. , w ' 9 * s , «« ^ » »W ^ > «i f A «"» ^ , w .» A^,,A A , 

C#J I I U ^-^b^AA^iJl Jw^^ JUj^AAkJl ^M*AA.3 (^.AA V AXJ I 



S TO R Y. 

An old man* complain ed to a Doctor of bad digestion, O let bad digestion 
alone said the Doctor, for it is one of the concomitants of old age. He then stated 
his weakness of sight. Don't meddle with weakness of sight replied the Doctor, for 
that also is one of the concomitants of old age. He complained to him of a difficulty 
of hearing. Alas how distant is hearing said the Doctor from old men ! difficulty of 
hearing is a steady concomitant of old age. He complained to him of want of sleep. 
How widely separated said the Doctor, are sleep and old men, for want of sleep is 
certainly a concomitant of old age. He complained to him of a decrease of bo- 
dily vigour.f This is an evil replied the Doctor that soon hastens on old men, for 
want of vigour is a necessary concomitant of old age. The old man (unable ta 
keep his patience any longer) called out to his companions — seize upon the booby, 
lay hold of the blockhead, drag along the ignorant idiot, that dolt of a Doctor, who 
understands nothing, and who has nothing to distinguish him from a Parrot, but 
. the human figure^ with his e concomitants of old age/ for sooth ! the only words 
he seems capable of uttering. The Doctor smiled, and said, come on my old boy, 
get into a passion, for this also is a concomitant of old age. 

* From the Verb c he grew old,' comes £ A » an old man, Plur. £ >4< K, £U«J, *i=VA«, 

<b ' * Is-', 9,9, 0 , , 9 a , 

*U^&«, and the Infinitives ^» and jUjis^.old age. 

a, $ ' 

i For the literal signification of K L, or f [j consult the Lexicon. a blockhead, Itui. balordo< 

Rr 



154 



COMMENTARY. 



C L A S S T E N T II. 

t * w f 4 K ' k ' 

The tenth Cla^s contains thirteen Verbs termed a^s LU I J Isti ^ f or Im- 
perfect Verbs, and are so called because they cannot with an Agent alone, form 
a complete or perfect Sentence. They precede in construction a Nominal Sen- 
tence, or a Sentence consisting of a Subject and Predicate, to the first of which- 
they give and to the second u^j. The first Term is called the ^ | the- 

Substantive Noun, the second the ^ the Attribute or Predicate. 

1. Of these the first is ^ V which is used in two senses. 1st Imperfect 

2d Perfect. 

As an Imperfect Verb it is used in two ways. First, as affirming the existence of it? 
Attribute in its Substantive Noun or Subject, in time past, either in a sense capable 

„ « 9 « 9 * ^ tj * , , , 

of cessation, (V Ikxj ^ I ^.X v ^) as l r j ti'cXjJ^ ^ ' Zued was standing;' or ia 
a sense incapable of cessation, (g. liaAj ^ I ^.aa^) as X^X^ L v aa£ aJUI ^> & 

f God was knowing and wise.' 



Second, in the sense of j t^ 5 as, 

UacJ lis ^1 dXt aaaJ! V The poor man became rich. 

^rotation. 

The Arabian Grammarians consider Verbs as either Perfect or Imperfect, and as their account 
of them seems to agree in almost every respect with that of the Stoics as given by Harris in his 
Hermes, I shall present the extract to the reader by way of illustration. 

" The Stoics in their logical view of Verbs, as making part in Propositions, consider them under 

the four following sorts : 

When a Verb Co-inciding with the Nominative of some Noun, made without further help a Per- 
fect Assertive Sentence, as £»xc«tv)s ^eoixxTef Socrates tcalhcth ; then as the Verb in such Case 
implied the power of a Perfect Predicate, they called it for that reason KxtftySpfpA a ^ r( ^ ea ^ c i 



BOOK SECOND, IS8 

2d. As a Perfect Verb, forming with its Nominative or Agent alone a complete 
or perfect Sentence, and consequently does not require to be connected with any 
other Predicate. In this sense it denotes existence (absolutely), as 

^Vj ^ ^ Zued was, i. e, 

Ouj ivl| ci ' Zued existed> 
2. The second is j which is used to denote a change in the Subject of the 
Proposition either, from one nature or substance into another, as* 

h jL ^xLjlJ Cs The clay became a pot. 
Or, from one quality into another, as> , 

La^'IaIj I \j Co The poor man became rich. 

It is sometimes used as a perfect Verb, to denote change from one place tor 
another, and is then applied transitively with the Preposition I , as 

f J * * K Q a ■ , ' , 

QS*i JtoJO •j-'oL^tjj ^ Sued went from one City to another. 

gmtotattom. 

«r else from its readiness cv^tuiveiv, to coincide with its Noun in completing ike Sentence, 
they called it £u'jx€«/x« a Co-incider,- 

When a Verb was able -with a Noun to from a Perfect Assertive Sentence, yet could not associate 
•with such Noun, bat under 3ome Oblique Case, a SwKfaTO ner&[ietet, Socratem pceniiet : such a 
Verb from its near approach to just Co-incidence and Predication, they called rit£gwujxfe/x,a 

"When a Verb, though regularly Co-inczding with a Noun in its Nominative, still rcquvrsd to 
complete the sentiment some other Noun wider an Oblique Case, as TlAarwv Qihe? Afuvvz, Plato 
loveth Dio (where without Dio or some other, the Verb loveth would rest indefinite :) such a Verb, 



156 



COMMENTARY. 



3. The i/«Vd, fourth and y?/^, are ^ { ( ^2=:"° 1 the whole of 

which are used to unite or conjoin the sense of the Sentence with their respective 
times, namely, morning, evening, and noon, as 

2 U^ AAiJoJ I TZued was wealthy in the morning, i. e. 

"' " t 

A £ A , A ? P - 

AA^jJfc^oj^jg ^Ui^Js^ik (^His wealth was at that time, 

f J* 1 * 

a Ua« ( V J I^^jJ ^6** f ^"Zued was a governor in the evening, i. e. 
9 9 * • 9 9 



/X»*X\ CU'ij^jAA^^X=^J</^^ ^His government was at that time. 

e Uji^ Lm IS cXjJ (^^^ 1 fZued was a reader in the fore-noon, i. e. 

=2= J <x.j ^J^s* (jlis reading was at that time. 



L3 



from this defect they called £ T 7 CV ^ cv^tciy-a, or y KaTV^o^-K some thing less than a Co-incider } of 
less than a Predicable. 

Lastly, when a Verb required two Nouns in Oblique Cases, to render the sentiment complete, as 
when we say ^mqxrei Ahx&ah'zg ^eKei, Tcsdet me vitce, or the like, such Verb they called %-tf ov 
or iWlov v i:aqa.sCixtv.^a t or $ r.u.^Y.a.TVfyo^A, something less than an Imperfect Cu-incider, or 

an Imperfect Predicable." 

Here by the way it may be worth remarking, that almost the whole of the above extract seemj 
copied from Stanley's History of Philosophy, winch Harris appears to mc to have made frequent use 
of in his Hermes and Philosophical Arrangements without any sort of acknowledgment. The 
following may serve as a specimen :— « Whatsoever is Predicated of another is Predicated of the 
name of the Case, and both these are either Perfect, as that which is predicated, and together with 
the subject sufficient tomake an Axion:. Or they are Defective, and require some addilion^to make' 
thereof a Perfect Predicate." r 



BOOK SECOND, 157 
The above three Verbs are sometimes used in the gense of j t^, as, 
La£ T l*i}f Jwil The poor man became rich. 

Uj U^OuJ \ Zued became a writer, 

S T AA^,liatl , ^3=-^ I The obscure became bright. 

They are sometimes used in the sense of Perfect Verbs, as, 
« ^ " ^ * , * * * * 

C )► Zued arrived in the morning:. 



Zued arrived in the evening. 



Bukr arrived in the fore-noon. 



Annotation, 

If that which is predicated of a name, make an Axiom, it is $. Ca^egorem, or ffu t u.fi%[ici t a. 
Congruity, as walketh, for example, Socrates walkelh* 

But if it be predicated of the Case (whereby Transitions are made from one person to another, 
wherein it is necessary that some Oblique Case be likewise pronounced with the right,) they are call- 
ed Ho^ciGv^on^oQx, as an addition to the c-u/x€#/a« (or as Friscian renders it, less than Congruities) 
as Cicero saved his country. 

Again, if that which is predicated of some Noun, require a Case of some other Noun to be added 
to -.'lake up the Axiom, so as the construction bo made of tv/o Oblique Cases, they are a.rjy&v^ot.'To^ 



138 COMMENTARY. 

4. The Sixth and Seventh, are /ty and lj which are used to unite the 
sense of the sentence with their respective times, namely day and m°7<£ : ^J^; there- 
fore unites the sense of the Sentence with the day, and with the night, as, 

I 10' L> c^sU cj^' f ^ued was a writer in the day; i. e. 

." ' ' 

I^aJ Aa'j IaX (Jk^i^ (^His writing- was at that time. 

I L y j lj' O^jj cj U jZued spent the night in sleep, i. e, 

a w 9 9 9 * , 

i^sA^jj J./^^ (jlis sleep was at that tinre. 

Annotation* 

incongruities, or according to Ammonius, less than, G-o\j&xp.ciTtt, as it pleases me to come to thee ; 
whether the Nouns only or the words require it. See Stanley's History oi" Philosophy. Folio Ed. 
1701, in the life of Seno, p. 310. 

In answer to certain of the Arabian Grammarians who contend that Imperfect Verbs, are merely 
used to denote time without reference to the sense of their Infinitives, the Grammarian Ruzeein his 
celebrated Commentary upon the Kafeea makes the following reply, which I offer' as a short speci- 
men of his style and manner. 

^ H s , w / S * , s *s ^ <VA , A ? „ w 9 , , ^ s & ; ^ A w f , w . A A ^ ? A - ^ x 

A * A * A A P«f »* A w a ^ A '-^9 , m * , , , 

9 * 9 9 * . \ s * .*?wPw a ? /> ? „ ^ ew.'s« ,99*99 h * ^ a 9 a , ,9 „ 

J _ja3.s:' I «-CJ J j.Asr-' i Ij ^ac »i" U J ^Aa^ ^Xs J I _j iaiXj , J ^j^j is! ^tn^. cW * J ^ ^£ j 

» ^-^j ^jjij <JiUa.« »i> J ^Afla. ^Xc J yj t^j l£=ai> * LvJ J J^r^. OvXi' «J Ja3-» CnX1» iitJ t — » 



■EOOK SECOND. 



159 



The above two Verbs are sometimes used in the sense of . to, as, 
UJ C (J^aaIJ I jLi The boy became adult. 

* « - i z ^ - 

^A^i \ ^-j [j The youth became an old man. 

. , 's. ■* ' • : . 

5. The eighth and win/A are . U and A 'j sometimes .written Ui U 

the tenth, J |J i.^ and eleventh e£j<.j f U each °f which is used to indicate the 
uninterrupted duration or permanence of the Attribute in its- Substantive -Noun,. as., 

li Vs. J^jj ^ jj U Zued was always wise, 

I j U"lAj j A*j Zued was always standing: 

Xo Ljc>j j J f j U Zued was always excellent, 

J^S Iff L^Udf U P«Sr wag always intelligent. 



Sfnuotatton, - 

" The opinions of those Grammarians who maintain that Imperfect Verbs are so called, because 
they are merely indicative of time, without reference to the sense of tie Infinitive, are nugatory, 
for the word in the Proposition, l yJ j>,j j ^ signifies fcnq$ that is, £ez'»g- abstractedly con- 
sidered, and its Predicate denotes the mode or manner of that being, which is here being standing, or 
the' existence of that accident. Introducing the Sentence therefore with a word indicative of absolute 
existence, and afterwards qualifying it by th'S attribute, ig, aS if we were to say, a thing exist- 
ed or was, and afterwards add — it existed standing. The word (^therefore denotes the 

existence of an event absolutely, which is qualified by subjoining its Attribute, and the Attribute 
is significant of a particular event, as occurring in time absolute, which is restricted to a particular 
time, by the word- ■ 

Harris uses almost the same words upon the same subject. " Now all Existence is either 
Absolute or qualified. — Absolute, as when we say B is; Qualified, as when we say, B is an 
Animal, B is Black, is Round, &c. With respect to this difference, the Verb (is) can by itself 



130 COMMENTARY. 

6. The tvjelfth is ' f Ji'L* and is used for the purpose of indicating a temporary, 
relation between two events, the time or duration of the first of which it limits or 
restricts to the duration of the second. It must therefore necessarily be preceded 
by either a Verbal or a Nominal Sentence, as 

LJ la* cAjJ ^U^l^l Sit while Zucd is sitting. 

(LTtS t J* 1 1 3 U Vl- i' Zue(1 is standing as /o»g as Amr is. standing. 

SmiCttursn. 

express Absolute Existence, but never the Qualified, without subjoining t! e particular form, because 

the forms of existence being in number infinite, if the particular form be not expressed, v. e cannot 

know which is intended." He then goes on to remark, "that when (is) crly sen\s to subjoin 

some such form, it has little more force than that of a mere assertion," and further cn.— " As to Exis- 

* i o 9 h9 ' ° * 9 * * 9 

tence in general, it is either Mutable, f ^fexiy Jfc^ ox Immutably ^lUU^J pjZ^y, MatabJe, 

as in the Objects of Sensation; Immutable, as in the Oljccts of Intellection and Scicice. >7cw 
Mutable Objects exist all in Time, and admit the several distinctions of Present, Past, and FuU : : .- 
But Immutable Objects know no such distinctions, but rather stand opposed to all things temporary • 

And hence two different significations of the Substantive Verb (is), according as it denotes 
Mutable or Immutable being. 

For example, if we say, this orange is ripe, (is) meaneth, that it existcth so now at this Pre- 
sent, in Opposition to Past Time, when it was green, and to Future Time when it will be rotten. 

But if we say, the Diameter of the square is commensurable with its side, we do not intend by 
(is) that it is commensurable now, having been formerly commensurable or being to become so 
hereafter; on the contrary we intend that perfection of existence, to which time and its distinctions 
ara uttered unknown. It is undor the same meaning we employ this Verb, when we say, truth 
is, or God is. The opposition is not of fitye present to other times, but of necessary existence to 
all temporary existence whatever." Hermes p. 92. 

As my object in producing these extracts is merely to explain and illustrate the doctrine of the 
Arabian Grammarians on the subject of Imperfect or Defective Verbs, 1 avoid as usual all discussion 
o:i the question of its merits or demerits. 



> BOOK SECOND. 161 

X * - 

7, The thirteenth is ^j^aJ and is used for the purpose of giving a negative 

signification to the Sentence in present time, though some Grammarians are of 
opinion that it is applicable to time in general, whether past, present or future, as, 

^•O Zued is not standing. 

Imperfect Verbs with respect to their government may be divided into two Classes, First, sueh 
as govern of themselves without any restriction or limitation, as ^ ^sextj] x-^aw.*! jjLj 

X - x x W x x ^ xx 0- 

1 -=-^ „ (ms \\o Cl* x?.**sJ anc * second, such as possess a conditiunul government, or that 
require to be preceded by a Negative Particle either expressed or understood, as 

EXPRESSED, 

- *{> Ax x x x C Zued did not cease to continue standing, in other words, 
' 'he continued always standing. 

UNDERSTOOD. 



9 

" ' ~ * • S "" ' A ( « ii» They said (i. e. the sons of Jacob) by God thou wilt 

x A x ^ » X 



not cease to remember Joseph, until thou be brought to 
death's door, or thou be destroyed by affliction." 



Aw 9 



Or by ^jj | / ^ or the Prohibitive *i which is considered equivalent to a Negative Particle, as 

-f ® ^x x C ^° not cease *° continue standing, or continue always 
f C standing. 

And lastly when they are used in the sense of supplication or prayer, as : 

JC*fi U*«s^ a!) J J \y£i> ^ Ia y ^ 0D a * wa y s continue beneficent to you. 

x x 

To which must be added the Verb ^ J ^ preceded by the Infinitive u or the U termed 

Zurfeea, as, . 

e! A x <»a 7xa?x A f As long as you continue to receive wealth, continue to 

$ Ly^y. a Ua>^/« CxW«.iU ! ■< 

" * i " t. bestow it. 

Tt 



162 COMMENTARY. 

The Predicates of these Verbs, may precede their Substantive Nouns in the 
order of construction, without effecting any change in the government, as 

Osjj C r j U V£=> Zued was standing, 
And so of the rest. 

<* «x 

The whole of the Imperfect Verbs, with the exception of q^aJ and those Verbs 
to which is prefixed, may themselves be preceded by their Predicates ; but other 



Annotation, 

O F ^j{^ e . 
^[£=5 is elegantly used as an Expletive, as 

tiff A - x * X A? Ax x „ t A 9 A 9 A 9» x * X x_ - 

( Fa'tima the daughter of Khoorshoob brought forth (four) accomplished sons, the lite of whom 
vrere never found.' Alluding to the four companions of Nooman king of Hyra in Arabia, who were called 

5 „« P , W J> x ,A ? x x A f Ay 

u_»lA^J/»,l v fi OoMMARUT-ooL-wuiaiAn; u « ; J j) ii J^vJ T Anoos-ool-Fuwaris J iiULacdluMAS 

Kys-ool-hifaz, and J^e IftJ^j ^ Rubee-ool-Kamil. 

l Z 9 ° - 

2. It is used in a sense equivalent to the Pronoun termed by the Arabs (^l^J j ^* v o or the 

,9/*»*&-a94>A''' ' 1 xx 

Pronoun of distinction, as ^ ^jk=> crl UiXIaiU *j j ^1=3 Zued was going. The- Verb ^ 

in both instances possesses no government, 

o fJ& 

The following seven Verbs are considered Synonymous with ^ namely ^7 
ale JU=\A«t JU. ^J^ to which is added and > L^, by Ibnool Hajib, as 

, x x A ^ ^ ^ xxxA^xJAxvux x ^ 

42£i\=» lis, O / I* U that is (_Ca"s» li„ Cjyi*s cfi what's become of your business ? together with ^5 

0 - A -w A *x ^„ I 

as in the following Sentence X^^l^.j^£^w < J«» until i(; became as sharp as a spear. The last 
tM'o Verbs, however very rarely occur in the sense of' and should not therefore be used as such. 

n „ - x A, ! , Ax I x A - 

Of these Verbs there is nothing particular (o be remarked, we may however encrease their number 

X ' A . . < 1 ,,A ^ 

by adding j^.j ' he arm ed at noon/ and c lie arrived in the first watch of the night.' 



BOOK SECOND. 163 

Grammarians extend the privilege to the whole class of Imperfect Verbs, with 
the exception of | 3 1^, as <AjJ ^> l==3 l v >U Zued was standing. 

But these Verbs, cannot be preceded by their Substantive Nouns, the noun 
being the agent, which can never take precedence of the Verb. 

The government of the above Verbs in all their derivative forms is the same. 



0 F J \. j u &c 

These four Verbs are nearly or altogether Synonymous in signification, and as two Negatives in 
Arabic as well as in English and Latin make an Affirmitive, they are always found in an Affirmative 
S£nse, 

0 F ' jSu 

j. f jU ' s exactly Synonymous with while, whilst, or as long as and is always used between two 

sentences for the purpose of denoting the co-existence of two events, as explained and exemplified in 
the Text, 

0 F u»7 

as an Imperfect Verb is properly used (agreeably to the authority of the Shurhu Alfeea) 
to represent present time, as ^j^jj ' Zued is not standing moh;.' but when followed by 

a word expressive of a particular time, it may denote accordingly either past or future, as, 

) lyj Is Oy, ^ qmJ Zued did not stand yesterday. 

l y j la jsjjj J Zued r»/t7 not stand tomorrow, 

" ■* r ; "'^■i" f . - a ■ 

It is probably compounded of the Negative Particle ^ and j denoting existence, as in the 

Language of the Arabian Logicians. 

A. A „ oX ^ K * * 9 

f The world came from nonexistence into existence. 1 The Abbe Sicard in like manner derives 



104 COMMENTARY. 



annotation,. 

the Latin Non from >' and on. — " Nox est un mot compose' de N and de on. La consonne n est 1' 
expression naturelle du doute chez toutes les nations, parce que c' est le son que rend la touche 
nasale, quand 1' homme incertain examine s' il fera ce qu' on luidemande; ainsi Ne on, Ne ot, Ne 
ec, Ne il, d' ou V on a fait, Non, Not, Nec, Nil," And thus in the old English, and Northern 
Dialects nael tor neawill, or will not ; naes for nae is, or is not ; See Jamieson's Etymol. Dictionary. 
The whole Class of defective verbs will be found illustrated in the following story. 



5" ' 



t ^ I w ,* * . w ' 9,A*'A''*A, A ' « / y * »P / / ? _ 4^ 



w 9 Z * 9 w,(9° - ' 9 **> 9 * « « a 9 * 9 ^ a , a , „ f w „ « 



f s , s ^ ^ a 9 a ^ 9 a 9 a-a , ' n - + * * **9n,9/\9 a,a * „ , - a ^ » 
f w . P m ' 9 a w " 1 , ' - ' " 0 * - ' £_»w, , * * - * - • ? ^ 



^ ? ,. A ^ w?w- - - - 1 - 0 9 



U I <A^> L-T'o>a£ I ^.^aj uXj I I j Ui ^aAa.3 ^ iCs.. J U tX» 



AC Iaj tc I ' »^"^ ' ^ LJCaJ I l-c j<wO LaaLw 

?A - A.. 9 a. ^ ? ; , ^ As* » 9 * * 9 I s A * A s 



BOOK SECOND. - 165 

O * s ' O w s ft A , ' t\ ** n ' _ A , w $ , 9 s j s 1 s * 

A >-A 

S TOR Y. 

Aboos Shimuqmuq was a humorist, but falling poor his wife was compelled 
to pass a Avhole night without any thing- to eat. He went out therefore with the 
hope of procuring for her a little sustenance, but not succeeding he continued tra- 
versing the streets till he arrived at the great Mosque, which he entered and con- 
cealing himself in one of its angles, continued standing there till the whole con- 
gregation had retired, with the exception of the public Crier, who when night 
came on, began to pray, saying. — ■' O God at whose mighty will non-exis- 
tence sprang into life, and by whose merciful kindness the poor and sorrowful are 
made happy.' — -I am here my servant, ' cried Aboos Shimuqmuq/ ask of me 
what thou requirest !' the astonished Crier believing he had been honored with 
the holy conference formerly granted to Moses, replied ;-^= f O God ! thou certainly 
knowest that this thy servant hath always been obedient to thy will, and hath never 
ceased to confide to thee his wishes : he hath passed the day in such extreme hunger 
that his very bowels yearn again for food, bestow upon him then from thy infinite 
bounty one thousand Dirhums, which will supply his wants and provide sustenance 
for his family. 5 — O my servant ! cried Aboos Shimuqmuq, petition for something 
else, for I swear by my mighty power and dignity that my wife hath passed the whole 
night fasting, and although I searched every where to find a little bit of supper for 
her, I have not succeeded in procuring a mouthful, nor have I in my possession 
sufficient to keep her soul and body together ! -—The poor Crier ashamed of the 
trick played upon him, left the Mosque to Aboos Shimuqmuq and went off. 

U u 



166 COMMENTARY. 

CLASS ELEVENTH. 
The eleventh Class contains four Verbs, termed Verbs of Propinquity 

x x .9*9 , 

(^JJ UU Ixsl) being so called from their signification. 

1. The first is ^^o. which admits of the quiescent \j or Ta of the feminine 

gender, but is not otherwise (regularly) conjugated, neither is any Derivative 
formed from it. Its government is twofold. 

First. It gives or the sign of the Nominative Case to the Noun as its Agent, 
and u^/^i or * ne s '& n °^ ^ ne Objective Case to the Predicate, which Predicate is 

A „ 

a Verb in the Aorist Tense in construction with and in this combination the 

I X X x x x 

Verb f^n^s. is always Synonymons with l_j;U« 

EXAMPLE. 

^Pa^Ax^Ax 1 x x 

^ ys:- I cX-»J ^^^c Zued hastened to come out. 



To the Verbs of this Class generally termed from their signification, Verbs of Propinquity, 
Grammarians have added several others, which though nearly synonymous in point of sense, are 
yet sufficiently distinct in application to warrant their arrangement into the following classes or 
divisions. 

1. Verbs of Propinquity properly so called, viz. 

x xxx, x x Ax 

2. Verbs denoting hope or expectation, or implying confidence in some future event, viz. 

X X I x x xx A x A 

3. Verbs denoting the commencement of an action, or Inceptive?, viz. 

x'X Xx XX^ XX >X«x 

iJiilx uiKs. UijJ 



BOOK SECOND. 



167 



la which example ^ j is put in the Nominative, as the Noun or Agent of 
^z. and s:-(mI * s substituted for, the Accusative or Objective Case, as 
its Predicate. The sense of the Sentence will therefore be. 

j^zsr I Ckjj <-~>jl3 Zued accelerated his egress. 

■ i , ^ 

The Predicate of agrees with its Noun or Agent in Gender and number. 

EXAMPLE. 

Ircj'xj ^jl (^IcXj^JI^w*£ The two Zueds hastened to stand, 

s a9 ^ n s Q A A * s 

p^xS ^ I OwL& Hinda hastened to &c. 

s t>9 * K ^ , - A A ^ * 

U^aj (j; ' (^> ' tXx^J I C^was: The two Hindas hastened to &c. 

„ A P - A , P - A A - ^ 

^j^aj ^jlejfcX^J (Ca^c (All) the Hindas hastened to &c. 



By this classification as laid down in the Commentary upon the Alfeea, the Verb ^ appears 

is excluded from the Verbs of Propinquity, contrary to the doctrine in the Text ; the grounds upon 
which this exclusion is founded are the following : 

It is supposed by the Grammarian JsAJj Zahid to be a Particle Synonymous with J^j. Ruzeb 
thinks its proper signification is hope or expectation, to which Seebuweh adds pity and fear, as 

, A i s a ^ 9 * s s 

O J ijj J ' ^ / ear I shall die, or I fear am about to die/ 

And agreeably to the authority of theSniAH it denotes certainty, as in the following example from 

the Qooran : 

a - . A W a,, „ 9 

9 a ' ~TT7~s ,9 ,1* s A? *A ^ 



168 COMMENTARY. 



i 



Second. The Verb ^**c in its second application gives or the sign of the 

A , 

Nominative Case, to a Verb in the Aorist Tense in construction with ^| which 

i 

is substituted for, or put in the place of the Nominative, as the Noun of ^ s 
and is then Synonymous with ^jji • 

E X A M P L E. 

cXj J ^ 1 C The coming' out of Zued was near, or 

9 9*99 , p . a - J 

Azs. t, ;! > a c C I C ^ e was on tne P°int of coming out. 



Maracci however renders it here fortasse which is copied by Sale. " War is enjoined you agninst 
the infidels, but this is hateful unto you : yet perchance you hate a thing which is better for you, 
and pa-chance you love a thing which is worse for you, but God knoweth and you know not." Sale, 

The Predicate of ^«* c is restricted in the Text to a Verb in the Aorist Tense with the Particle 

A 

j but although this appears to be the general practice of the Language, there are some instances 

noticed by Grammarians in which the Predicate is a Noun, as ^ tfJ | ^.XjcvJiJi ^ 4 Do 

l - •* l - 

not censure me for I am about to practice abstinence.' Seebuweh is of opinion that the Aorist of 
should never be accompanied by ^ j as that Particle is known to bestow on the Verb the 
sense of the Infinitive, which becoming then an abstract tern^, cannot with propriety be predicated 
of its Substantive Noun. This doctrine seems conformable to that of Locke, who says that, " all 
©ur affirmations are only inconcrete, which is tho affirming not one abstract idea to be another, but 
one abstract idea to be joined to another" — we can say a man is white, but we cannot say a man 
is whiteness, unless in a figure of speech. But some believe, that when it does occur in this form it 
is always by an ellipsis of some governing word, such as J or an<l other Grammarians 

account for it by supposing it to be then redundant. 

^«»e is regularly conjugated in the Past Tense, and its medial radical in the second per- 
sons is occasionally marked kusra, as, ty*ft«** <^***c jjXft^e both mascu- 

line and feminine. — Some think it is used in the Aorist, but I am aware of no example aud shall not 
therefore insert the opinions of Grammarians on the subject. 



t 



BOOK SECOND, 



In which case there is no necessity for the introduction of a Predicate, in op- 
position to its first application where the sense would otherwise remain imperfect. 

In its first combination it is therefore termed Imperfect, and in its second 
Perfect. 

2. The second is which governs the Noun or Agent in the Nominative,, 
and the Predicate in the Accusative or Objective Case, which Predicate is ge~ 
neraDy a Verb in the Aorist Tense without " | though it sometimes admits of \ 

likewise., inconsequence of its resemblance to . 

EXAMPLE. 
9 . 

< • - 0 * ^ * - C Zued hastened his coming-, or advanced it to 
" ,* ( the last point, 

annotation, 

IS ^ n original signification is synonymous with (__, ^jj though it cannot be used alone ag 

v * * * * - __ 9*j,9*&f<s, & * 

«uch 5 as ^sj : _i Its medial radical may be either Ya as Ot>J jIJCj JtS*/ or Wao as } _j ./ but 

Grammarians in general seem inclined to think it the former. The following example from the 
Hureeree will illustrate its general force* 

« »■» * fZ*"* * + * 

He exhaled a storm of passion fiery as the summer blast. 
And was almost bursting with very rage I 

With its medial radical marked Fatha, and sometimes Kusruh, is also Synonymous with v y» 
as in the following examples : 

'j UJ iVlja. ^he fi re w * s near 1,eIn S extinguished, 

(jMy^J ! The sun was nearly set. 

AV w 



170 COMMENTARY, 

In which example o^jj * s P ut m tne Nominative Case, as the Noun of ^ ^ and 
* is substituted for. or put in the place of the Objective as its Predicate; 
The sense of the Sentence is therefore. 

, A + $ h * *• x r ' 

^ (.ass^Ou Js^'j Zued accelerated his approach. 

The same rules that are applicable to are equally applicable to its Deriva- 
tive formations. 

EXAMPLE. 
as- cXj j <_\Xj J Zued did not hasten his approach. 

Grammarians differ considerably among themselves, with regard to the sense of 
when preceded by a Negative Particle, some maintaining and Avith propriety, 

that it bestows on the Verb a Negative signification, and others asserting that it has 
no such force, the sense of the Verb remaining unaffected as before ; while others- 
believe that the Particle is redundant before 3 ^ in the Past Tense, but preserves 
its signification in the Future, 



Annotation* 

o f /if, 

JLij I Was originally Synonymous with and is still to used in this sense, as ^3*5 } J 

jam+> l^s 'such a person hastened his march agreeably to the authority of the Commentator on 

' ^ _ . ( *W(S 

the Alfeea it is used like I wg eilher as a Perfect or Imperfect Verb. It is conjugated like >!«==. 

but the Grammarian ^j^asJ sa y s > »* never occurs in the Past Tease as given in the Text, but in the 

Aorist, which however is rejected in the Alfeea on the authority of Khuleel. 

Under the general head of Verbs of Propinquity, (besides those enumerated in the Commen. 
tary above,) may be mentioned the following, namely, 

uiXc J*sJ l£,JJ y^l iJiJ^J tsjA 



BOOK SECOND- 171 

3 ; The third is £j jf* which governs the Noun in the Nominative, and the 
Predicate in the Objective Case, which Predicate is invariably the Aorist Tense of 



a Verb without ^| as : » 

' 9 i-cXjj CJ^i^ Zued was near coming out 
4. The fourth is lX&j| which governs the Noun in the Nominative, and the 
Predicate in the Objective Case, which Predicate is a Verb in the Aorist Tense with 
or without J, 

EXAMPLE* 

i a ' A s §> A s ' Urn 

|' 0 „ ^ h b > Zued expedited his coming, 

i 

Some Grammarians make out seven Verbs of Propinquity, adding to the four 
abovementioned the following three, namely J^jt,^ v_JCx.L I which are 

altogether Synonymous with i-Jy U1 sense and application. 

annotation. 

The Commentator on the Alfeea makes Synonymous with ^**c »« the sense of hope or 

n * ' * 9, h A ■* 

expectation, but its predicate must always be an Aorist with the Particle as, ^ jf^ tf 

Perhaps or it is to be hoped that Zued will rise. 

The above rules are precisely applicable to tJtJ f a9 j ^ v -»(^jl / J ClS^k^. I The 



Heavens were about to descend in rain. 



^ s J Is supposed by Ruzee to be Synonymous with la as, £ ^Xc Jsj J,j ^ J ,».> j ^ j I 

=• 

Zued was ora the point of encreasing his gift of three (Rupees !) Its predicate must be accompanied 
with ^ J. 

J$\4> Is used in the sense of ASs •> as, 

f)H -" e was on tne P oint °f rising, or he was very near rising. 

The Aorist of this Verb does not require to be accompanied with ^ \ % The Verbs of this Class 
are included in the following little story. 



m 



COMMENTARY, 



9 , , , * , , I x^w? 



X «. r , * , , I x^„w? A ✓ A 



«» ' •> I " 
A _ ■ . 

" * " I I "* ' * 'l' "* 1 1 * '/»/«//»',/* ^, ^ 

S T 0 R Y. 

A certain religious man was so deeply affected with the love of a King's daugh- 
ter, that he was brought to the very point of death. His disciple said to him one 
day, what has the Almighty done with the king of your understanding and patience, 
for your body seems almost reduced to a mere shadow? Ah my child said the devotee, 
I subdued my feelings till my very heart was nearly breaking, and practiced patience 
to the utmost stretch of my power, but when the army of love invaded me, the king 
of my understanding was put to flight, and I could hold out no longer : he then 
wept and repeated the following lines : 

The jeerer was keen with his joke, 

And eager to mock my despair ; 
But he saw my heart almost was broke, 

And he sought but to soften my care. 



BOOK SECOND. 173 

Then may heaven my mistress defend, 

Though still she my vows should disdain ; 
Though her cruelty hasten my end. 

And my heart break indeed with its pain.* 

CLASS TWELFTH. 



A , A 



or 



The twelfth Class contains four Verbs termed ^,_\J \j ^.(Jctl Jbtii 
Verbs of Praise and Censure. 

1. Of these the first is originally ^xj with the first letter marked Futha, 
and the second Kusra : the Futha is changed into Kusra to coincide with 



annotation. 

A 

0 F A N D ^li 

A 

* A f 

As ^ni and ( WwX j assume Ta or the mark of the Feminine Gender, they are generally considered 
V * , 

as Verbs, but certain Grammarians of the schools of Koofuh will have them Nouns beca&se they 
are occasionally found in construction with a Preposition, as 

o. _ 
A ^ A S !-^Aw "A 

^as!) u^xj ^Xs^jj-wJ J *.*J A good girth (perhaps a bridle is necessary) on a bad ass. 

x A^ <K A- A x " « 

a -s^i a T l! ^-'^&> U How good a daughter is this that is born ! 



* Or literally, . 

The censurers were eager to censure me, 

But when my heart from excess of love was ready to break* 

My very censurers hastened to console me; 

Then preserve O God the life of my beloved ! 

There Is something pretty if not elegant in the original of this verse, but its spirit I fear is to® 
subtle for transfusion into our idiom. In a literal translation the repetition of the word censurers 
appears harsh and unpleashig, and the strange unconnected wish at the close not very suitable to 
the complaint expressed in the three first lines, though dilated into a quatrain. As a curious exampla 
whoever of the foar Verbs under discussion it deserves to be remembered. 

Xx 



171 



COMMENTARY: 



the Vowel mark of the second letter, which is then • rendered quiescent to 
lighten or facilitate the pronunciation leaving ju which is a Verb of Praise. 

-A 9 A f P n 4 / 

The Agent ( J^U) of the Verb jj is sometimes a general term {^Xsz j ^ f j 
made definite by the Article J ( . 

EXAMPLE. 

6j, « , 9 9 Z , a 

tXj'j Jka^J f **J z ued was a good man. 

9 9 z $ a ; a „ 

The word J^-^JI is here c^3 jr9 or in the Nominative Case, as the Agent of 

-.j . Zued (cXjj) is the Noun Particularised by Praise ( <_\I U ( J j^i : '«) 

and being the Subject of the Proposition is also in the Nominative Case ; and 

9 9 Z - a 

(Jfs^. J the Predicate, preceding it in the order of construction. 

• j r - 

Or Zued may be in the Nominative Case as the Predicate, the Subject of the 
Proposition being a Pronoun understood ; the order will then be. 

ds-jjj&tj^j) iiu He was a good man namely Zued. 

The Proposition by the first analysis consisting of one, and by the second of 
two Sentences. 

The Agent of -*..> is sometimes a Noun connected in the relation of the Aorist 

V + t \ ■ f- ■ ' ■ H * - 

A -» 

Case with another Noun made definite by the Article J | 

EXAMPL E, 

l\j \r \h aJ t u^^L^ Zued the owner of the horse is a good man, 



Smioiatfon, 



and 



They both occur under the following forms, namely ^.»J and (j«aj 

but the first is the original one. The two first forms are used by the tribe of Bunoo Tumccm, and the 
second more frequently than the rest when employed to denote praise or censure. This distinction 
agreeably to the authority of Mooburrud and Secbuwch is observed by the Arabs in general. 



BOOK SECOND, 175 



And .sometimes a Pronoun concealed/ rendered t *a y ^ b J an indefinite Noun 



in the Objective Case, 

EXAMPLE. 

~ a - ^ P ^ a * 

JU Jjita^j How good was (he) the man Zued. 

The concealed Pronoun in such instances refers simply to an object in the mind 

& A (J „ p„ , 

termed, (^+$6 • 

* * ? Mr . . . , . 

The Noun Particularized by Praise f^^j^^ l) w sometimes omitted in 

: the Sentence if the defect can be supplied by the context, 

EXAMPLE, 
f <l cXaxJ 1 xJ K° w good a servant was he, namely J ob ! 

The verse of the Qooran from which the example is taken being in praise of Job. 
The Noun Particularized by Praise and the Agent must agree in gender and 
number 

EXAMPLES, 
^jj JLlyU*J Zued was a good man. 

(d i^jj 0 xij i llj The two Zueds were b ood men - 

, *9 * * 9 , ™ 

OJ^J ' I ^ tne Zueds were good men. 



Annotation. 

The Nouns Particularized by Praise or Censure sometimes though rarely precede their Verbs, 
f 9 fZ , « £ P >« • > 5 $a> 

as J^jJJ <>y ^ - Zued is a good man.' J^J | ^ c < Amr is a bad man.' The Agent in 

such cases is rendered definite by the Article Jj though sometimes the Pronoun is concealed and made 
Z.,9 

ky an indefinite noun, as in the following example. 



176 COMMENTARY. 

f 

cXa&S l^tl c^ t xj Hiitda was a good woman. 
^'O^a^^jLj'^ 4lcu v *J The two Hindas were good women. 
vo'cXa& ^ IknkaJIc^ All the Hindas were good women. 



2. The second i 



13 



q^Ij a Verb of Censure ; originally JLIj 
(on the third conjugation of trilateral radicals.) The Futka of the first letter is 
changed into Kusra to coincide with the vowel point of the second, which is 
afterwards rendered quiescent in order to lighten or facilitate the articulation. The 
various rules applicable to the Agent of this Verb in construction, as well as to its 
^.JvJb (j^^s* or Noun Particularized by Censure, are precisely the same 
as those already recorded of the Agent and j.^ds:' 0 of . 

EXAMPLES. 

$ * ^ 9 Pw , % 

O.JJ <Js&> J 1 Zued was a bad man. 

(_XjJ^ a) f l^^Iajqwxj Zued the owner of the horse was a bad man. 



Snnotatton* 

= w ». -2*. ^ * P * f ^ 

I?t ) k^/^ I . 

* ^ , A , P ., J» * P/»^, 



Anoo-MoosA is your grandfather, how excellent a grandfather ! 
And Siiueku-ool-IIueya your uncle, how excellent an uncle! 



These Verbs assume occasionally the Particle U as an affix, as U «.*J • L wAJ Whtek Particle 

\, • 

sometimes coalesces with '%i as in the following examples from the Qooran. 

^ ~ r *'j c.V^i/^i^i ^ r ou s ivc >°" r a!ms » is s ood - 

"* * * * * t / 

9,9* 



f $»iiStob J tJi,)l. x *»k i It is a bad thing for which they hate sold their Souls. 



BOOK SECOND, m 



& * y s f / ■■ t 

O^^U^^jmaj Zued was a bad man, 



e>kx.-! j u J 1 (j^aj The two Zueds were bad men. 

s o t * * 9 „' w , s- 

(j,j<Jvj j JI^J!(_^aj All the Zueds were bad men. 



§> P 9 tA,K y t 

<_Xa& 9 I J ; 0\m*aj Hinda was a bad woman. 



^>!cXa$ ^ji'j I I 1 l^kkaj The two Hindas were bad women, 
o I Ju£> ^ L*aJ f cUwaj «4W the Hindas were bad women. 



5. The third is and is in every respect synonymous with ^jm^j 



w ^ 



4. The fourth is with | o affixed, the first letter being marked either 

Futha or Zumma ; originally with the second letter Mmmoom, which 

feeing afterwards rendered quiescent the two homogeneous letters coalesce under 
the sign Idgham. This rule is applicable to with its first letter Muftooh s 

but if Muzmoom, the Vowel point Zumma is transferred to the second letter, and 
the two homogeneous letters coalesce as before, 



gimotatton. 

O F % AND . 

I have nothing particular to offer regarding these words. f \. m is supposed by some to be derived from 
'* 1 originally f^, the Wao being changed into Alifby a common rule of permutation. It is precisely 
synonymous with as observed in the Commentary, is sometimes preceded by the 

.Vocative Particle tj denoting surprize or admiration, as in the following example from the 3$ 
$Iuqam of Hureeree in praise of a gold coin. 



ff+Ktf W -a**5„« 99,a^9 9 ,9sZ^s 

O how admirable is its metal, how fascinating Us splendor J 
How delightfully it enriches, how potently it assists us ! 

Yy 



1 78 



COMMENTARY. 



The Verb 



is never separated in practice from j <3 and is therefore written 



! Jva^I ^ i s Synonymous with ^ and its Agent is |^ followed by its 



<fc « 9 



.oUU^c^acs:* or Noun Particularized by Praise. 



9 A ^ 

of this Verb is the same as that 



Tha Construction ^\_>!^cf) of the (j&j 
©f ij in both of the cases already detailed, but its Agent and Noun Particulari- 
3ed by Praxbe, do not necessarily agree in gender and number. 

EXAMPLES. 

Sing, rnas."! O excellent Zuedi 
^&.yfJuL Dual mas. 



^j<_XjJ I uXa-* Plural mas. 

3> ft ' . w ^ 

Ova$ IvAa^. Sing. fem. 

Jj!^$'fju!£ Dual fem. 

^|Jva$|XT=J Plur. fem. 



> 



annotation,. 

The concealed Pronoun mentioned iti the Text as the Agent of the three first Verbs o f Praise and cer.« 

w t 

(Sure answers in all such cases to the Pronoun it in English, and is therefore rendered J.^ y * in Arabic 

$> ° «= ? ,° -° • -L 

by a Noun in the Object ire Case. The phrase ^j^^j therefore resolves itself thus, " # 

' f *" , • • 

was good.' What was good ? — ' The man ^ V-^j) Zued.' As opposed to a Pronoun expressed, it is 

called concealed or implied, and its reference belnj to some object presented merely to the intollact 



for the first ///we, in opposition to the other Pronouns which verbally refer to an object p^rceived 



before, its relation is properly termed by the Arabs j j^*^ which seems to agree with the re- 
mark of Apollonius as quoted by Harris, " That some indications art o ccuhr; and some are mental.", 
rag [juv ty { v o^ti.v imi $(i£eig J Tcis$i- 7a va, -De Synta.\i,S. II. c. 3 ; p. 101. See IIoruios ; p. 77. 



BOOK SECOND.. MS* 

The (j^j y/qfc* or Noun Particularised by Praise, may be either preceded 
or followed by a Noun agreeing with it in gender and number, and in the Objec- 
iiYe Case as the » AA j - or J , 

,1 
EXAMPLES. 

dwj Jua* What an excellent man is Zued ! ' 
U/ iJtL* j ! Ju=l - What an excellent horseman is Zued E 



Tie Veres of this Class are included in the following little Story,- 



^ x 5 1m'* * ' ' ' * 1 ! ' r— ' " I i "i **" i * . j A . f f. ' * ' * ' " ' f„ 



f» , ? *h 5- I s *". * ^r- ** " / " * ' ' ^ ' <■* * ' 

■ ^ 7 ^ ^ j 

/f ^ A f-*>, K s ^ y s i\ - ' ^ ° - s*h9, + 



o 



180 



COMMENTARY. 



STORY. 

The wife of a niggardly attorney happened to be seized with a longing after 
fish, and expressed her desire one day to. frer husband. O what execrable food 
said the attorney is fish, and how vile a thing is fish for food ! for its F is 
fatality ; its I insipidity ; its S sickness,, and its H horror ! The good woman 
however was determined to satisfy her longing, and accordingly having pawned her 
earring unknown to him, purchased some fish, but in the very act of enjoying itj 
who pops in upon her but old Pinchpenny, who seeing her eating cried out— 
what is that you are eating my dear! Noticing but a little fish replied the wife, 
which a neighbour woman has sent me ! Oh ho ! cried Muckworm, then allow me 
to join your mess immediately, for most excellent food is fish, and fish is truly excel- 
lent for food, for its F is fatness ; its I impletion ; its S salubrity and its H hilarity .* 
What a vile describer of fish yon are said his wife, for yesterday you abused it and 
now again you are praising it Nay my dear said the attorney I am an admirable 
definer of fish, for I divide it into t\vo classes. One that is purchased with money, 
and this I hold to be tlje bad class : the other that is got gratuitously and this I 
consider the good class. His wife laughed at his answer and was surprised at the 
readiness of his reply. 

* Or agreeably io the original wind its first letter is poison, its second iickness, and itl 

third affliction ; and again, its 1st is fatness, its 2d enjoj/ment and its 3d competency. 



BOOK SECOND. 



ISl 



CLASS THIRTEENTH. 

a 9 9 a 9 

The tliirtccnth class contains seven Verbs termed, ^jjjjd ! J bti t or Verbs 
of the mind; and are so called because they have their source in the mind and 
come not under the cognizance of the senses. They are also called Verbs of 
doubt and certainty, some of them denoting' doubt and some certainty, and 
precede a Sentence consisting of a subject and predicate to both of which they 
give v^v^'j or govern them jn the Objective Case as double Objects. 



o) 9 , 

It must be obvious that under the head of ^JkxW (which signify literally Actions 

of the Soul with reference to the understanding, and grammatically Ver.bs denoting the opera- 
tions of the mind or intellect) may be included a variety of other kindred Verbs besides those 
recorded in the Commentary; for Action which is here meant spiritual action^ being a Genus, 
necessarily embraces all the various operations of the mind, and as these operations of the mind or 
modes of thinking, are but different kinds or species of the same genus, the verbs expressive of 
these actions must partake of one common character as to sense, and might therefore be expected 
to fall under one common rule of government. This has not escaped the notice of the Arabian 
Grammarians who, in some of their larger works, have discussed the subject with great ingenuity and 
.have enumerated a variety of Verbs possessing a similar government to those recorded in the text; 
but as their arguments are very diffuse and scattered through many parts of their works, I shall 
save myself the trouble of collecting and translating them, and endeavour to supply the defect by 
presenting the reader with a short extract from the celebrated Essay of Bishop Wiikins towards a 
real character, and Philosophical Language, which containing a very precise view of the different 
Actions of the Understanding {^_ >> \^\ J LwiJ may not be deemed inapplicable to the Class 

■of Verbs now under discussion. 

Action as a Predicament he divides into four kinds. 

I. SPIRITUAL. II. CORPOREAL. III. MOTION. IV. OPERATION. 

The genus of Spiritual Actions he divides into two Classes, those that belong to God by 
■which are meant only his transient actions which are terminated in the creatures, such as creation, 

Zz 



183 COMMENTARY, 

Three of them denote doubt, 
Three certainty. 

And One sometimes doubt and sometimes certainty. 
The three first or those denoting doub^ are, 

9 a s 9 * , , 9 * 

EXAMPLE. 
I jis\ c_X j j cx/.»*=s>. i conceived Zued was standing. 
U I ^. V C ^v>Ula I imagined Amr was eminent. 
IcXc li LXj OvA^» I supposed Bukr was sitting-. 



annotation. 

annihilation, blessing, cursing, preservation, revelation, inspiration, redemption, Sec. Sic. aad 

seco?idly, 

i( Actions of the understanding and judgment Speculative, Contemplation, Theory, are such 
as do concern the various exercise of our understandings about the trnih and falshood of things, 
with respect cither to 

"Understanding ; being either 

Preparative ; in the Jirst objectization of a thing, or the reflexive thought about it, together 
with what else one knows of that kind, 
k /Thinking, cogitation, bethink, deem, imagine, esteem, conceit, notion, thoughtful, pensive 
j J mind it, suggest, put in one's head. 
' "^Meditating, study, considering, cast about in ones mind, muse, contemplate, elucubra* 
\ tion, think, forethink, premeditate, ponder, extempore. 
Operative; in the comparing of tilings to find out what is truth; or the thought resulting 
from such comparison. 

/ Inquisition, examination, search, scrutiny, exploration, investigate, disquisition, seek 
^ J discuss, hunt, canvass, cast, water, quest, inquest. 

iDhgoteby ; detect, find, perceive, sift out, pick oat, invention, excogitate, author, inventor, 
\ tell, inkling : 'tis out. 
L J udgmcnt j 



BOOK SECOND, 



9 A , * w 

The Verb oUaIo however if derived from suspicion ov accusation do.es 
not require a second Object or Aousative, 

EXAMPLE. 

aa v $1« | (j£ f I(Jv.jj c^aaIs I accased Zued or suspected hins. 



Annotation. 



Primary; in judging such discovery agreeable to truth : -or disagreeable. 
("More general. 

j. C Assent, coraserc^, accord, agree, concur, allow, acknowledge, yield, scrags, voice 9 
3. < vote, of the same mind, think good. 

(Dissent, differ, disagree, of another mind, discord. 
More special ; according to its arguments • as, 
Proceeding from Causes, 

Extrinsical; testimony, sufficient, or insufficient. 



< 



^ (Believins, credit, credible, faith, trust. 



Disbelieving, discredit, incredible, distrust. 
Intrinsical \i\ the thing itself ; that is conlusive ; or not so contusive but that it may 
be otherwise. 

Knowing, cognition, conscious, resist, wilting, aware, privy, intelligence, learn) 

inform, acquaint, cognizance, notice, inkling, prescience, omniscient. 
Doubting, misdoubt, mistrust, distrust, suspence, hanging, staggering, hesi- 
tate, pendulous, dubious, ambiguous, at a stand, stick at, quandary, scruple, 
sceptic, uncertain, apocryphal, His a question, 
^Productive of these Effects in higher, or lower degrees. 

f Certainty, assurance, sure, evince, convince, demonstrate, evidence undoubtedly 
| out of doubt, without doubt, doubtless, infallible. 
Opinion, conceit, judgment, sentiment, mind, tenet, think, suppose, surmise, 
ween, overween, unanimous, likely, probable, prejudice, apprehend, fancy, 
repute, deem, verdict, sentence^ shoot one's bait. 
Secondary ; judging of truth found, as to the 

Consequence of it, in respect of other things to be concluded from it, or to follow upon it j 

in Thesi or in Hypothesi. 
(Reasoning, discussing, arguing, ratiocination, logic. 
^Conjecturing, guessing, surm 
Importance ; or frivolousnesss of it. 

f Esteeming, accounting, prizing, valuing, rating, regard, respect, repute, count of, 
| care for, think well of, set by, stand upon, credit, prefer. 
8. <^ Contemning, despising, slighting, undervaluing, disregarding, set at nought, scor??, 
disdain, abjectness, despicable, vilifle, disesteem, neglect, set light by, make nothin* 
L of, I pass not for it, nickname, pish." 

The Section is continued with an enumeration of the Actions of the understanding and lodg- 
ment Practical, and the Actions of the Will, with these also of the sensitive part or the Fancy, 
which are properly styled Passions, but the whole would require too much space and the above ex- 
tract may be deemed sufficient to illustrate the nature and division of words significant of the 
distinct operations of the mind, or of spiritual or intellectual Ideas. 



|^ ' } Conjecturing, guessing, surmise, divine, mind, gives, conceit, presumption, probable. 



IS* COMMENTARY. 

The other three Verbs or those denoting certainty, arct. 

9 /> ; . t * . 9 A „ „ 

EXAMBLES. 
l^Jy? I ^. v £ Ciol ^ I perceived that Amr was generous. 

Ua-oI lOoJ C^ v a£ I knew that Zued was faithful. 

cs A ^ * „ . A ? A ^ ■» 

UaS&> l^aaJIcl>Jo>.j I found the house mortgaged. 



Annotation. 

That there are many Verbs of this Class besides those recorded in tfie Commentary, the following 
■will demonstrate. 

' ^ , ^ ^ 9 * , , 

1. (j- )^ He knew, as, .xj^l^JJu «3*.i/J I k 113 *' taat Bukr was yoar companion. 



2. ^Xsu Know for certain, as, 

1 1 

the passions 



«» f „ ^ *Z * , t Know that the preservation of the sou!, is by subduing 



3. ^i] J f/e found, as, 

'1 * P> f A Pw 

l ; U_»*!J».$j I Verily they found their fathers who were lost. 

Ruzee however remarks that the Verbs & " ± when synonymous with and J^j the Impera- 

A ' A 

tire synonvmous with As j do not govern two Objects in the Accusative Case, but require after 
them a Sentence preceded by the Particle j as, 

lyjli' oti I Co ^ J i knew that you were standing. 

A f> «r,A - A, w - fi w < 

I j (jd I (^J^.a,jw Know assuredly that after error ccrocs piety. 

4. ) x& He numbered or calculated, as, 

> ^ A ^ .» ,A^A / / 

" , * 3 \ Vo not reckon on God as your companion in affluer.c© 

r i*3*4 J^d WJ V^jf but iu B °T-J and distms - 



BOOK SECOND. 185 

9 A f ' 

The Verb c-u \j i s sometimes used to denote perception with the eye, as in the 
following- sentence from the Qooran. 

i ~ * - » ^ C Consider therefore what thou see'st, or rather 
(C'J I 6 I-* Ja.j U < 

- > > ( thinkest (I should do.) 

^ As is sometimes used synonymously with <j^3 £ as, 

AaS *i f I JJjJ O^Xs I knew or recognized Zued. 

✓ , r ' . ^ a< wi t 

5. 1^,2^ conjectured, fyc. as, 

^ S A / ? A ^ ^ 

4.J Isi I J ^jj uj _j^Sa» I thought Zued was your brother. 

6. Jss^ Synonymous, with £ _ 

«, - I a w ? t a ?^a « 9 ^ „ C They thought that the Angels who are the attendants 

''| " t of God were his daughters. 

7. And some occur in this form as Neuter Verbs, as, 

<£> A , _ w s 

j Zued thought. 

8. Or merely transitive to one Object, as, 

» A ^ ? A ^ , ^ 

I ajj iS-^ I abhorred or detested Zued. 

There are many other Verbs besides the above which govern two Objects in the Accusative, but 
which for the sake of brevity I omit recording : the following however from their affinity to those 
under discussion may merit insertion: 

!• ^aas as, U J d j^o I converted the dny into n pot. 

I 

3*!?* A A? , „ „ ^ » J, 

u i ^ » v ^ ^ AUe wilt conic unto the work, winch they shall have 
i T * *| "V " : ff done, and make it as dust scattered abroad. 

3. u*A as ;- / I Jvj *JJ J God made me your victim. 

A aa 



186 COMMENTARY. 

And in the sense of c^aa-sI as, 

1^aa^5 | ^ 1 aJ L^J I lA=*.j I found or discovered the lost. 

These three Verbs when used as above are transitive only to one Object or 
Accusative. 

9 * * * 

The Verb cu Y £_J is sometimes used to denote doubt and sometimes certainty, as, 

=5 A - o * f y . \ll 9 R , , 

*• W a: V «>X'I c-v v cj I believed that God was merciful and forgiving. 

^Ik/sji.JI c^. r cj I doubted whether the devil was a thanksgiver ! 



^ w s? A f A < » w 

4- ^.sG / as,-^Xi. r Mi>J 7 j I *M i*aspJ Tte Lord ma -<ie Abraham a friend. 

» i '< , 

^-.^ «!A^(«.-xA^^-,* »'\If you wished you would certainly have received & 

e. /V" J as, .Juj tkj ,j I made him my bosom friend, 

• " l 

7° =ij as,- —i <Js La*.; JjaiJJ j»u_i 9 

\ 

I 

Tine lias changed their black locks into white, 
And has turned their fair faces black. 



A w V - ft , 



The above seven Verbs are termed Ju^aeuJJ JmjJ or Verbs of conversion. 

Of the Verbs of doubt and certainty as recorded in the Text. 

5* ^ >» f h, ^ 

The Verbs <^ Aw2ak ,^.X=i and though generally used to denote doubt or uncertainty of 

i 

mind, are supposed by the Author of the Commentary upon the Alfeea. to be used in the S.'nse of 
certainty also : Examples. 

• Qooran, C. 1 8. 



BOOK. SECOND. 



187 



The Verbs of this Class do -not admit of the retrenchment of one of the two 
Objects in composition being but as one word, and the sense- of both collectively for- 

9 » 9 o , 

m'mg as it were the A j J +.xk* or Object of a transitive Verb, that is the radical 
sense of the second Object or its Infinitive, may be considered as connected with the 
first in the relation of the aorist case, as the sense of the sentence .X/ili i Ca t 1s 
resolves itself into Ckjj Jwu£3 e* v Ax c I knew the excellence of Zued.' We 
cannot consequently reject one of them in composition, as the omission would be 
equal to that of rejecting' a portion of a single word, which is not allowable. 



, 1* - C I was sure that virtue and liberality Were the best 

a, , S species of trafic* 

Xi £&z.Jj'C\ t£dii I a?«i confident that your father was benevolent* 



- A - w , a £ , tf" tL.at the only place of refuge was 



^ ' ~ ' ^ with God. 

„ „ ?o 9 ! o 

Or in the following Jen d'esprit attributed to tJLXaL q» »Jiaj*\.«I 

0 > 

ON A VERY LITTLE MAN CALLED D.AVID, WITH A VERY LARSE HEARD, 
^ ✓ A J « / A' " * A. 9 /\ s s 

A * A ' A A ^ Jw/y 
B 

A?A<-„A*<A , A f , ^ .< 

* I 

These lines are very ingeniously versified by Dr. Carlyle in his Specimens of Arabian Poetry> 
for the learned Professor has not only preserved the sense but the very spirit of the Epigram, by 
lengtheniflg out his version to an extent as disproportionate to the original as little David's 
beard. 



188 



COMMENTARY. 



When these Verbs happen to intervene between their Objects, or when they 
follow fKeroj their government may be optionally omitted. 

EXAMPLES. 



,j La CaaaLj 



r; 



J 



L r J is C^aaLs lt»Xj i 
9 „ , {j „ : 



>I believed Zued was standing. 



annotation. 



i. 



Ci How can thy chin that burden bear ? 
Is it all gravity to shock ? 
Is it to make the people stare ? 
And be thyself a laughing stock J 



When I behold thy little feet, 

After thy beard obsequious run, 
I always fancy that I meet, 

Some father followed by his son, 

3. 

A man like thee scarce e'er appenr'd, 

A beard like thine — Where shall we find it? 

Surely thou chcrishest thy beard, 
In hopes to hide thyself behind it," 



The Verb ^ is supposed to be used in the sense of doubt or uncertainty in the following 
example from the Qooran, as, 

1 »> a rj Ju j^j I They suppose (ihc day of judgment) is distant. 

w * 9 

It is used in a sense termed by the Arabian Grammarians iu^Jla. to denote vision in a dream and 
requires after it two Objects in the Accusative, as in the following Sentence from the Qooran : 

9 * ^ « ^no, seemed unto me in my dream, that I pressed out wine 

I * "l ' V (from grapes.) 



■ ( ffrc 



BOOK SECOND. 



18© 



Their government therefore or non-government is equally proper, though some 
Grammarians are of opinion that when they intervene between their Objects,, their 
government had better be preserved, but when they follow them, it had better be 
cancelled. 

9 o , 9 i> t * 

If to the Verbs c^ v lc an # CSo \j a Humza be prefixed, they become transitive 
to three Objects or Accusatives. 

EXAMPLES. 
I JoJ ju^Cc I I made Zuad know that Amr was excellent. 

UtcloJUk I ^.cCXJjl I shewed Amr that Khalid was wise. 



Annotation. 

Verbs of sense in Greek generally govern a genitive, but the Verb Svlopxi like ^-J^ in Arabic, 
requires an Accusative which Mr. Jones has endeavoured to account for philosophically in his Greek 
Grammar. See p. 275. 



The example produced by the Commentator to prove that the Verb tf j is sometimes used to 



express ocular in opposition to mental vision, appears to me very singularly inapplicable. The entire 
passage from the Qooran is as follows ; 

f * - s »** ^ _ 

He (Abraham) said, O my dear son, verily I saw in a dream, that I should slay thee as a sacrifice, 
.consider therefore what thou ihinkest I should do. He replied, O my Father do what thou art ordered 
to do.' A word cannot surely be placed in a more unequivocal light than in the above Sentence : perhaps 
the Commentator intended to quote the preceding example, Ji^ ^ Jj which would have been less 
objectionable, 

Bbb 



190 



COMMENTARY. 



Another Object is therefore added to these Verbs by this Humssa of increase, which 
possesses the property termed j^j (and is that by which the Agent or Nomi- 
native to a Verb puts the Object in possession of the sense of the radical.) 

= A ^ , , „ A „ ! - . P A . . 

The meaning therefore of the first example is I j^c^JIxj^I^Jx lOuj vJ^Xxs*. 

jQU and of the second ttlilcllliciyo'cs^ I^coJjuL This property 
is restricted by prescription to the above two Verbs, contrary to the authority of 
Akhfush who bestows it upon the whole Class from their analogy to c^ T -U as, 

P A . A > P a . a x Pa.. -d ' • * * " " ' 



annotation. 

The Grammarian Ruzee, makes ^JL C synonymous with C^?^ in every respect, and says the 

£ / . «A w y P A x $'*#A'wyP»,. 

phrases IS Jaj j <j_)' and f i (J ar6 P r6ciseI y e 4 u ^adent, but he acknowledges 

that ( j^s does not govern two Objects in the Accusative like A s Husham however thinks there 

is no difference between them either in sense or construction. 

The government of these "Verbs is suspended but not destroyed, first, by the introduction of the 
Particle termed , I ^ J ^ as j £ ^jjj I imagined Zued was standing ; secondly by the 

• , ...Pax 

Negative f article y as ^^'iS^ Co fj I saw Zued not standing : thirdly by the Lam of swearing, 
as, ^jj * ^iJ ^llj^c By God I knew that Zued was certainly standing ; and lastly by the 
intervention of an Interrogative Particle, as, 

#A. A/.'a^/ „$a.Pa . 

_5^ Y c ff wTovic-j IsOyjJ I doubted whether Zued was standing with you or Amr. 

This suspension of government being caused by the immediate Agency of some word is termed by 

0 Ax 

the Arabian grammarians iJul*i" hut that the government of the Verbs is not altogether destroyed 
by the construction they alledge the following argument as a proof; namely that if another Sen- 
tence follow the one to which the Particle is prefixed, the government , v\ ill be preserved, as 

UU&x Uv** »J 15 ifcjjjJ £jj&> I thought that Zued was standing and Amr going. 



BOOK SECOND, 19J 



S- 'A' f w - x x A x 



le following- Verbs namely Ujl Li: ,asJ : ^ and ^/k^ are also 
transitive to three Object's. 

Note, that it is not allowable to reject in composition the 1st Object or Accusa- 
tive, nor either of the last two separately, but they may both be rejected toge- 
ther as already described. 

^notation. 

The w Xij)Jl*j) are distinguished from other Verbs by' the following peculiarity, namely that 
the Agent and Object with which they are connected, may be expressed by the conjunctive personal 

* ? A x *> - a ^ 

pronouns, and both be the same Individual, as i K ' ks. I knew myself, ^X^Xs: Thou didst know thy. 

"\ ' " a 9* x„ 

self; which form of construction cannot be applied to any other Class of Verbs for 

example, but if we wish to express the reflective sense, a distinct Noun must be introduced for the 
Object, as C^/J^o I struck myself. In this particular respect the Greek seems to have an ad= 

vantage over the Arabic, having a peculiar form of verbs in the middle voice to express this double 
relation independant of any adscititious Noun or Pronoun, as eTV^«.{iv{i) I struck : myself } &c. 

The following Story will illustrate the use of the different verbs of this Class. 



2 

,99*9 „ • tt w''£^ a x a « ' V / < A ••( | 9 * . 

p Xt 0 6 I 8 cX j U Is' (S 0^ aaxJ I J yu^^J l =F ' y* 

*• i 

t , * A ,A x x A x A w , A ' x A ' \ 9 ./ - 9 9 * " 

^ A . , 1 x x ' ' x ? w x «S 9a, .-I x „ -S, P,O w p w ^ _ , x A 



0 A A x ? w x X X i»x', J«* x X x ' X A X > A xAx t* w ? ^ A x ' 



m COMMENTARY. 



<• x* x 9,, <s s a. 'ss, > w9 9 . a x s> £ - ' * < 9 . J^, -t 9 . , I a~ 

ss * x " x x > \mS x 'x x ■ * 



P X A ? x J- 1 P w - ,C ' * ' •».'* P x P A - X w * ? x ^ x. , x 



a x I ' s 9 ^ w „ a a P i 's. , <m, * f ^ * * + 9 , Vi, , 9 x x A x ft 



x A P 1 x x a x A x x x « x x x P 



. v 

? x Jx X I , X A x A * ^ S *-h * J * 9f * f IW x X 



P 9 ' ' ' ' x » ' , * \ , *. , , 9 * \ . ~ x w x " I „ x~ 5- * 



w „ A P w , « ^ x x ? x A x 9 I s a 9 f\ > x w - x P xxA^wx',7 « / ^ 

• . J x x *- -.I ,9,9, , * x A, v , , ? - A ' x 

lXa** La** J la ^ Jl£=J I vA£ U b C^J Ui e U^s:^. 

O I w w .^"j | ? , A A x ^ >* x x M flj | i> A xx fxxAx^ W f»x 

* s Z 9 19 , .x xx. x x A P A ' x f < x ^xx x«P.x x Ax«x> 
X- xAx°W >Ax xx / « h xxxxw^xxxx , A f « x x 



X X ^* XX** XX XX X X ° . VV xPx ° ? X P w.*||f*xW.Xx xAO 

l^ji^i-acj cj:«AJ UaJ iy j b^' „ o l v Ai ^ I^A.'I 



XXI xA xA xw fnx-^xxAxTw, 4 ' x • «» ^ , 



BOOK SECOND. 



O s 0„^w, "Si , * 9 w A . A 



^Iaaa^JI l^cs* I OsJ jj'^al^j I (^.la ' l<s>j j UJ I ^aaJ I OvaAa^ Is 
Oo ^ ^J^iaJf I — *.**3AJ I l Y Xi AaIaa'3 cAaj AaaaX^j Aa^. f 



a J Uii ajiAj ^ ^uAJ f<^ ( ^ aa2s» Laj ^Xsskfj (J^-) ^ v Aii. \j IaaaJ f 

. ' , 9 ,a 9a .,'a9*h*9s'. ,,4\a,^ ^ ^ , a 9 , . ' 

^^aA-J <A'i aJ JUi ^aj^aJ aj iAaJ I ^ I j Aaj 0\X) \ l^j | J lj> aaj vAaJ I 

1 A s 9 A v. A ? A ' A - A ^ A „ ^ ' 9 ^ A < - s A m ' 9 A 9 f * 

iJ^ ^ & (^-e J^XXJ (^Ua f * /VUaJ U Aaj ^ >Xj ^C\J I j Aaj vAXJ I AJ la» 



* ^ s A ^ O OK 

S TO R Y. 

A Merchant was going through a slave-market one day and happened to see a 
Broker holding 1 a boy by the ear for sale, and calling out, who will purchase a 
youth accomplished, sensible, learned, and faithful, for one hundred Dirhums ? 
Why my good Sir said the Merchant, I suspect you must be crazy, for if your boy 
possess the qualities you mention, he is worth a thousand Dirhums. O said the 
Broker you see him shining and take him for silver, but if you M ere acquainted with 
his failing you would probably find him copper. Pray Avhat is his failing said the Mer- 
chant, and what do you think the cause of it? He tells every year said the Merchant 
a great lie and a little lie, and each of these I consider as a very serious evil. " Pooh 



194 COMMENTARY. 

pooh ! said the Merchant, I look upon this as a mere trifle. He accordingly purchased 
the boy and took him into his service," and finding him expert and skilful in duty, 
placed him at the head of all his servants. But it happened sometime after, that the 
Merchant accompanied by some of his friends went out to his garden, and sent the 
boy home about sunset to bring him his ass, but the boy as soon as he approached 
liis master's house rent his clothes, and threw dust upon his head, and exclaim- 
ed, O alas, alas, my master ! the lord of my bounty ! — the Merchant's wife con- 
cluded from his appearance that some misfortune had happened to him, and 
said, alas, boy, what is the meaning of this outcry ? Ah ! replied he, the roof 
of the house has fallen in upon my master and crushed hiin to pieces with 
all the other Merchants. The wives of the Merchants who happened to be 
invited there by the lady of the house, as soon as they heard the report of 
the slave beat their faces in despair, and began to run towards the garden, 
but the boy got before them and entered it tearing his clothes like a frantic 
person and throwing dust on his head, inJthe same manner as he had done before 
the women. The Merchants surprised at his appearance asked the cause of his dis- 
tress. Ah! I believe he replied, a spark of fire escaped from the hands of one of 
the maid-servants and has set fire to your house, and I do not think there is a sin- 
gle child that has not been burned to death, nay not one even of the maid-servants 
nor one of your wives. The Merchants hearing this ran out all distracted, one 
weeping for his sister and wife, the other for the daughter of his relation, but 
when they got about half way home, both parties met on the road and every one 
saw his friend safe, and discovered that the whole was a trick played upon them by 
the lying valet. What has tempted you said his master to this act ? Do you not 
know replied the boy that I was bound to tell you every year a great lie and a little 
one ? Well said the Merchant and under what class must I place the present ? Is 
this the large lie or the little one ? O this is the little lie, replied the boy, the 
large one you shall have bye and bye ! This little lie said the Merchant will answer 
my purpose. — I now give you your liberty, so set out, and find some other jferson 
of more consequence to practice your large lie upon. 



BOOK SECOND. . 195 
OF THE GOVERNMENT TERMED ' * OR ANALOGOUS.-- 

The Class termed uAXi or Analogous contains seven Governing' Powers. 

FIR ST AN A L 0 GO US GOVER NO R. 
9.^9 9 * a. 

Of the Analogous Governors the first is a Verb Universally, wnetfier neuter 
©r'transitive, and in any tense pastor aorist; for every Verb governs an Agent in 
the Nominative, as <_\j_j > U* f Zued stood/ <Ju_J L.J J? ' Zued struck but if the 



Verb be transitive it governs an object in the accusative also,, as \^z<J\jj^yJ» 
' Zued struck Amr.' 

The Agent can never precede the Verb in the order of construction but the Obiect 

9 A- ' * K s 

may, as e^^ijLyjJ ; nor can the Agent be omitted in composition, which . is- 
not the case with the Object which may be optionally omitted. 

SECOND ANALOGOUS GOVERNOR. 
» 9 - **** 

9^ 

The second is the Infinitive (^,jw/J) wn ' c ^ is defined to be the Name of 
- ' 9 * \ 9^ v 

a Mode, (^J^^\ j and is termed jOw^l! or the Source, being- the source 

from which the Verb is conceived to flow. 



The true Grammatical sense of the terra as employed in the Definition of an Arabic Infiiii- 

tire, is not easily conveyed by any one word in the English Language. Mr. Luinsden who well knew 
its true nature and force has rendered it event, and to his opinions on every important questi6n of 
Arabic Science and general Grammar, the profoundest respect is justly due] but the word &jL» as 



196 COMMENTARY. 

« A <• ' 

The Grammarians of Eusrah call the jO,^^ the root or radix, from its 
absolute signification in itrelf, without reference to a Verb ; and the 

the branch or stem, because it is not independent in itself, but has reference 
to some Noun. On the other hand the Grammarians of Koofuh call the *- ne 
root, and the j<_Xaz2*© the branch or derivative, because the rules of permutation 
to which the latter may be subjected, depend entirely on the permutations of the 

gtonotation, 

I shall endeavour to make appear, is a much more comprehensive term than event: it embraces all 
attributes when considered separately from the beings to which they are attributable ; all essential 
and inward properties as well as outward respects and relations, and reaches to actions themselves 
as well as manners of actions.* On the contrary the word event means little more strictly 
speaking, than the end, conclusion or termination of an affair, and this also is the precise Definition 
of it as given by Cicero; u Eventus est alicujus exitus negotii."T May it not therefore be con- 
cluded that the word event, even in its most comprehensive acceptation, signifies rather the effect 
of action, than action itself, and that consequently it cannot be considered as a legitimate repre- 
sentative of o&js. i Q * ne definition of an Arabic Infinitive? 

This however is a question of too much importance to be hastily decided upon. It involves 
a very minute inquiry into the true nature and definition of the parts of speech, and if fully 
and satisfactorily conducted, into the general principles of universal Grammar. An analysis 
of this nature will not indeed be expected in the limited space allotted to a note, but a short 
view of the subject may be interesting, and this I purpose to submit. 

My own opinion is that the most unexceptionable name for an Arabic Infinitive is a mode or 
manner of being; I mean a mode in its philosophical acceptation as explained by Locke, 
and since adopted I believe by every writer on ontology. " Modes I call such complex ideas, which, 
however compounded contain not in them the supposition of subsisting by themselves, but are 
considered as dependences on, or affections of Subsiancies; such as are ideas signified by the words 
triangle, gratitude, murder, &c." But in order to justify the application of this term to an Arabic 
Infinitive, it may be necessary to enter into some detail. 



• Sec Watt's Dcf. of Mode. 
+ De Inv, 51, C. 



BOOK SECOND. „ 197 

• . •. . * i > *\P 

former when it happens to be a Verb of the infirm Class ( J^jua) ™& if of the 
sound or healthy ^^^) it continues sound also : example, UUS^lS :* the 

Musdur here US being originally I o the Wao is charged into Ya, because 
the same letter had before been permuted in the Verb. . t| originally ^ : 
And in the phrase tJjHjfe the infinitive suffers no permutation, be- 

cause the Verb being of the sound Class, is not subject to any rule of 

permutation. 



Sroictatunu 

The word in Arabic is precisely equivalent to the Hebrew aU( l means 

literally, to become nezc, and transitively as an augmented triliteral to make nezv or produce, 

i-iJVik ?,-/b'i ' ' . 
kIi &sas U 1*3 M ! & ->>i» ' i Govt made new or created it and it was created,' in which sense its 

prototype is frequently found in the Bible rD^BnOitfEnnD *• Sam. XI, 14. " Let us renew 
the kingdom there," oj rather as I should think make a new kingdom, establish royalty there. 

This is the original sense of the A'/ord p which as applicable to an Arabic infinitive is explained 
as follows by the Grammarian Rusee : 

! I f*n * J-*Sj l y ji-3 O <>jS\) Ij ^i*J 

" We mean by the word a thing existing in or by some other thing, whether extrinsical 

as beating and going ; or intrinsical as extension and. contraction.'''' If the reader will* take the 
trouble to compare this with the definition of a mode as given above by Locke, and of its various 
divisions as recorded by Watts in his Logic, ho will find I think the term vi^,^ and mode in every 
respect reciprocal. 



Let us compare tliem in a few places, " The very being of a Mobe depends on some substance 
for its subject, in which it is, cr to which it belongs : so motion, shape, quantity, weight, are modes of 



* The party opposed each other standing. 

Ddd 



COMMENTARY, 



Now it is certain that the arguments of the Busrah Grammarians in support of 
the jOsmz* as tue Root, are absolute and of general application, while those 
of the Grammarians of Koofah for the (Joii are confined to the rules of* 

permutation alone, from which no general principle can be inferred. But if 

no other proof were necessary to establish the original of a word, then it would 

9 " 9 * " 9 " ■ • x 9 * 19 

follow that 0\x.j originally tXs*j , an d ^ T -> I originally f\ \ } were the r oots, 

' ' " 9 - 9 I' 9 , 9*99*9 

and tne different persons of these \ erbs, such as Oou cXcl eXaJ an d ^JO ^ 7 X'S 

9 y9 + 

the branches, which no one will assert. 



2fonotattam 

the body ; knowledge, wit, folly, love, doubting, judging, are modes of the mind; for the one cannot 
subsist without body, and the other cannot subsist without mind.'"* — " We mean by the word Ojo* 

* says Ruzee,' a thing existing in or by some other thing, as beating, going, extension and 
contraction, Sec.'" So far the terms are clearly identified. 

Further. " Modes are either esssential or accidental. An essential Mode or Attribute, is thaj 

which belongs to the very Nature or Essence of the Subject wherein it is ; and the Subject can never 

have the same Nature without it, such as Roundness in a Bowl, Hardness in a Stone 3 Softness in 

Water, Vital Motion in an Animal, Solidity in Matter, Thinking in a Spirit :" All these Modes 

- * 9 o 

are comprehended in the Definition Ci^^ m S ai *d are all Arabic Infinitives and the Sources of 
Derivation." 

Again. " An Accidental Mode, or an Accident y \ is such a Mode, as is not necessary to the being 
©f a . thing, for the Subject may be without it, aud yet remain of the same Nature that it was before ; 
or it is that Mode, which may be separated or abolished from its Subject : So Smoothness or Rough- 

* Watts's Logic, p. 71. 

+ The word Event is merely applicable, agreeably to the authority of Lucretius to accidental modct, or to those acciJcuti which 
may be absent or present wiQveut dcstro>ing the subject, s 

Scrvitium contra, libcrtas, divitiarque, 

Paupeitas, bellum, concord ia, caitera, quorum, » 

Adventu manet incolumis natura, abituque, 

H*c soliti sumuj, ut pjr est, Evint a vocare. 



BOOK SECOND, 199 

The Infinitive (jOv-a^ ) has the same government as its own verb; if there- 
fore the verb be neuter it governs the Agent in the Nominative*' 

EXAMPLE. 

ft P ^ O s ' ' 

cXj . to, Xa^P I The standing of Zued astonished me. 

And if transitive it governs both a Nominative and an Accusative. 

EXAMPLE. 

«•-.» - * > 9 * -\' « „^ The beating of Arar by Zued astonished me: lit. 
' * ' >" Sr i ' * £ Zued's beating Amr, &c, 

In both these examples the word Zued is grammatically in the Aorist Case, 
from its relation to the Infinitive, but virtually in the Nominative, as its 
Agent. 

ness, Blackness or Whiteness, Motion or Rest, are the accidents of a Bowl ; for these may be all 
changed, and yet the body remain a Bowl still: Learning, Justice, Folly, Sickness, Health, are the 
accidents of a Man: Motion, Squareness, ox my particular Shape or Size, are the accidents of Body : 
— So Hope, Fear, Wishing, Assenting and Doubting, are accidents of the Mind, though Thinking ia 
general seems to be essential to it." These are all Arabic Infinitives. 

" Modes belong either to Body or to Spirit, or to both. Modes of B~ody belong only to matter, 
or to corporeal Beings ; Modes of Spirit belong only to minds ; such as Knowledge, Assent, Dissent, 
Doubting, Reasoning, &cc. Modes which belong to both hare been sometimes called mixed Modes or 
human Modes, for these are only found in human nature, which is compounded both of body and 
spirit j such are Sensation, Imagination, Passion" &c. See AVatts's Logic. 

That the term Aj^, as defined by the Arabian Grammarian corresponds with a logical mode 

as above detailed will hardly I think be disputed, and that this precise word is peculiarly appli- 
cable to the Musdur or Infinitive-we have the Grammarian's own words as authority ^xc^'^AcJ 

UOfE) Jvlaij " Know that by the Musdur is meant mode." This mode he adds is neces- 
sarily dependant on some Subject for its existence as well as for other subordinate distinctions of 



COO COMMENTARY. 

The Infinitive is constructed in five different ways, 

1. It is connected as the v^iLa,* or Governing- word in the relation of the 

aorist case with an Agent, the Object being at the same time expressed, as in 
the last example. 

- 9 

2. It is connected as the in the relation of the aorist case. witfi an 

Agent, the Object not being* expressed. 

EXAMPLE. 

<-\A lJ % %^oTa:sc £ I was astonished at the beating of Zuecl. 



oljed, end, instrument, time and place, *jaiulj H l£*j JUj j «* «» '^5 *J 

, lo , , o *,,,9o i f, 9 * , r « , " ' ^ - ' e> 

*! t\ w «f&&jCi\ J ^A, jiijUy* ) Dllt these distinctions he observes are not inherent but su- 
i " 

perinduced on the Infinitive in its genuine state, which is formed to denote a mode without refer- 

, - ^ it P o + 0 ~ P , o 

ence to any particular person or thing, or as he expresses it, £ ^.^tj ^(.^J^^^^b <>J J ^AaU' 
" The Infinitive is formed to denote (a pure essence) a mode or manner of being abstractedly." 

The result of this comparison may perhaps convince us that - the Arabians have borrowed their 
general notions of Science from the Greeks, and that their nouns and infinitives, or their names of 
iiodes, comprise the two great philosophical divisions of subject and accident, from which the 
celebrated categories of Aristotle have been formed. This is indeed a fact that will hardly be 
disputed. Every system of Arabic logic sets out with this twofold arrangement, and although 
their in odern Grammarians have not adverted to this circumstance in their enquiries into the true 
nature and de/iniUon of the. parts of speech, I think it is evident that this must have beon the original 
cause of the present grammatical classification. " The multitude of hleas ' says Karris,' treasured 
up in the human mind and which, bearing reference to things, are expressed 1>>- words, may be 
arranged and circumscribed under the following characters. They all denote either SUBSTAUCS or 
attribute." •> 

This Division of wobds and things into two general Classes is tnken from the Sophist A of Plato, 
and is thus given by Sanctus in his Minerva. " Quicquid entiniiatur, aui "est peimanoiu, uf Arbor, 
Durum ; aid lluens, ut Cuirit, Dorniit. Res permauentcs sh e constantcs zocanius, quaram ncdura din 



BOOK SECOND. got 



9 



3. It is connected as the v »La^=-» in the relation of the aorist case with an Object, 

ihe Agent not being 1 expressed, having- then a passive signification, and being 
used as the Agent's proxy. 



EXAMPLK, 



» , * , * 9 9 * ' ~\ 

1 ' „ f I w as astonished at Zued's being beaten. 

4. It is connected as the ^jCa« in the relation of the aorist case with an Ob ject, 
the Agent being also expressed in the Nominative. 

EXAMPLE. 

&&yf#5 I vU^i4i= ^ ™ surprised at the bealins of the thief b * 

*' ' " (the headsman. / 

5. It is connected as the ^JLi^ in the relation of the aorist case with an Object, 
ihe Agent being understood. 

EXAMPLE. 

\ As-d ^y.^,\^>**.i \ ^Lwj^ " Man is not wearied with soliciting good/* 



Annotations 

postal : harum notam nomen dixere. Fluentes dicimuSy quariun natura est, esse tamiiu quamdia 
Jiunt. Harum noia vereum est? Sanct, Miner?. Lib. II, p. 14. 

' I 

And hence I draw the following conclusions, that all modes in their absolute and Indefinite capaci- 
ties are general terms or arbitrary names, affixed to certain combinations of simple ideas which have 
their existence only in the mind. That every mode denotes an attribute, and that every attri- 
bute is capable of sundry modifications as to means, object, end, instrument, time, place, and other 
circumstances, including in fact the nine sub-divisions or Post-Predicaments into which this conipre* 
jiensive genus has been distributed. 

See 



COMMENTARY. 



Note. The above rules of construction are only applicable to the Infinit iye 
of a transitive Verb : when it happens to be neuter, it is constructed only in one 
way, namely in the relation of the aorist case with an Agent. 

o >/* x 

cXjJO , I It surprised me, the sitting of Zued, 

The Agent of the Infinitive can never be concealed, nor can the Infinitive? 

.... i f o * *oi> .. '"- '>.• 
itself be preceded in composition by its Jj^ v x^« or governed word. 



Snnctattovr. 

This is absolutely capable of demonstration, for if we compare the nine subdivisions of attribute, 
with the common derivative forms or modifications of an Arabic Musdur ; which are produced by 
the mere change of vowel points, or by the addition or elision of certain letters to and from the 
mode in its radical form, we shall find them agree in almost every particular. For example, qualtty 

abstractedly considered will be represented by the jS*ta.» ; ( a °d concretely by the Xj^l' 

,9° 9 ° o cC 9 o „ 9 ° ' 

quantity and relation by the itif U T Jl £,~J and J^^;]; action by the J £ U ^.«f passion- 

by J^i^, ^.J when by the J^j where by the (_J^ position by the J ^ and habit by 

certain properties of the conjugations which clothe the object with the sense of the radical. 
I do not pretend however to assert that this comparison is precisely accurate, indeed I have no doubt 
it might easily be improved, * my object is merely to shew that an Arabic infinitive is capable of 
expressing by its derivative forms the entire series of predicaments or specific relations into which 
the attribute or mode has been divided by Philosophers, and this I thiols I have effected. Aristotle 
has enumerated but four divisions of the Attribute namely, Action, Passion, Habit and Position^ 
which he also comprises in the anct^iJbtyxTOV or Infinitive. 

Here then we discover the true origin and sense of the Infinitive mood or mode, a term familiar to 
every Schoolboy, yet strangely misunderstood by the most learned Grammarians. Sancfius, Soioppius, 
Perizonius and the Messieurs L>e Port Royal deny the propriety of the expression altogether, and 
Scaliger says the Infinitive is not a mood in act but in power, to which Vossius agrees. + " Assentior 
autcm Jul. ScaligerOj qui acta MODUM.csse negat, contra quam valgus ncn modo semidectum putat, &c." 



* I have omitted the £]\;J J or Noun of Instrument', 
t Viiji Voss. Dc Art Cummat. Lib. V. p. s>86. 



BOOK SECOND. 203 

THIRD ANA LOGO US GOVE R NOR, 

r A 9 " 

The third is an active participle, (^J^c IJiJl^f) which possesses like the Infini- 
tive the same regimen as its verb, that is, if derived from a neuter Verb it governs 

9*9*$.* , 0 * - 

an agent in the Nominative as 8 «,_,) j l> cXjj ' f The Father of Zued is standing; 5 ' 
and if from a transitive verb it governs both a Nominative and an Accusative. 

EX A MP L E. 

tr K * <$ : 9 , >. 9 "if ^ 0 A - 

<w {*o-\X£j>, Zued's servant h beating Amr.-. 

Its government is guided by certain conditions. 

The sentence in which the Active Participle is employed must include either 
present or future time, with one of which it must necessarily be accompanied in 
- order to complete its affinity to the Aorist tense of a Verb ; for as it already re- 
sembles the Aorist in the number of its letters and vowel points, it acquires by 
this addition of present or future time a similitude in signification also. 



** The Infinitive says Dr. Beattie, If you please may be called a form, but a mood it certainly is 
not!'''' Now what is a mode but a form or manner of being abstractedly considered, a term 
synonymous with quality or accident, the ^oiotv^ of the ancient Philosophers as opposed to 
o\>Gi'a or substance, of which the Noun and Infinitive were used as the verbal Representa- 
tives? The whole source of the error proceeded from not attending to this original distinction, 
and by taking the word mode in its relative instead of its absolute signification, and to this perhaps we 
may trace the partial and consequently erroneous definition of it by Gaza in his Grammar L. IV 5 
which Harris has unwittingly commended— frxX^u, eiT sv itu^a uptWH?, ^« Cpavifc cvi[xciiv6(j.evcv— A 
Volition or affection cf the Soul, signified through some voice, or sound articulate. See Hermes, p;.140. 

The quality of Verbs says the Roman Grammarian Consentius is either finite, or infinite. 
unite as denoting a certain person, a certain number, or a certain time, as I read, I write. Infinite, 



m COMMENTARY. 

9 

It must be connected -with a Subject (\ J^ff) preceding it in the order of 
construction to which it forms the Predicate, as in the examples already given, 

A 9 A ^ 

or with a qualified noun ( lJ»j^^,) to which it will be the attributive, 

EXAMPL E, 

9 - 9 9 , h . . 9 ' 9 *' 'CI went by a man whose son was bearing his 

* ' J* female slave. 

Or with the Article J ( as its Antecedent or J to which it forms the 

Relative (iCLo.) 

EXAMPLE. 
WjLaJI He who beats Amr is in the house. 



iu which these are altogether promiscuous, as, to read. " quaxitas, Verboriim ant fmita est, aid 
infniLa : fnita est, quce notal certam personam, certum numerum, certum icmpus, ut, lego, scribo. 
Injmita est in qua hose universa confusa, ut } legcre." Vid. p. Consent. De Duabus Orationis 
part. N.omine et V erbo. 

- And hence the Verb in this form or mode %vas called Impersonal, Infinite, and by the Greeks 
u%u^£^(pXTCiV or Indefinite.* u Adeo, 'says Macrobius,' autem hie modus ubsolutum nomen rerum 
est, ut in significationibus rerum, quas Aristoteles nurnero decern y.UTv\yo^xg vocat, quatuor per 
«TO££jx(paTeu properantur, xeTcbui, e%eiv t komv, -Ka.(j%m. Graeco vocabulo propterea dicitur ixajg 
(u(|)«tcv, quod nullum mentis indicat affectum.'''' Vid. Macrob. De Differ. Grace. Lat. Verbi. p. 325. 

This then is the result of our Analysis. An Arabic , j,^* stripped of the learned language pf 

definition in which it has been cloathed by Eastern Grammarian?, turns out to be literally and strictly 

1 " ■ - / !™ 

• jtjUonius DyscoUs, Lib. ^. 



BOOK SECOND. £03 

Or with a Substantive Noun termed J - U <ft to which it will be the jjla*. 
■ Noun descriptive of its state, 

EXAMPLE. 

s^j I UJ I; Ajjj izjjp 1 went by Zued when his father was riding. 
Or with a negative or interrogative Particle. 

EXAMPLE, 
| ^jU His father is not standing, 

1 9*9. " 

» yj I *jU I Is his father standing ? 



annotation. 

ihe Infinitive Mood of a Verb, that is an indefinite or absolute Mode or manner of being, as 
opposed to Nouns denoting Substances, and this no doubt being a very important discovery I may 
perhaps claim the privilege of inserting a Q. E. I ! _ 

The Revd. Alexander Crombie, Author of the Etymology and Syntax of the English Language (a 
work in my opinion of very considerable merit) has adopted -w ithout consideration the vulgar error 
respecting the Infinitive mood, and Bays — " I concur decidedly with those Grammarians, who are 
so far from considering the Infinitive as a distinct Mood, that they entirely exclude it from the ap- 
pellation of verb." Had Mr. Crombie taken the trouble to judge for himself he would have decided 
differently, for he could not be ignorant that all such words as running, leaping, flying, &c. &c. 
were Modes,-Modes of Action, but indefinite as to time, place, and other circumstances, and conse- 
quently Infinitive Modes. This is surely a very plain and sirrple matter of fact, and yet Home 
Tooke himself that Hermes of critical sagacity has misunderstood the term mode and says, " The In- 
finitive appears plainly to be what the Stoics called it, the very Verb itself, pure and vmcompounded 
with the various accidents of Mood, of number, of gender, of person, &c. &c" and Bishop WiU 
kins proposes to alter the name. " That which is called the Irfmitive Mode should according, to 
the true analogy of speech, be styled a Participle Substantive, There hath been formerly much 
dispute among some learned men, whither the notion called the Infinitive Mode ought to be reduced 
according to the Philosophy of speech. Some would have it to be the prime and principal Verb, as 

Ff f 



206 COMMENTARY, 

If none of the conditions above described accompany the participle active 

- 9 

it possesses no government, but is used simply as the v_jLi*# to the Noun imme- 
diately following it. 

EXAMPLE. 

j „ v £ I «AjJ L? The beater of Zued yesterday was Amr. 

A - 

If however the active participle be made definite by the Article J I it possesses 1 
the government of its Verb in every form of past, present or future time. 

"EXAMPLE. 

Jy,j j I l^ v £ ^—>j l/udi I He who beat Amr yesterday was Zued. 

atmotatfou 

signifying more directly the notion of Action: and then the other varieties of the Verb should bebnt 
the inflexions of this. Others question whether the infinitive mode be a Verb or no, because in th« 
Greek it receives articles as a Noun. Scaliger concludes it to be a Verb but will not admit it to be a 
Mode. Vossius adds, that though it be not Modus in Actu, yet it is Modus in Potentia, All which 
difficulties, (mighty difficulties indeed !) will be most clearly stated by asserting it to be a Substsn~ 
iive Participle*. 

But in the name of common sense, where lies the difficulty or impropriety of the term ? Are not 
the chief objects of our thoughts things or Substances and their Manners of being? Are not tha 
words walking, flying, learning, dancing, sailing, sitting, &c. &c. certain Modes or manners of being, 
applicable to certain objects ? Are not these manners of being, general words representing general 
ideas, and therefore applicable to many particular things ? May we not talk of the walking of a 
Man; the walking of a Horse, the walking of a Dog, and so on ad infinitum? Is not walking then 
a mere mode or manner of being, applicable to an indefinite number of objects and consequently 
particular to none? Is it not therefore indefinite? It expresses no time, no person, no place, in 
fact nothing but a certain manner of motion; is it not therefore a Mode expressing a general 
idea, and therefore an Indefinite an Infinitive Mode? 

And now having the Mode termed milking for instance, a word expressive of a manne-r of 
being, applicable to a great variety of objects, if we wish to limit its general application wc apply it to 



BOOK SECOND. 20? 

Note, The Participles Active termed as-IIa-H or Participles of the 
Intensive or Superlative Degree, such as i_j 1^ ; Vjj^ \ antl ^jI.o-sj, ' « 
great beater ;' a^^Ks. and *aA£ ' a ver?/ zme ra^m / ^ e very cautious or 
prudent/ have the same government as the simple Participles of the possitive 
degree, and are guided by the same conditions, and although they lose under this 
form their resemblance to the Verb in the number of letters, yet their increased 
signification as Intensive Participles is considered an equivolent for that loss. 



annotation* 

some particular object, and say the Yf ALKrsra of Barclay*, by which combination the general idea 
becomes limited to a certain individual, but nothing mora. If however we find it necessary to define 
the time in which the agent performed this Mode, this maimer of action,, we say Barclay walks — did 
walk, or will walk. Hera wa have the Mjde modified, so as to express tima and this we call the 
Mode indicative. If wa dasire tha performance of the action, we say Walk, which is the Mode im- 
perative and so on through all the other grammatical Modes or variations which we generally call 
Derivatives. Now these observations are equally applicable to every such word in the language, and 
consequently the term Mode is applicable to them also. 

And so much for the Infinitive Mood, a term perfectly applicable to an Arabic Musdur. That 
the word Mode is the best representative of m its technical and Grammatical sense, I have 

endeavoured to prove, as wall from the authority of tha Arabian Grammarians themselves, as from 
the character of language in general, which being conversant about things or the manner of things, in 
other words about Substances and Modes, (the chief objects of our ideas,) would necessarily 
have two Characteristic verbal Classes to represent them, and these appear to me to be Nouns and 
Infinitive ModeSo 

It now only remains to be observed that besides the Infinitive as-above described, there is another- 
species of Noun in some measure resembling it, which the Arabian Grammarians term y^jj^^i 

or the Infinitive' a Noun, like the cWjxa ^ixarog of the Greeks. Between these two Nouns,, 
namely the „ and the ^ , j there is precisely the same distinction in point of sense, as 

between the word drink and the Participial Ncran drinking, when used as a general term in such 
an example as the following : 



iXS COMMENTARY. 



FOURTH ANALOGOUS GOVERNOR. 



a 9 9 



A 9 h, A 9 A 

The fourth Analogous Governor is a Passive Participle (j^i^t () and 
has the samp regimen as a Yerb in the passive voice., governing a Noun in the 
Nominative as the substitute of the Agent. 

The conditions attending its government require that it be used in a sentence, 
including either present or future time, and be constructed with a subject in the 
same manner as the Active Participle. 

EXAMPLE. 

m '* - ^* 9 9 , 9 §, »9 -fZued'sboy is beaten novo, or will be beaten 



to-fflorroiv. 



Sta^tatton, 

* e Bacchus ever fair and ever young. 
Drinking joys did first ordain ; 
B-acchus' blessings are a treasure^ 
Prinking is the soldier's pleasure.'* 

In which lines the -word drink might be substituted for drinking without much detriment to the 
sense, for drinking joys mean the joys of drinking or drink, and the same may be observed of all 
other words of the same classes as grief, grieving ; kiss, kissing; love, loving; &c. How then 
shall we ascertain the tine character of these words ? What for instance is love as opposed to the ge- 
neral term loving? It is certain that they are both general terms descriptive of certain sensations of 
delight or Modes of pleasure in the mind, and as such may become either the subject or predicate 
of a Proposition, but this explains nothing, and if we ask the Arabian Grammarians for an explanation 
they answer us by pointing out a mere distinction in their application. The j4 x*a« sa y th^fj has 
no other government than that of any common Substantive Noun, but this again is controverted by 
the Grammarians of Koofah and Bagdad, who bestow upon it the very same regimen as that of the 
, and cvon admitting the fact which I believe to be just, it differs nothing in this particular from 



BOOK SECOND, S09 
Or with, the Article as its antecedent (Jj.^.^) , 

EXAMPLE. 

cX> J .Xi *^it f The person whose boy was beaten is Zued. 
Or with a Qualified Noun as its »^_Jj.^. c . 

EXAMPLE, 

«j*a* Js.^j ^j^l^. A man came to me whose boy was beaten. 



Snnotatton. 

the Infinitive of a Neuter Verb. The essential distinction then, for some essential distinction ther® 
certainly is, between the Infinitive and the Infinitive's Noun or Ismo Musdur, is not in my judgment 
simple abstraction, that is, making the one an abstract Noun in opposition to the other ; for as I have 
observed before they are both general* or abstract terms, but rather in the idea of action or energy 
conveyed by the Infinitive, which action, Locke observes, however various, and the effects almost 
infinite, is all included in the two ideas of thinking and motion. These are his words, " For action^ 
fceing the great business of mankind and the whole matter about which all laws are conversant, 
it is no wonder,, that the several Modes of thinking and motion should be taken notice of, the ideas of 
them observed, and laid up in the .memory and have names assigned to them ; without which, laws 
could be but ill made, or vice and disorder repressed. Nor could any communication be well had 
amongst men, without such complex ideas, with names to them : and therefore men have settled 
names and supposed settled ideas in their minds of Modes of Action, distinguished by their causes, 
means, objects, ends, instruments, time, place and other circumstances, &c." 

The real distinction then between the Musdur and Ismo Musdur seems to be this. The Ismo 
Musdur signifies simply the name of a Mode without any reference to action or energy ; the 
Musdur denotes a more complex idea and indicates indefinitely the action, energy or being of that 
Mode. Love for example is a name assigned to a certain feeling of delight, but Loving is something 



* Words arc general says Locke, when used for signs of general Ideas, and so are applicable indifferently to pirny Particular 
things, that thenwhich general words signify is a M r/ md each of them doe. that by bring a si S a of an Abstract Idea 
in the mind. Locke. B. III. 6. 3. 



Ggg 



210 COMMENTARY, 
Or with a Substantive Noun as its Jl^ljO . 

EXAMPLE. 



a* Xt lj « /wj^ Ou J J ^ l^. Zued came to me at the time his boy was beaten, 



Or with a Negative or Interrogative Particle. 



EXAMPLES. 



9 9 ,9 $ „9 * * , 

X 



A^o J\£ i^jjjA^Lc £ His boy was not beaten, 
Xt j j^d^o I £ Was his boy beaten ? 



Annotation. 

morej being another name by which Ave indicate the action or efficacyof that feeling called Love ; 
and hence we perceive the real cause of its possessing an active or transitive government, in 
contradistinction to the Ismo Mlsdur, which having no reference to action, has no other regimen 
than that of any common Substantive Noun. 

Action indeed is applicable to every Infinitive, and this the Arabian Grammarians acknowledge 
by dividing all the verbs in the Language into two general Classes, which they term ^xxi^s and 

A t- 

^.-o -^i that is, verbs denoting Actions transitively, (the actio transiens of Logicians :) and verbs 
denoting actions inherent or inseparable, ( actio immanens) which we are accustomed to call neuter ; 

and hence we perceive the propriety of the Rule laid down in the Commentary, namely, that the 
9 " 

Jcfe UII^aJ or Active Participle may be derived from either a transitive or intransitive verb, which 
is saying in other words that every action supposes an agent. 

This idea of action is conveyed in other languages by termination?, as beat-ing: vcrber-«»s; 

Tl/TrlrWV* & c - but in Arabic with a few particular exceptions, there is no distinguishing mark 

by which wo can discriminate the Infinitive from the Infinitive's Noun, so that we 

Biust trust entirely to ^the context for the sense of either. Every Participle however in our 

" * * 

language when used as a general term, is the just representative of an Arabic or Infinitive, 



* Not unlike the oon or Tun wskn in Arabic, 



BOOK SECOND, 211 

If none of the conditions above described accompany the Passive Participle, 

- 9 

it possesses no government, but is used simply as the \^J> ^ to the Noun 
immediately following it, 

If however the Passive Participle be made definite by the the Article J! it 
becomes independent of the above conditions, and governs like the Verb in every 
form of past, present or future time. 

EXAMPLE- 

& 9 "l^, fThat person came whose boy was beaten? 

' now, or will be beaten to-morrow, or was* 



QM^efjl \iJstj \ ^j^l / beaten yesterday. 



annotation* 

T mean every Active Participle formed By adding the termination ing to the Imperative of 
a Verb, which seems in this case to possess a similar power to the characteristic to, and therefore it 
may perhaps be said that we have two Infinitives,* as, 

Drink -mg is the soldier's pleasure, os 
To-drink is the soldier's pleasure, 

✓ a ■> 9 n 

Formed by annexing ing and prefixing to,\ to the Imperative in one sense and the VJ 5 

Drink, in the other. 

The real office of the Verb is supposed also by Plato to indicate action 70 ^ e%t raft lyxfetfiv 6v 
Sikujxz, yvj^oc rnvheyopev, declarationem qua adiones significantur verbum dicimus,| which is nothing 
but the res Jluentes already quoted, but however this may be, it will scarcely I think be denied that 
action, energy or being is the essential characteristic of every Arabic Infinitive. 



* This has indeed been remarked before by Mr. Elphinston in his " Principles of the Enclish Lancuagi,"— " The 
Infinitive Moods are two, the Infinitive Mood, and the Participle." See the work Vol. i, p. 250. 

+ Which Casaubon and Minsheu ridiculously make the Greek Neutsr. Article TO, and Home Tooke the Imperative do, 
■corrupted into to. 

% De Ente, p. 183. " C'est ce Out de l'esprit," says, the Abbe Sicard, but this is not applicable to a verb in its Infinitive state. 



21% 



COMMENTARY. 



FIFTH ANALOGOUS GOVERNOR. 



9 m 9* 

The fifth Analogous Governor is a simple Attrjbute or Adjective f&^Ji 
aaaaJI; which resembles the Active Participle, as welj jn the forms of declension, 

as in its attributive character, as ^U^j ^J^+L; li^iL 5 

, > * - , , - - ' ■> * 

(mUU^; oU^ analogously with ; ^IjjU; e^^J^J 

& j i Lo ; Ia'jj La ; u^s L»j l*^ . 



Wnnotatton* 

It must however be remembered that the proper subject of discussion in this work is the Musdur, 
and not the Ismo Musdur. It is this that the Arabian Grammarians include among the Analogous 
governors, ascribing to it the same regimen as its own Verb, which they say must in every case de- 
note either transitive or intransitive Action. In this contracted sense it must be acknowledged 
that Mode cannot be considered as a strictly correlative term, for although it may be truly affirmed 
that every Arabic Musdur is a Mode, yet we cannot add conversely that every Mode is a Musdur; 
as the word Mode embraces every manner of being without exception, and a Grammatical Musdur 
includes only Modes of action, energy or being. These considerations led me to remark at the com- 
mencement of this note, that the true grammatical sense of an Arabic Infinitive was not easily con- 
veyed by any one word in our Language, and as my object in this enquiry is truth and nothing but 
truth, I deem it my duty candidly to state and examine every objection that occurs to me on the sub- 
ject. But the word Mode, although far more comprehensive in signification than a grammatical 
Musdur, is yet clearly the term that the Arabian Grammarians had in view in the Definition 

and as it embraces, also the Ismo Musdur, which is only distinguished from the other by its want of 
verbal government, (being generally represented by the same word) I conceive it to be upon tho 
whole the least exceptionable, if not the only just representative of an Arabic Infinitive. 

But the word Event which is usually explained an incident, the consequence of an action, the 
tonclusion or upshot of any tiling, I confess I cannot but consider as inapplicable to any Arabic lNyi-» 



BOOK SECOND. 213 

9 * 9* 9 , v ■* 

The Attribute or Adjective (^£X\&a*o)\) is derived from a neuter Verb, and 
is formed to denote the uninterrupted or perpetual existence of the sense of 
its infinitive in an Agent or Substantive Noun. It possesses also the same regimen 
"as its own Verb without any restriction as to time^ but is subject to the conditions 
already described as applicable to the Active and Passive Participles, with the 

exception of that relating to Antecedent, as the Article J | to which the 

» 9 * * 

Adjective is annexed is not considered the . 



Nitive whatever.* It may indeed be frequently applied to an Xsmo Musdur, for War, Peace, 
Poverty, &c. are called events^ but these are not Nouns of Action, nor have they any verbal go- 
vernment, and cannot therefore be properly considered as Infinitives, in the true sense of th® 
term Infinitive as laid clown by the Arabian Grammarians- 
Having given a short view of what appears to me to be the true character of an Arabic 
s Jo - ; ' <j<vV 

2&*t&* a3 v/e ^ as an )&>&<}^>m\ to botht of which the term mode is generally applicable, I shall 
close this Note with a few observations on the JetiJi^J and X^ij Zk^i two attributive Nouns 

derived from the Infinitive, which seem to require some explanation. 

.* 9 a ? w ,9* P,„* 

OF THE J s Ul, J A N D gg&ty *i^5J . 

»■ _. ». ^ 

It has already been shewn that every Arabic Infinitive in the general sense of the term Infinitive,. 

_ « - 9 * 

lias a twofold signification: one under the character of an ^ c^^^^i by which is simply in- 
dicated a mobe, the other under that of a ^Ovas-o properly so called, by which is denoted the energy 
or being of that mode in a state of action. Now as every Object represented by a Substantive 
Noun, may be described by its active and. passive qualities, i. e. by the actions which it performs, or 

by the qualities with which it is modified or distinguished, so would language naturally be provided 

9 « 

with distinct words to express them, and hence the two Derivative Adjectives, in Arabictermed Jc^Jl M \ 



* Event from evenio to come forth, and in this sense the Verb itself i's used by the old writers. 

" O thst thou saw'st my heart, or didst behold, 

The place, from whence that scalding sigh evented." £. Jons. Case is alterei, 

f Duo sunt Intinitivi in Lingua Anglo-Saxonica, &c. Vid. Gram. Ang. Sax. Auct. G. Hickesio. 

Hhh 



214 COMMENTARY. 

The word governed by the Adjective (J^JjU) is sometimes in the Accu- 
sative Case, either from its resemblance to the proper object of a transitive 

Verb when definite; or as the A'/J when indefinite; and sometimes in the Aorist 

' •' 
Case from its relation to the Adjective. All Active Participles are formed by 

£ < 

analogy, but Adjectives by the authority of .prescription, as beautiful, 
difficult, and cXjOsjij hard. 



Annotation, 



and l^tl k2\°t which, the former, as its name imports, is properly the Noun of the Agent, 
but used as a Verb Adjective, for the purpose of describing the Action in which the Agent is 
employed, as ^liaJ^ ZuED IS beating; and the latter a simple Attribute or quality supposed 
to exist in the Object to which it is imputed, as ^ Zued re beautiful, and to this obser- 
vance of active and passive qualities as signified by these derivitive words, and to this alone, we are 

perhaps to trace the distinction drawn by the Arabian Grammarians between them, namely, that 
- 9 a 

the one, meaning the JdiJu^f denotes the temporary existence of a Mode in an agent, and the 
p ' 9 9 ' 

other i. e.the xJI^XilalT its permanent or uninterrupted continuance. 

This general rule however regarding permanent Attributes is certainly erroneous, for to prove it true, 

i vs'fn 9 at , 

we must prove that every Modi or Quality as expressed by the Attribute or S^£[l Xi*s!J must 
be necessarily permanent in the object to which it refers, which if granted would confound accidental 
and essential Modes altogether, and produce as many strange phenomena in nature as in language. A 
poor man for instance would necessarily live and die apauper, and if sick aud gouty into the bargain, so 

i .« 9 

much the worse, for no hope could be reasonably entertained of his cure. A Pregnant Woman f^La*) 

might in vain look for an accouchement, for the quality being permanent, she could not consistently 
with the grammatical canon (or more properly speaking the grammatical Bull) expect the slightest 
change in her condition ! yet seriously, the Arabian Grammarians maintain, that the Adjective or Attri- 
bute denotes properly its own perpetual existence in the Substantive Nouwto which it is imputed, and 
§> - , 9*9. „ 

the phrase _ j,/ (,j) ' Anacreon* is beautiful,' must accordingly denote that Anacreon 



99 ' ,\< „ a 19 . * * ,9* *9 ° 9 9 0 bii, 9 S 



S<?c the Jjjj^ 



BOOK SECOND, " r ^ 

WflE SUTM ANALOGOUS GOVERNOR, 

The first of every two Nouns connected together in the relation of the Aorist Casej 1 
will invariably govern the second or render it jjj^ provided it be not accom- 
panied with the Article jf , or terminate in or what is considered a sub- 
stitute for the Tunween, namely the ^J} of the Dual or Plural Number. 



is now, ever was, and ever will continue beautiful* But beauty, has in all ages been considered 
as a very transitory quality, a quality indeed of so uncertain a texture, that the Poets have compared 
it to a brittle gem, a. bubble, a. rose, dew, snow, smoke, wind, air, in fact to a— nonentity I 

yitrea gemmula, fiuxaque bullula, Candida Forma est, 
JSTix, rosa, ros, fumus, ventus et aura, nihil \ 

and Anacreon himself the true J£a\og yegwv of antiquity, was obliged to acknowledge that ths 
Ladies, (who in matters of love and beauty are perhaps as good metaphysicians as the Arabian 
Grammarians) very soon found out that his age had effected a change. 

Asysm a! yvvumeg, 

%6yuctg [lev sk It* s<rag t 
\fwAov Je cev fxirwrov. 
'Eya 21 rug no[i«g /xl v t 
Err' eta Iv ^ eir' uwyhQov, 

Q"g rcf yeqovTi /x&AAov 
0"<ra TteXug to, /xo/gxjf , 



5 9 '. ~ 9 ' ° 

* For an ingenious account of the word Beauty (y**^) see the (J ^ C al. Edit. p. 29, and Knight on Taste 

p. 9. " Like Kdhog in the Greek, f.ulcher in the Latin, M/» in the Italian, and beau in the French, it is applied to moral and 
intellectual as well ajs to physical or material qualities. 



216 commentary: 

I. This relation between two Nouns (&Lii) has the force of the prep osi- 
tion ^ understood, provided the Aa J | i^J or governed word is neither of 
the same g-enus as the ^ nor the v«i Jo to it, 

EXAMPLES. 



01 JyJ^jU Zued's boy, i. e, 
cXj jJ ^ -Xi: The boy belonging to 



Zued. 



annotation^ 

The women tell me every day 

That all my bloom has past away, 

" Behold," the pretty wantons cry, 

(t Behold this mirror -with a sigh, 

Ci The locks upon thy brow are few, 

6( And like the rest, they're withering teo !'*' 

Whether decline has tJiinri'd my hair, 

I'm sure I neither know nor care, 

But this I know, and this I feel, 

As onward to the tomb I steal, 

That still as death approaches nearer,. • 

The joys of life are sweeter, dearer, 

And had I but an hour to live 

That little hour to bliss I'd give ! 

Mo ORE, 

To this mode of objection I can easily conceive the answer of an Arabian Grammarian. He will 
remark that certain objects are characterized by certain qualities, and consequently that although a 
female is not always pregnant, yet pregnancy is a qualify habitual, or at all times attributable to 
her, in other words that the power of conception is co-existeut with female nature. This is good, 
but it will not prove the point in question, for prcgnannj can neither exist before, noi 
after certain periods, so that after all it is but a temporary, a transitory, in fact a 



BOOK SECOND. 217 

2. Or tnc relation is equivalent to the preposition understood when the 
aJI LcU is referribie to the same genus as the _ 

EXAMPLES. 
t£ ) J i=L A ring- of silver, i.\e. 

^ li. A ring' /rom silver. 



mere erne month's quality, and like the attribute, supposed to be conveyed by the Active Par- 
-o 9 „ 

ticiple or J.cli!/ „,! can only b3com3 p2r.h2.tent by the repetition of the action I 

This distinction of permanent and transient qualities is commented upon by the Greek Philo- 
sophers. Aristotle has many passages of a similar nature to that under discussion, oae of which 
Harris thus paraphrases in his Arrangements. 

And now with respect to all kinds of Qualities, whether corporeal or incorporeal, there is 
one thing to be observed, that some degree of permanence is always requisite; else they are not 
so properly Qualities, as incidental affections (H^S^.) Thus we .call not a man passionate because he 
has occasionally been angered, but because he is prone to frequent anger; nor do we say a man is of 
gipalid or a ruddy complexion, because he is red by immediate exercise, or pale by sudden/ear, but 
when the paleness or redness may he called constitutional." 

- A 9 * 

But first let us consider the true nature and use of an J. £ |jjj ^ | or Active Participle, 

which may enable us to judge of the propriety or impropriety of the distinction supposed to exist 
between it and the simple Adjective. 

.-A 9 A ^ . _ 

The Participle Active or J £ UJJ-«J is used in two ways. First as a Verb Adjective, and 

secondly as a Substantive Noun. As a Verb Adjective alone it is properly the subject of Grammar, 
and in this character it describes the state or action in which any object exists or is employed, asi ^ j^. 

✓ 

A i Zued is standing;" or'P^JL, " Zued is beating Amr," and has therefore the precise force 

of the Aorist Tense of a Verb., governing in the one case the agent in the nominative, and in the other. 

lii 



218 COMMENTARY. 

3. Or to the Preposition i if the a a J I v»Jl^. be th-a 

EXAMPLES. 

A - A > A J A.^ 

( Cf . I Beatmg of to-day, l e, 

Sr 5 f-7". • ) 



H •„ A 



^aJ f Beating- m the Day. 



Annotation. 

the object in the accusative. It seems to possesses virtually, the united force of a predicate ami 

copula, or of an attribute and assertion, and may be resolved into is and the sense of the Musnus 
^' v 9" a - ^ 

or Infinitive, as , , • equivalent to ; ^j-is,* ■ Zued is healing. Now this is the 

• j " S " " " J 

proper grammatical character of an J c \ J which has always the same government as its Verb, 
and is therefore termed an Analogous governor, but as a Substantive Noun it possesses no other 
regimen than that of the Aorist Case, and has nothing to do with Arabic Syntax. 

Th'^se remarks are in a great measure applicable to. the i xk^a) i which is also viewed 

in the double capacity of a Substantive Noun and a simple Adjective or Attribute, and having 

-a 9 a 9*,*t« 9.Z.^ 

also a near resemblance to the Ac lAJ J it is termed by the Arabian Grammarians^*,^! aJ^dj 

or Attribute resembling an Active Participle. 

,0 -9 ft: 9 PO f - 

What then may be asked' is the difference between the As (AW ».« J and the Saa&IJ X*AaJj in their 
grammatical characters as governing powers ? The difference in my judgment is very obvious and very 

9 A 

simple, and consists- merely in this, that in construction the fust or AcIaJJ ! describes the action 

in which the Agent is employed: the • second or X^^jJ J the quality supposed to exist in. 

or belong to accidentally, a given object or Substantive Noun. In other words, one denotes 
Action; the other denotes Quality, as U*j j,#ued is beating; ^^Ouj Zucd is bcauti* 
Jul. In the first sentence a certain Action as beating is predicated of Zued, and in the second a 
certain Qualitv as beauty, but without any nec&ssary inference that the one is transitory, and the 
other perpetual, for ^U^j, is equal to Aorist or Indefinite time, and j , • means 

nothing more than possessed of beauty,) which is also indefinite as to tiaafe, and this h 

all the distinction that appears to me to exist between them. 



BOOK SECOND, 



THE SEVENTH ANALOGOUS GOVERNOR. 

The seventh is a Perfect or Integral Noun (^UJ!^^ i) that is a Noun ren- 
dered perfect in itself, and independent of the relation of the Aorist Case, 



The simple Attribute cr Adjective as expressing a. passive quality, may perhaps have given rise 
io't-he idea o£ permanence, and the Active Participle as expressing an active quality, raay also have 
led Grammarians to consider it as somewhat transitory, but in point of fact there is no such distinc- 
tion between them, and the idea of duration whatever' it may be, will in every possible case I imagine 
depend upon the nature of the Verb, as well as our own previous knowledge of the Subject. For hq*. 
stance, the phrase gf^-sx^ ^ 1 The EArth is. moving.,' conveys- to every one acquainted with oi>r 

astronomical System, an idea-of permanence, as the quality ®f mobility predicated of the Earth, is known 
to be continual,* but if we say &j -exi^ ' The Bal-i>is moving,' we- shall then be undej- 
stood to infer merely. that the Ball is in. MoTiON 'temporaiiry, and will again be at rest. Yet the 
Active Participle is the same in both examples and cannot be said to convey any idea of duration either 
temporary or permanent. It simply describes the action in which the Agent is employed with an in- 
definite relation as to Time. The very same may be observed of the Attribute, for if we say, 
' The Iron is hard,' we shall be understood to speak of a quality co-existent and essential to 
the Substance Iron, and therefore7;er/?z«/2e»i?,'bui let us substitute another Adjective, and say the Ikon 
|s«hot$ aad ifoe-petwrntense of the quality immediately vanishes, for we all know that heat is accidental 
and not essential to Iron, and from this very idea of its transitory existence arose the common adage. 

Strike while the Iron is hot-. 
With the Active Participles and Attributes, considered as Substantive Nouns, Arabic 
Syntax has properly no concern. They assume then a different character in composition, and 
have the same government as common Substantive Nouns. For instance the words J [tj a 

Tyrant; ^ a Sentinel; ^ a Flier or Bird, and Jj \ m an Asker or Beggar, are all active 

Participles in the character of Substantive N ouns, though they may be literally translated and used as 
Verbal Adjectives, for J l& means Tyrannising; Keeping natch ; flying and Jjb* 



* To the Arabs who believe in the Ptolemaic Hypothesis the phiase would convey no idea of pcrm.-.KS.:ce whalCVSfj vju 
ihe contrary they would cither imagine we were lying, or talking of an Earthquake! 



220 COMMENTARY. 

A A , 

This is ejected cither by it's terminating- in Tunween j^-- 3 Jjfc or in what is const- 
dered equivalent to the Tunween, namely the Noon of the Dual or Plural 

Number, or by its being- followed by the adl^Ua* or governed word. 

Annotation. 

asking or begging. But in the character of Agents, they become complex Terms, expressing 
both qualities and subjects, and are therefore assumed -as Subjects -in a Proposition, not how- 
ever with any reference to the transitory nature of these qualities, as the Arabian Grammarians 
would fain make us believe : on the contrary they denote the Habitual pesssesion of the attributes 
or Modes referred to, and signify that the objects are acustomed to do so and so; for what is 
a Tyrant but a man .who is known to '.practice tyranny ? Or a Sentinel, but a man whose duty 
it is to keep watch ? Or a Beggar but he who subsists by, or whose trade is begging? In truth 
the Active Participle as a Substantive Noun invariably denotes in Arabic the habitual 

Doer of an action, though in its Verbal capacity it may perhaps be considered as temporary, as 
- 9 op 

<__jj Ik tsj^J^UJ Anacreon is. tipling. 

I have already remarked that the $A ,jjLalJ is used like the Active Participle in the double 

capacity of a Substantive Noun, and a simple Attribute, resembling in application an Active Parti- 
ciple, as its name imports. In the first capacity it is used as a concrete or complex Term, to express 
both a subject and quality conjoined, .as J^jE^j a Miser or avaritious ipan (Miseeus) £ 

Physician or one pkp .professes the art oj healing (Medicus.) ^.j «i A Stranger, or man from 
a foreign Country. (Pekegrinus) &c. (where it ma.}- be observed the Latin adjectives have pre. 
ebsly the same force as the Arabic :) hut these are all strictly speaking, simple Adjective Noun& 
which indicate by their prescribed form, that they are meant to be added to other Nouns, i; so that 
both together may answer the purpose of complex, terms,"* and in this character as simple r.zod'fic- 
aiives, they are the proper subject of grammar. Now between an Active Participle and a simpba 
Abjective considered as Verbal and Analagous Governors, we have already pointed out the distinc- 
tion, (a distinction that comprises the two grand divisions of Modes or manners of being, that is, thft 
model of action^ and the modes of being -without action ; as tho first attributes Action tc a subject, 
and the second Quality, but neither with any adsignification of time,) and it new only remains to 
ccsidor in what it is that they differ when used as Comi-lex Terms. 



v bos D.v. of Furlcy". Vol. it, p. 439. 



BOOK SECOND, %%t 

A A - 

It governs an Indefinite Noun in the Objective Case, as its Tumeez, ( U^ V 'J ) or 
Noun of specification, which removes the uncertainty supposed to exist in the 
Integral Noun. 

EXAMPLES. 

6 0 



UjJ %pa j A pound of oil 



Iv^jsw. ,tf *.a-s} Two Minas of butter. 



l v ^o^yj Twenty Dirhums 



9 



U£ o Zued's ring. of Gold. 

(S> V - 

9 

s^-Lo Its compliment of honey, 



With regard then to the transitory or permanent nature t)f the attributes expressed by either ; there is 
not in my judgment any distinction whatever. They are both concrete Terms that differ only in 
the nature of the qualities they express. Th e Active Participle being the abbreviated sign of a com- 
plex idea, i.e. of a Subject and an Active Quality, as ^ a Sentinel, or man who keeps watch; 

and the Adjective Noun, the sign of another complex idea, i. e. of a Subject and a. Passive Quality as, 
J A s=u a Miser, or man in whom the passion of avarice is supposed to exist. Compare all the Par- 
ticiples and Adjective Nouns in the Arabic Language (as complex Terms) and this distinction and 
no other I think will be found to characterize them; and indeed the reason appears obvious, for the 
Participles are derived from Active Verbs, the Adjective Nouns from Neuter, or from those that 
merely express corporeal or mental qualities in a passive state. 

If we have occasion to mention an Object habitually employed in any given action, or whose pro- 
fession is agency or business of any sort, we use the Active Participle as a Substantive Noun, and 
sa y an Agent; cfjj a Story-Teller : c$,U, a Husbandman: ^ a Servant, &c. and on 

the contrary, if we intend merely to describe an Object as possessing some particular Quality, we 
make use of the Adjective Noun, and say j£ ; a Virgin, (which is also an Adjective) Virgo Intacta. 

^,it an Old Man, Senex. JtojJi a Partner, Consors, &c. without any reference to their active states. 

Kkk 



%%% COMMENTARY. 



Simetattou. 

But I repeat again that Arabic Syntax lias nothing to do with Active Participles, and Adjective 
Nouns, as Complex Terms. They are employed in Grammar as Verb adjectives, and simple Attri- 
butes or Qualities, a dare used descriptively, to define either the option in which a given Agent is em- 
ployed, or the Qualify with which a given Object is invested. As such they are necessarily adjected 
to Nouns, and although their grammatical office is to describe the ' Active or Passive state cf a Sub- 
stantive, they come afterwards like the Participles and Adjectives of other Languages, to stand for the 
Substances themselves, 

Jn this manner are Passive Participles employed, for u which means literally belo~ed, is 
used as a Substantive Noun to denote a Mistress. Worshipped, or God. ^ £X.* 

Written, a Book. ,_J^X y * Possessed, a. Slave or Servant. J^-j sent, a Prophet. 0 Hid. 

o , 

den, an Enigma J Imprisoned, a Prisoner. &c. &c. upon which principle of Analysis, 
» 

Home Tooke has explained above 2,000 abstract terms in the English Language, a process that 
may be adduced as a very powerful argument in favor cf Etymology, as it enables us to trace tlutruo 
and legitimate character of Words, 

It appears to rne therefore upon the whole, that the distinction laid down by the Arabian Grammarians 

, O 9 o c ,* ?a 0- ^ f ' 

between the ActiveParticiple, or Jr faU^wl and the Simple Attribute, or j^&JJ &X/jj]j with re- 
gard to the temporary or permanent nature of their qualities, is founded in error and misconception, 
and that the source of this error proceeds from confounding the different offices of these words 
together, that is, by comparing the Attribute or Adjective when used as a complex term or 
Substantive Noun, with the Active Participle as a Verb Adjective, which being'then con- 
sidered as equivalent to the Aorist Tense of a Verb, may well enough have given rise to the transitory 
nature of its attribute, when applied to pny given Agent or Object. For instance the word 1 
is a simple Attribute or ApjeCtive, signifying properly familiar, but like cur own Adjective it is 
used in the sense of a Complex Tirms to denote rn intimate or co/^an/cn. a Familiar. If 
however we use the Active Participle, and Fay ^ J U ^ we convey a very different idea, as 
the Participle ^ is equal to the Aorist ^I-svj tne phrase will mean that, ZuEa 

is sitting, which though indefinite as <o time, has certainly something transitory in its 
nature us opposed to the complex Term JJi f which does not mean indeed a m cluul sitter, 



BOOK SECOND. , 



Simiitatfan. 

that would be ridiculous, but merely a companion with whom we are accustomed to sit^ and cor- 
responds precisely with the Latin Sodalis, " qu. sedales quod vtnk sederent et essent." 

I have extended this. Note so far beyond the limits of the Text, that I cannot with propriety 
persevere in the discussion, yet I relinquish it with reluctance, for I consider it as one of very 
considerable importance, and one by no means satisfactorily explained by the Arabian Grammarians. 
The few remarks here offered may however enable the reader to carry on the enquiry himself. 
I have pointed out what appears to me the source of the error in the distinction drawn between 
the Active Participle and the simple Attribute, (which should properly be called the Verb Ad- 
jective and the Adjective Noun.) This if porrect, will be found of importance, but much 
imformation is still wanting to elucidate the true nature of Aragic Adjectives, and this I 
may possibly attempt in a future work. I shall therefore close this enquiry with a few promiscuous 
remarks (extracted from Ruzee and the Wafeea) on the Active Participle and Attribute. 

The Participle Active and Simple Attribute or Adjective, agree in denoting a mode or 
manner of being; they assimilate also in form as to number and gender, and follow the same rule of 
construction with the single exception alluded to in the Commentary. 

There are* however some particulars in which they differ. The Adjective for instance, is derived 
from a Neuter Verb alone; the Participle Active may be derived from either a Neuter or an Active 
Verb. The Adjective denotes the perpetual,t\\e Participle Active the temporal existence of an attribute 
in a given Object or Substantive Noun. The Adjective has seldom any resemblance in point 
of form to the Aorist of a Verb, as t_J.j ^ y**^ '* tn0U S n som e examples of this are 
known to occur as ^ili ^<{«s ^ on the contrary the Active Participle is. always found con- 
formable to ths Aorist. 

The word governed in the Objective Case by the Adjective, is never allowed to precede it in 

: — — ~- 99 . ~ «rr~ ' ; > 

construction : that of the Active Participle may. We can therefore sat '*£ Ij i^j • ' I am beat- 
ing Zued,' but we could not say >w ^i^. j { Zued has an ingenious countenance.' 



There are other distinctions between 


them which I emit to record as unirrpcrtant. 


* Witty, 


Beautiful. 





t Evident. Delicate or slender,. 



224 



COMMENTARY. 



annotation. 

The A djective may or may not be constructed with the definite article J J and in either 

case its governed word is ( j to another; or made definite by the Article ; or neither one or 

other : hence Ave have six peculiarities of construction ; but besides these the governed word is itself 
constructed in three different forms, namely in the Nominative, Aorist, or Objective Cases, which 
multiplied by six as given above, leave eighteen varieties of construction, as may be seen in the 
following : 

Table. 





3. 

£ 9 - ^A. 

M 


2. 

P A . A S> „ - ° $ ^ 
ll 1 f s 

o 


6. 


5. 

*ff * , (j „ * 
A 


9. 


8. 

.A -A* - <j e $*' 

If 




1-2, 

* A ^ £ ' «* 0 

to 




11. 

^ A ,A £ , . $ „^ 
if 


15. 

* ^ ; „ ° $ <»_, 

lA 


14. 

a .a P , , ° fa, 
IV 


18. 

* , y 


17. 

A ,A 9 - - 4> *s 



1. 



9 9**9, 



4. 



9 , * ,9 , ^ a. 



10. 

9 tj <?a , 



13. 

A . I ~ 'A < 9* 



16. 

» ^ p ^ ; #a„ 



P o 

t3 



be . 

— o 

.2 a> 

P ~ 

a C 



-a a 

bo > 

<D H 

,C <-> 

2 O 

* g 

e *> 

1—1 c 



13 
> 3 
O 

SO O 



d w 



d i 



BOOK SECOND, 



Annotate, 

Of the examples however given ia the above table, two a re rejected by Grammarians as improper, 

jiainely the 13th in which the Abjective Noijn is made definite by the Article Jj and connected in 

0 9 °_ 

the relation of the Aorist Case with its own d^^x* which is itself constructed with a Pronoun in 
the aorist case; and the 15th in which the Adjective Noun is made definite by the Article, and 
connected in the aorist case with an indefinite Noun. 

The propriety of the 16th example is also disputed by some and defended by others, but I willingly 
.resign the office of umpire to any other Commentator. 



Of the fifteen remaining examples the 1st, 4th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 15th, 11th, 15th and 16th, 
are termed by the Arabian Grammarians i. e> elegant or perfectly correct. The 7th and 

l° tu w ««^- or unobjectionable , and the 2d, 3d, 5th and 6th, or oa ^ 

I 

I shall close this long grammatical narcotic on Infinitives, Verb Adjectives and Ncun Adjectives, 
(which the generality of readers may probably feel inclined to class among the Insoiubilia de Aliaco) 
with a few extracts from Arabic Authors by way of illustration. In the following poetical 
panegyric on a departed Hero, extracted from the 20th Muqam of the Muqamat-ool-IIureeree 
Y/ill be found a variety of Adjective Nouns, employed both as simple Attributes and complex Terms. 



° ' A « " & ' * A « Z> * s h , ' » A 

$ V— \Jj <u-^.AAaJ J Iaa£ I &A3 <jl-U > A.3 Ij o\aC 4i> 



0 ' h * , s ? A? A x x X A ^ < * 9 9 * * 



° X J 5 A >• V x» x I'f I ' W x w ^ , >• A uu ? A - x 



A «" »' Aw A ' a ✓ ' . - - h t w 



L 11 



gg 6 COMMENTARY. 



j» s a s a 9 9 * * * , 



„ ~ • , «- a * * ti * ti 9 0 , * *■ a 9 9 • 4 

III l * ** " 

^ "l "l ; * < - 
$ U-O ^ 5 ^° j AaJI ^^.a^J * A J J-r^l U**^ Lf^J J * 

A . ^ A ' «* 5 A ? A P A ^ - ^ - s h ' A A ' 

^ U^a^aJILjJIa^J! 0>^J ^J(jmx v j l^y lj A aaJ I 

o ry w * ? « ^ . 9 , $ ^ * 9 * , , ° - * > 

o r * ? / o^o o ^ ? ? * - 'f. * 



„ * A * 9 9'* * , A « w P A , ^ 1 w - 



« ^ y a ^ * a * y y * * w <■ 1 1 ■ i i I 

" T „ — A 

A * 

A P.L 9 • "f \ ; " '■ ■ ? *-» 9 * A , * - + A A * , , , 

uas* 1 I & L« lX-^-V ^J"* 0 * A a^j La j ' ' ' fj Up 5 * 

" r - . » ' 

A ^ ., ' „ ^ A * *' : 0. ''x' '»' •< > A „ A A P * A * , ^ < 

1 * I* 



« - A< AA^A /'-A^ A^^'w ^A.A^* 

0 People I have a surprising story to unfold. 

From which the wise and ingenious may derive advantage! 

1 was acquainted in my youthful days with a potent Hero, 
Whose warrior-blade was sharp and piercing, 

Who entered the lists of combat in crested pride, 
Confident of success and fearless of danger. 



* The word the Plural of means both brilliant swords and beautiful women. I have 

tried to preserve the quibble but 1 fear uot very successfully. 



BOOK SECOND. w 
At the vigour of his onset the most impervious holds gave way. 
And he made himself an easy passage through the narrowest defiles. 
He never encountered an adversary in single combat, 
Without returning from the tilt with a blood stain'd spear : 
Nor assaulted a fortress however fenc'd and barricado'd, 
Without being hailed on the erection of his standard, with the auspicious cry, 
' Assistance from above and a speedy victory !:'* 

Thus he lived triumphant: — arrayed every night in the stately garb of youth. 
Giving rapture to the young and baautiful and receiving it in return, 
Nay caressed by all as an idbl of perfection. 

But time which continu'd to extract his vigour and diminish his strength, 

At length succeeded in effecting his fall, 

And reduced him to so mean and shriveled a plight, 

That his very friend* beheld him with contempt. 

The exorcists and cunning men in vain attempted his recovery, 

And the most skilful Physicians were baffled in their attempts : 

Then indeed he abandoned arms, for arms had abandoned him, 

After giving and receiving many a hostile salute. 

He is now dejected, drooping and crest fallen.f 

And such is the fate of man who is born to misery. 

Behold to-day the warrior stranger on his funeral couch, 

And who will bestow a trifle to have him decently intered? 

The reader will perhaps smile when he hears, that this ' sable warrior/ this 
Arabian Achilles, so feelingly and pathetically eulogized by Aboo Zued, is no other 
than the celebrated Bonus Deus or Hellespontiacus of the Ancients ! Of this un- 

* From the Qooran. 

+ The original of this line is strangely translated by Sir William Jones, <4 Nunc autem jacci tan- 
quamferain lalibulo!" ^^i^ means lit. inverted. 



238 



COMMENTARY, 



fortunately Sir William Jones was not aware, when he g*ave it a place in his 
JPoesecs Asiatics Commentary for taking- the whole as a serious funeral oration 
over some departed Chieftain, he has inserted it in his chapter De Poesi Funebri, 
and has actually drawn a grave comparison between it and David's Lamen- 
tation on the death of Saul and Jonathon !*f " Hkc Elegia, ' says he/ nonad- 
modum dissimilis esse videtur pulcherrimi illius carminis de Sauli et Jonathan! 
obitu ; atque adeo versus iste. 

Ubi provocavit adversarios nunquam rediit a pugnse contentione sine spiculo 
sanguine imbuto." ex Hebrseo reddi videtur, 

A sanguine occisorum, a fortium virorum adipe, 
Arcus Jonathan! non rediit irritus ! 

Had Sir William read one page farther in the Muqam he would have discovered 
the true Hero. Take another example of permanent attributes, simple adjectives 
and descriptive Epithets as included in the following Story. 



-S * cs A s * A 



, A - A ^ A - A * * A r * A— ' ' . A j| * * ' 1 • , A -j 

.j Ia^ ( f 



„ w A,* ^ a P - « - " '/ ~ ~ * *" 

i 



L^JUS (^tXj ^aj y^X^j JajIJo 0 U^aJI d^sSi U^JlMj.J 



A I , A & 9 * ' * f. « 



9 s A-' A , » A .P . 



c2J OyLc ^Jl I yU*J 0*~s? ^ ' l^tJc^*^ 



* 2. Sam. I. + Pocs. Asiat. Comment, p. 527. 



B50K SECOND. 239 

u / 

A- , w-x^ A > >> A ^ .A ~ ^ -OA ,,Vr* " r W |!-f ) f |']f I * 

— ^ *° A* a" ° O A ^ W I 

A'. T kJ] ^L YJ i^ J ! f.\j^sd\ fi La^J f * lj<As: j f &kxUJ| " AlaxUJI 8 



^f^-J (jL*«Ul ''S.kjjia\j 'C^AaS, \ l$J C^Us y I ^i.J I J ^.AA^J | (^AaJ I ^Ici 

* a ^ * ■* * k - * k. 9. 9-, 9- A 9 s A A ' ^ > - A ■ w / ~ ' f 

/ J I _ ~mJ 4 ^- aTaAAACs,. uX^k aJ 0\AAi (j£ ! (^A V »*J I <Jv=*. r J f 'JV^I 

* 9 P * s ' * A ^ A * s * S s * *> /,'>'f y A A ^ ^ • 

L^J I &a^J i^XJ ti j L^w^ L&^J\X:kU ^=l^b l^J j ^. j^tl 

*'• ijT'.'^. ■;■:,/: ;«* 



, , « , Q « ' 0 * ' * 9 * 9 ° 9 * * 9^9 * '9~ , ~ 9 * 

^»Aa5« If L T $3 cXi j.La vA ^ AaXs Laa>(j aAJ I l^'Sa^ I l v ^J Uii Aaj^j f 

^ , * 9 .,9 n ^ ^ ,k 9 f. * ^ ,Z 9 s~ * ^ f , ^ ^ a ^ . ~ ^ 

^^ti ^j'^ I jA^k ^ L^X^s aXa v 3^' ( 1 1 ^-—?*''! Ljt-Xi' aj Ls 



* Lit. 0 Zealot, resembling In -s<tand the Turkish j ^ Gaoor, Infidel, y:\Ac\i Lord Byron writes 
&ic(our. It appears to be a corruption of or J* -^. 



230 



COMMENTARY. 



STORY. 

I resided at Busrah,* said a certain Arabian Yorick, as a parson an d professor of 
humanity, and was one day a good deal amused by a strange fellow, squint-eyed, 
straddle -footed, lame of both legs, with rotten teeth, stammeriag-tongue, staggering 
in his gate like a man intoxicated, pulling and blowing like a thirsty dog, and foam- 
ing at the mouth like an angry camel, who came up and seated himself before 
me. Whence come you, said I, O father of gladness ? From home please your 
worship said he. And pray where is your home I rejoined, and what is the cause of 
your journey? My home he replied, is near the great mosque, adjoining the poor 
house, and I am come for the purpose of being married, and to beg you will per- 
form the ceremony. The object of my choice is this long-tongued, importunate 
hump-backed, scaxlet-skined, one-eyed, no-nosed, stinking, deaf, wide-mouthed, 
daughter of my uncle. Do you agree Miss Long-tongue said I, to marry this 
Mr. Pot-belly ? Ay, said the lady (with a great deal of dor ic brevity !) then ac- 
cept my friend cried I, this woman for your wife, take her home, cherish and pro- 
tect her. So he took her by the hand and departed. Now it happened that about 

* I suspect this Busrah professor of humanity must have had a peep at our old friend Democritus 
Junr. whose sketch of an accomplished beauty may be considered complete. " Every lover admires 
his mistriss, though she be very Reformed of herself, ill-favored, wrinkled, pimpled, pale, 
red, yellow, tan'd, tallow-faced, have a swoln juglers platter face, or a thin, lean, chitty 
face, have clouds in her face, be crooked, dry, bald, goggle-ey'd, blear-ey'd or with star- 
ing ey's, she looks like a squis'd cat, hold her head still awry, heavy, dull, holiow-ey'd, 
black or yellow about the eys, or squint-ey'd, sparrow-mouthed, Persean hook-nosed, have a sharp 
fox nose, a red nose, China flat, great noce, nare simo patuloque, a nose like a promontory, gubber- 
tushed, rotten teeth, black uneven, brov/n teeth, beetle browed, a witches beard, her breath stiuk 
all over the room, her nose drop winter and summer, with a Bavarian poke under her chin, a sharp 
chin, lave eared, with a long cranes neck, which stands awry too, pendulis mammis, her dugs like 
(wo double jugs, or else no dugs in the other ex t ream, bloody fain-fingers, she have filthy long un. 
paired nails, scabbed hands or wrists, a tan'd skin, a rotten carkass, crooked back, she stoops, is 
lame, splca-footed, as, slender in the middle as a cow in the waste, gowty legs, her ankles bang ever 



BOOK SECOND. 



231 



nine months after that they both returned tome,, rejoicing and had hardly seated 
themselves when my old friend Adonis called out. — O your worship we have been 
blessed with a most sweet and fascinating- child, and are come to request you 
will bless and give him a name, and offer up a prayer for his parents. Now 
what should I behold, but a little urchin stone-blind, hair-liped, without the 
use of its hands, splay-footed, bald-headed, ass-eared, bull-necked not posessing 
one sense out of the five, and altogether frightful and deformed, in short a 
perfect epitome of all the qualities of his parents. At this sight I said to them, 
be thankful for this darling boy, and call him Oombsoor,* for truly he has all 
your perfections combined in himself, and that child is truly admirable who 
resembles his parents ! 



her shoes, her feet stink, she breed lice, a mere changeling, a very monster, an aufe imperfect, her 
-whole complexion savours, an harsh voyce, incondite gesture, vile gait, a vast virago, or an ugly tit, 
a slug, a fat fustilugs, a truss, a long lean rawbone, a skeleton, a sneaker (si qua latent meliora 
puta), and to thy judgment looks like a mard in a lanthorn, whom thou couldst not fancy for a 
world, but hatest, lothest, and wouldst have spit in her face, or blow thy nose in her bosom, reme~ 
dium amoris to another man, a dowdy, a slut, a scold, a nasty, raiUc, rammy, filthy, beastly quean, 
dishonest peradvanture, obscene, base, beggerly, xude, foolish, untaught, peevish, Irus' daughter, 
Thersite's sister, Grobian's scliollarl" 

An example of each of the Analogous Governors -will be found in the following Dialogue. 



< * - ■ * 9 * ' - ' 9 ~ Z , , , , * . , 9 , Z P , , - 

J l*aJ I J [jib Li a J I L v ,^ Li | ^} I V *J I J Ui UCaXs I aJ J isj 



P A 9 O ' ' " y A P .w M * * ' * * w 9 t ' ' A x ' < . « ✓ A 9 ' ^ , 



Lit. The joy of his parents, being compounded of ^ Mother; i ~ r J ' Father and } Joy. 



COMMENTARY. 

Verb. Neulr. ' • 

' A ?w ' y 9 A .» Z vl/ . w C « ^ A Z , , 

Act. fart. Active F»-rie:ple. 



* ? ^ 1 % * ? 9 * Z , 9 9 ~ * $>■■ , *9 9 > Z t Z >- - 



faisivc Participle. 

99*A,$*9*s t „ ,Z 9 9 Z Z 9 Z Z , * t , Z, * ? 

fi j*) I A^, f^.'* I &C jb*.* ^^sa^J I j <i UaoJ / L-J I v mJ { J U'i' £0 Us^ ! 

I (_£ li O 1 <-Xi.j ^Kjj ( J Ui '^j&ZJ I Aac*. tio 1 ^ I Jv-ij ( 

Aor- C«e. Coverg- *»er*l. S'mple Adj. 

^ > A . W |( ^ A A , >~ - , , ^ 9 9 * A * fy* * ' - A Pa w , f Z 

Integral Noun. Hum. Inte gra! r7;r.ia. 



« 1 ^ - ' ' ~ . ' A - ' O «r -7 * * f A ■' < a ■ *t « ? 9 $V ' * ts • 51 w w " 

A *. A ^ vL w ^ ^ A .. o> A lx P A , 9 _ Z ^ ^ s » ^ e » / 

X s <, 9_ ww ^ - ^^^^ft A* 



S T 0 R Y 

A certain deaf fisherman was angling one day in the Tigris, and was accosted 
by another deaf man who had lost his way, with ' peace be to you.' — A poor 
fisherman, said he. — I belong to the tribe of Bunee Lam* answered the traveller, 
and have lost my way. Why truly said the fisherman the shoals of fish that 

* A villanous tribe of genuine Arab Hottentots with whom I had the misfortune to get ac- 
quainted on my way to B tgdad. They inhabit the wilds of Al-huu about a hundred miles above 
Koorna on the Tigris, and though nominally subject to the Fasha of Bagdad, lose no opportunity 
of opposing his power, plundering his subjects, and way-lading every unfortunate traveller that 
{nay have occasion to pass through their inhospitable territory. 



BOOK SECOND. 



233 



haunt the Tigris are amazing", and the voraciousness with which they swallow 
up the bait delights me, I have therefore taken my station here, and expect 
good sport. — I have lost my way said the traveller, for the path is entirely defaced 
by the overflowing of the river. — A net rejoined the fisherman, is by no means 
so good, for its meshes are always getting out of order, — no, no, a hook if you 
please for my money. — I am going to Bagdad, continued the other, what direction 
should I take ? you must know being an inhabitant of this part of the country ; 
shall I turn to the north, or towards yonder date-trees ? — I can supply you with 
as many fish as you like answered the fisherman, for I have caught a great many 
to day, both great and small, but I do not part with them for less than 20 foolooses, 
ready cash! — The man thinking he had directed him towards the north, went away 
and the fisherman remained where he was. 

O F THE G 0 FE RNME N T TERMED (J^jX*,* OR ABS 0 L U T E. 

By Absolute Government ( <j£ I IsJ I ) is meant a government per- 
ceived by the mind, and in which a word as an agent has no concern. It is 
distinguished in two ways. First, as governing the Subject and Attribute in 
the Nominative Case, which is the primary form of a word in construction, 
or the state of a Noun uninfluenced by any Verbal governor, as j-^la^* (JUj 

The Government termed ^-y\* M as opposed to or Verbal, may be properly denominated 

Absolute or Independent, and like the Absolute Case in Greek, it comprehends the Participle or 
Verbal Adjective with its substantive Noun, or the and 1^^^ which are termed also the 

Subject and Predicate, and which seem to correspond with the Quod Loquimur and De Quo 
Loquimur of European Grammarians. This therefore may account for the mark of Case assigned 
by the Arabs to the Aorist Tense of a Verb, for the Aorist as well as the Participle forms the 
the Quod Loquimur or Predicate, to the Jl^^ or thing spoken or, and both 

terms connected together in discourse by means of this Absolute Government, produce the 
connexion termed _j I which constitute a perfect or complete Proposition. 

N n n 



234 



COMMENTARY, 



Zued is going. Secondly, as governing the Aorist tense of a Verb, which arises 

9* ° , % A - 

from its aptitude to supply the place of a Noun, as Ajlj <Aj_J Zued knows, in 

9* ^ h 9 H s 

which example the Aorist l^j is marked r *.3 ^, or governed in the Nominative 

c " c- 7 > 

Case, being considered the adequate substitute for a Noun, as we may use J [ 
its place without any detriment to the sense, and say JlsOoJ. I ts a 
is therefore Absolute, 



government 



Stanotatfrnu 

The Nominative Absolute in Greek, which may be considered equivalent to the Amil Ma- 
nuwee in Arabic, is accounted for by Grammarians by supposing a verbal ellipsis, as they contend 
that there can be no Nominative without a Verb either expressed or understood. This doctrine may 
perhaps be applied to the Case in question, though the ancient* Arabian Grammarians endeavour 
to account for the construction in a different manner, alledging that the Subject governs the 
Predicate, while othersT again pretend that they mutually govern each other. 

With regard to the government assumed by the Aorist, it is the opinion of Kissaee that it 
should be considered Verbal, and not Absolute as laid down in the Commentary, and this 
Verbal regimen he ascribes to one of the four formative letters of the Aorist, namely 1 __ J jj j ^ 

- ' * 9 . - 

and (tj^i which he thinks must give the Tense , This doctrine is very gravely refuted by 

other Grammarians, but the reader I imagine will readily dispense with their arguments, and I shall 
accordingly permit them to rest in peace. 

The Nominative Case,^ or that Case in Arabic which expresses the subject of a proposition 
without the means of any Verbal Governor, may be illustrated by the following extract from 
Hermes. " It has been said already in the preceding chapter, that the great Objects of natural 
union are Substance and Attribute. Now from this Natural Concord arises the Logical Concord 

* Oondooi.oosee records this opinion of Seebu wuh. It is also noticed by Boo Alee, Abool FuTUH,&e. 
+ Kissaee and Furra, &c. 

% Quand lc nom jouoit lc premier role dans la phrase, et qu'il cxprimoit lc sujet en action, ou I'objet duqucl on affirmoit quelque 
qualite ; commc ce sujet altiroit et fixoit lous les rc^ardes; que 1'cspiit le nommoit le premier ; que la forme de son nom devoit 
sc prelcr a eel cmploi, et pour ccla, ctre nomina'ive, on disoit que lc nom ttoit aloi s a la chute nominative (Casus Nominativus,) 
et nous disons cas nominal if, ou cas qui Ktt i uommer lc sujet. EUmCoi Oc Grammaire Gcneralc, Par, 

M. L'Abbe Sicard. Tom. prem. i6g, 



BOOK SECOND. 

The Grammarians of Koofuh in general, ascribe the government of the Aorist/ 
to the simple circumstance of its being unaccompanied with any of those par- 
ticles which occasion it to terminate in c^J or j^, and this also is the opi- 
nion of Ibno Malik.* 



gnnatatum, 

of Subject and Predicate, and the Grammatical Concord of Substantive and Attributive, t 
These Concords in Speech produce Propositions and Sentences, as that previous Concord in 
Nature produces Natural Beings! this being admitted" — "What? — Why that Nouns and 
Adjectives like natural Beings coalesce and bring forth Sentences!'' we proceed by oberving, 
that when a Sentence is regular and orderly, Nature's Substance, the Logician's Subject, and 
the Grammarian' s Substantive are all denoted by that Case, which we call the Nominative." 
He then goes on to explain how the Attribute in imitation of its Substantive would appear in the 
Nominative Case also. — " Every Attributive would as far as possible conform itself to its 
Substantive, so for this reason, when it has Cases, it imitates its Substantive, and nppears as a 
Nominative also. When it has no Cases, it is forced to content itself with such assimilations as it 
has!" Surely this is not the language of the 'EPMHS ACTIOS ; — the mighty oracle of winged 

words and philosophical arrangements ! See Hermes, B. the second, p. 280. 
* A celebrated Grammarian author of the Alfeeah. 

+ Harris classes Verbs, Participles, and Adjectives underthe general head of Attributives, and for this, the poor man has not 
escaped the lash of theWimbleden Aristarchus. " Harris should have called them either Attributes or Attributabks ; but having 
terminated the names of his three other Classes (Substantive, Definitive, Connective) in Jve, he judged it more regular to 
terminate the title of this Class also in Ive : having no notion whatever, that all common terminations have a meaning and probably 
supposing them to be, (as the Etymologists ignorantly term them) mere frotmtiiones vocum ; as if words were wire -drawn, and 
that it was a mere matter of taste in the writer to use indifferently either one termination or another at his pleasure." 

Diversions of Purley Vol. s, p. 418, 



FINIS, 



C a ) 



v-acv a) I 



9 „ A M ^ 



,3j 



w . 0* 



$ # $ 

St 



( v ) 



9 * w "« 



7^ 



w w 



o 

*J*0 ] 



.J l» 



0 w 

- -it* 



J I ) S .9 



f ,P ^ 0 ' 

ir ha 

ft — 

n — 

(v hrf 

W ft/ 

R PPA 

M — 

V 

<\ — 



( l i ) 



A 

tr^ If r«« 



— IV 



( o ) 



9 • w „ 



0* 



'aXkW .Li**)/ ila^^alj 



lA t V ) 

f ivr 

ir t v 

rt ivv 

if ivq 



J A. 



9 » v 



o 



9 0 



© 



lAf< 



tAH 



o 



i. 



o. 



r iav 

o IAA 

] J r IA1 

V llf 



B 



( f ) 



0. p 



o. 



»f ,( « U JJ^Jf / (HI 

J V 4tf r i mo 



I 



c f ) 



I) 1v 



o 



t • , 

iv tr° 



r <^>--^« j trv 



( H ) 



9*" ft 



§ 4 «j i^X^j^j ij u&aaj j Ia2J Ajj.fi> Ua3 J ^ ^a) J ^ #a5^a— Jj L» 

_^a=j IjjU Wfl *J J **ftf ^'f */j Si>) «| Jls t^Xf 



U 

J>X9 



Im Is U<* (.£ 



,1 



A «• 

,1 



.1 



( ' ) 



O x 



J (jjj j f j to o 

9 9 

->5^* >!V IA A 



s»i«xr sua*/ o ^ 

x- 9 



mjS iZ* if rn 

A 



I 



( ttl ) 

^.vnk£ s JC*j Ia^Oi C^Vjl ^jtdLjl^&^O yj^£jU rW jA>~ej U.iJ JJ^y 
f 

I it 35 . ', «* 



^Jl£ <5-stSjs.^» J Ob ^ /w f" tosssW ^ J}*}** ^ 3L t & 

UCJU <j>jf jU'sr*^ j ^Jls^-'j v^oUJI J^bJI ^£ j O^s^ ^Lall 



r 



( r. ) 



1 Z 



gA3 Uj^ J _4a4 j^I f ( ( ^A£ O ^ I ^ I Si I 

AAA^UaJ f lj ^a£A.* I3J ^^V. J ^ U.J ^ I J J CIwaJ 

V^-OIaZ>^ (^.KMv^ (3"^'* A££^ Y W 1^-X.Aa2^ &A>*,Ia3 (^.cIaJI f A^AO Cl>^"^^ 
p 

L r'^ J.JS J O ^ O ' ^_5^ A v^ ^ ^ *^ ^-J ' ^ (J> ' 

. , ># #> £ 



( M ) 

9 & f. 

0 . (J 9 . 9 - . 

•I 

«Aaaa2^ Aa -*- c t^*v* A H (^JJ ^/Jvtl ^aLj^vJ ! f A-o ^Aa>| f O 1^ 
Iaa-sLa***,* I^^.J^ I AaA.£ ^jv,^. 3 I <j> f j a cX^.J l-~c i AajUj 



^ UjwSa, <kAM*2s* (Jj Ia^IS*. (^.WASh (J'xA^C <XA^£> l T ^A-fl (Jsi ^j^f J> 

bj Ia^(^)Iajj &Jj L<a ^.J j to (j> Ijj l-o <^_j j i/Js: ^jjv Iaj ^J^Xs ^> Iaw^Ss, 



( I* ) 

^ I^AAam ^ f j? ^ «-aJ f AAaS U ^ I^AaVn i !j I (^^«aJ { ^ 

0 

Ujl^^AiAiJ UaAJj. j/i> ^11 J<£ UJ I >Mi f ^ f I J (JM^ 1 j lv~J I 

f j,Aa=* ^Xjd <J>aAJ Ij AAkaAi 1 lii ( C^J t J ^ L fyCS, ^ f ^ J^^J I 

AJ Ij 1 <A^ I j I 2;3 ^as J I J.^.aJ I Jk v C _^^J J I ^aw 1 



( r v ) 

f * 

C ^9 JaiXJ I L-***^ l^J (^) ^ U A.J ^ £ j ^1 f <J.*aJ b Aa^j 



( rn ) 

pki J-X — c^l J^xAJl aJLoI J<Aj ^aaS^^I Jw-, — aJo»j 

A^cJJu *Jj aAJU ^( (^5*y ^"r^ U-X£X« »^£zp\£ cA*J 
v^/yaxj^ JxUJI £$^.Ai UtXaX* 0>>. J J ^aa3; c I eM"* 

J^xA v XJ UJU* aJ^-TJU* JwcUJI yOu^tj J^juUJ ULi* tj^^o' 



( 1 

4^ J V;^> J**"!^ f JjxAJ I l^pftj UaIc D l/UM Uf a^J 
^jOaj 0 U J^xAil mJ y^ki Akxh ^ JxUU ( p aBJ j,-s=H ^ f^s 



i • * 

i 



{ rf ) 

^«2*> JlSj 0 Ij^Ua^ J^ f J ^aaIjJ l^l3l(>jjjCUAia 

^J! (j>aj Ji xL* \jLa v^jfjfj^^Xc Jjf g-A^Jl oxJk^C^fj 



j 

l^jJc* J ^X) AaXxJ I <J^a£ Uif Jj J I J ^:sr! ^ AJl 

H 



( } 

\£* T \£ j t Y J y f \ Jx t Co }j J£i o j j^ T Xs j £o La AaJ 4 UJ S AaJ UJ t 
^*2aJ 1 AJJ j^^XX^J CUj f Ua& j C*AaJ I LL> tA^&j J Iaa^s I i CKJ_J 

? A - ^ I - v 

I 

t r y.A.AJ ^A^.1 I vAi* I^Jf J CAS* I ^ J ! ^ I (j£ u\j«.AJ ( OsS*. f J 

£ 8 .» x 

^ ILa^J ^ ^.aXaJJ j t r ^=*» j I ^ aAJI c^ t s J eXJ jxf'is+ r £.j 

f 

6 ! Jj^f J t ^J! Lot S ^ UJI J ^xAI j 



( t». ) 

° II I * 1*1* * ^ 

aXaS J (*) ^ ^ 1 «^»»^ I fe^AES* J 1 (JiA& i w\a£s» ^ O.A& ( AASk £ 

i 1! 

Ifj 15 I cx,j c^A^a. JU* c^A=k. ^ \s«jSloj c^a,^* J ^ ( XiUJ ( U U 



( * ) 

^xS jo f °VjO I pfc* J J J^^»yf ^xJ <J.^ j v sr^ j aaaaaJ I j 

#Lm,aJ f 04 T aJ ^ (-j IcXa$> ^/j' 1 j! fcU v JUj <Aa£ 3 iy[ C^ v ju j vAjJ j ; J S 



^- f j ^ ' AiAJ f p U ! 0 f j * IaJ I o*a£=»>* U ^jajJ 1 ^*£j 

AaJ UJ f AJLU J A UJ I ^? Ca^C O Ij /:1s I ^J I C^A/U j \ 



( f ) 

s \$>j Js>i* \j {jkio j J<«.> j a j \ &x*j *i\ a\*a*j ajj Ixi j J Ixh I 

ljU I £ ^A.J I J l T *Aj* y f ^3 aJ AAi \ j \J ^.XJ A3 } a\*aaJ I 

^a*J I c*a£>* i ^5* ^ajJ 1 ^ to* ^ * UU f o^m*£j ^v.^J I ^fj p UJ f 

^tXl b ^j^> ^.^szf cAj_J j ^xj U Aj b ^ b cXj J ^js.jJ 1 ^sJ 

jASta Aj b j«b ^ t Aaa£ ^ f g ^ .Si. f ^,xj ^ I^aa^ aJ b y* 

^a£ j-a^S _J ^^^J^ ' f * < - A *^^v A ^-' ' J — » j (Acs" I caaa* 
yd 1 ^jJ cM* ^ «XJ b O jX*i ^ I U l^a* i v *ti \ aa£ U ^>^-£j 

w 

tXjj ^5* j ^»au (J»X^o AJ^/uaX*e s^-aaj ^ A r** t ^aam**b I j* r *0 0^*J 

Uj&j&j'X] ^b>* Aaj^aJ !^V_Jj.j ( LaAjJI £XJ(JJ<* AAJ^S AaA£ c^J O I o I 

G 



Aj (j £ ^^JT* t-^-«J $ l-f ^JjO* ^** XJ . ^ tgAAj^f ^ ! £*e O^-Q 

O^aAj j U j ^AaJ f ^vS^e <-Xaaj ^ A j I *#vi.a.J J (J j aJ 'j 



( IA ) 

f * i 

J OJ f I J^J Caa y »* t r J I j &j j UI f i) Uaf^&x g£ ilsr 1 f g jll I . s 

t 

J^Aa/1*w UUaj IaJ f \j AA=L tKj" J^vC J/^ J '{jj^J J UIJ 

(Ja-XX^c ^>*i U ^kw !^ \.*a* Aa-» 

Ay^i 1 a.; L, £S J ( JsS* ^3 JQ3 ^) f U j La* A^** f ^ (/' f i f 

l # » / • ' . 



C 9 

8 



( sv ) 

■ 

(^1 A*v=sJ I O J"r^ ^*^J Q**aJ j&S 

4^ix t&j UaL I w 'i'J 0 f ,Xc 1 1 v j 13 cX;J (j^aJ^^ j 0 U J Js/^'i 

t. I, * £ £ 



qmaJ ^kw ^ lea. lgM*Aj I j^aC j f ^.J cXaj (aOJ I j f ^,aJ f 



( n ) 



•. . . • ' * I 

Coj ^ 9 1 is J.*fl=* tt IaX* La£ L>J J I N,4c U4 fj 

.i.i | , 

: ■ , • I ' T I Z 

<J^ ^A.?lAJ L^:?J ( J^-* A* (J J£^* J^J ^ial I ^S^f J 



F 



* - 



( [0 ) 

as 

* • * * « • 

JU &AAJ 

4 * * .. 

^^sU ! (vj (.«8 ^J 1 l^A>*i ^ l^^A^s. V^vAAJ (/) ! cX2k f (J.AMX^{ (^ aC (^5"?^ 

j.as J I I Us J J-U t^Xc U.J ^.aj <iU UJ I j Iaa£ j I Ua£ ^j-aaa J f 

C^AJ 1 (A J j (^^ cM-fl C-iAJ ^AA y J <AaAA=S* J Li 



I 1 

^J Lj <_\J4.aj lXaaa^ I <^ &w t bs* CJ>^o <J ^ ^'(Jj 



'5 



' (••(*) 

g. j,^ Aj ti A AJ l^Aj (j j I cXjJ <J.^ I (_£ I I <Aj J O^-Jjj J^X* 

^ ^ o ? o 

" • - . • > 

Aj U <JU,aa£ I^aj f ^ f iJ^j j (_£ I ! j lJ.jj & <JvX^ p j-^j.'* 

s ^ 0 lit O 

UU .CUJJ AaS ^ Is* 03 j ! cXj J Jv.:i» I f <-Xj_} l£ j^X** vArsr £ 

. t w J ^ 

^A v ,0 l^A£ lj J (Ji.fi U J^*8 ^ vX$J <-Xj ^ J ASSfc f tf^*A^J ! J O lj^*J ^ l&J 

^ X ^ ^ VM *< 

^y^' tXjJ ^jIamj (J.a^ ^3^^ ^ £ *■» ^ ^> 

* " • ' - ** 

^^S==»y ^ l^j^ aVs tj ^ US I CixA^.^ Uj IjAsfi'i UJ I J Ijii )L IxJ I ^aJ t 



( tr ) 

^,^3J ^.J (J^) | A J ^J*^ Wj I AAJ J (J^A«e Jaa^XJ I <_jAa£ aj 

{3*A<« £1*0 U t v ^AA^ (J^ (^J ( f l^WSAJ ^ * I^AAam ^ f Q^Axi Ia v ^Aa0 

, ^ $ . 

Ia^^A^J^-AJ i ^ ^ ^-t l (j^XJ ^ »^ ^ ^ f |IO J &AA;J>>aJ f 



*$A*0 tXff AA<^ <3 ! J f 4 (j£ Ijjl AAA^aJ f ti^ 



A 



t w 



I^a JIr^ ^ ^ J (xa )& \ i x m \ ^ t «*j* t r *w f UJ I £ ^aJ f cXa£ t v ^ d 

^a£ ^»**»^{ ! L^A^2Aj^Ai 1st f A£ LgA*« £am» AXwaJ^^ j J Lai f 



( If ) 

K^Af.jjSj (^ajJ^s: f Onaj Iaj g |^ 1 # jitiS. Iaaj 1 ^ ^ I f jj^j^.C cX:s* I J^XXi 



* * ' f " ' . c w 

I < ■<« - - ' - 

(^.Es. ( J.JI ^5 Ji^3{.A3 ' tX^o ^AA v >lJl ^>!$\J U i — SlLaJ! (J-AA^m (^A£ ^AJImjJ 



( m . ) 

I . .9 9' • I y> 

^ ^aa v aJ! 5^$£bJ ( L-^a^aj ^t- r «j I ^>*o IaJ 1 C ^.aJ I il-^av f 

i : w 9 



( I. ) 

- ° 9 <* 



o 

f ( ° • 



(S i ) 



f P * r r . i 

&aj IaJ i j aaXx-s \*y^Ss=iS i^) ^ 1 &A r cS^ (^aaa t :s: I ^^s. ^JvsL ^Xj (^^^ 

- *) 

A A A A ! 

. .- - l 



A I 



Jo* cXj j f ^aa^ Aa y a^^o Jt^« J Uol I (Js^AJ f p's; J 



( A ) 



l^ a P a 



h _ 9 . ? * ? A A „ ' "••*IJ 

{ . J v^£o ^aa-TLJ! ^ UaJ ^ <w*J ^ I c^h Jv>=* p ^ ^ eyj UaS v-*.a5.:s a u 

C^X./^ I ^-^ J l^^JtJ U IaA^ l^AJ Lo <^> J-Xj (j£ J AaAAnnJI^ (J^AAJtA^J (^-^J 

0 u p i ^ ! ; ijui j j s;^ f o i ^ r 

A , A 9 ' A - ? ( 

1 cj^^tt^ M/*^** (^^V? tyf&i!. |l J' 3=J Ia/^jU C ^ LcI I 0 kxs J 



f w 

v„^j (.jU! J<£ UJI U> I <J,aaJI u^ALJ ^^^^ ^' f^j U liU^J^Ii 

D 



( v ) 

w 9 * 9 "Z w 

w w £ g> I P ~ w 

f ' ■ 

WW wv 

^U) f J--aa^aJ * — * Jy 3 - (^ } . I ( £ ^-aJ I U.J tj-—* j Ia,J u u^.^j '-^ 

IfcXj J ^ I ^ ^.jU I ^-J /: t^. jS J ^AflA^e (™ AAA** «XJ r^*J> ^ f J 

9 9 * * . , - 

ill 



^ j IaoI ! J^AJ I u^^aj ^.ss* Us I ^ <J"^* J ^ J O^tj \ 



J 



( 1 ) 

9 9 # . • ., . 

^j.iJ I I f tXrJ CaaaJ ! Jl^. ^ f<-X.J_J f Os£ Uj f Jo _J U j.:s J £aa.xaaJ 

1 £ 9 & w $ w 

^as ( j)i caaaI ! tjs.ia. cXj (JvJ^AJ Lj &£A&*1 9 JjS*> IaJ f ^ ^aJ I 'iJ^J Jjji ' 

I 

f <-XjJ (^) f ^ajLAj ^ &,* Ua CaXA^. I ^ la f u\jJ ^ I ^zs J £aa.:s:" I ^ j.a..^^ 
fjvj J ^ iy^.s: J <Xaa<5UaaJ (^£>J O ^Uaj I ^ajLaj (j£ I ^lo&ft 



w ' 



Us 

»» ^ w ^ * w 

J^.>.J J Uj 3Kh cj UX^.1|U (j^a^^^J IaJ ^Jj o jaj v UiJ I OaaJ Jsav# 



( o ) 

^A v ^», ^L\j fj lii cajJ I aIJ jj Y £.y>jj JcXJ I /^i ^ 



. . If * * 5* 

r Ia^ i 

\^A^j | ^ A-U f jj f Ju ^.lai 1 l^e &>U f j jj^jc^ <^Jj^ j Ia,j g j cX/^^e Co V 

^ ^ ^ ' .. .. I ^ 

y I* j 1 la UJ ^ I g (j^ vAaaa^. j AaJ ^aAI f i^ks. \.J (^) cX3 

IcXjJ ^ ^ (* >^ ' c^ J * * ^ U«^t 

A AfvN> ^0 j A»^A3 



I w w f 



5» * 



9 9 9 9 * 



(J^^ C^vJ ^ f^jiAJ IaJ ^ v AJl.J (J^ V XJ ^.J Is LjJ J A T X*J (St**. 

I aX v ^». aj 1 ^ IXj U i-J 1 f w 
b t\j j:J aXJ ^ ^ 13 JcXj J ^> ! aXJ I ^ ^ I O^j ^ I ^ f ^ u 'j ^ 0\*a« 



( * ) 



4, 9 t 9 < . "If 



j.Sl^ AAAj^AaJ tX) I J &AAC CJ^j,/«0 ^aJ I ^AJi v J J 



& 9 

9 9 * 

^^AO lyJ I t^J [ ^5 &J IaJ f ^ f CXAJ ^ 0\^J (^j5^^ &^A<"0 q^aJ 



( t ) 

' ^ . . * 9 9 9 



C^a^cS j ^a'j aaJ I t3 j.s: J AJ u\j«.aU ^ I Ou^a& J _^s: J 

• - *. . " 9 ... i ? 

<^Jbu aJ y js? a Olj jMj <-X»UJ b lX.O J 1 Js/^-bw ^ AaJ U 

l^AAA^U Uj aJ y jzsz s (j>aaaaaJ j ^ \j cXi I ^iaj ^ I ^ \j JvJ f 

» j j ^ J j cXjcaU j ^ X^j 6 ^ ^XJ ; ajL> bO' jjjp 

^a^-i j A$ ^XJ I ^ \ v^iy* A.;UJ I p I^aj ^ I j U*J& I ^ 



* ************* f- 

V * 

* ************* * 



^»As»y f ^j> v =*». y f aaj i ^= 



I * f , fi r « ? . 

^Jx^X^J I j $ XflJ ( jaX* I Aj ^Tj aL» l£j I AJ l T JW <S.aJ cX^SE I 



j.s: aJ Jv^ I ^ ( *a£ f ^ms 1 I a J Tj ^ila/^I! c\ v s:" ^LaJ J { cXa^ 
(^. Y ^y I <Aas UJI Oac ^Ij ^ f jLfks Js«a* U ^'1 aaJ i'U 

A,a£ l v Mj»J U Aa*n Ias Aa£ '- y wj (j>aj ^.aIj (^"^ ^3 AaUAaJ Is Aj^a.*^ (.^aOXJj 

t £ , 9 fZ *> ,*0+* 

LyA*c AJ ^A*.i ^ t ^£ AAAw l^A^o Aa*n I A jU I vX*> (.£ ^ jXn+'J j uN=s^ | t^A^d 



1,1 (w P w ^ - 

Jj^ Ig. ^.aJ I Ic^J ^4*£ AAAJ ^^A£ I^a^ Aa£ l v w*J 1 ^^.aaj^ f^>f 



( • ) 



9*,,9*1.s 9 a -Pa--- Pa - - *^ -f < a'- J > - P P a - 

<• - Pa -st^- oa'P a - - - » - e a - P - Pa' i - , 



P * ^ -f. ^ A x« $ - - i* A - <A / ■» - ** - * A - 9 *(^/ * { - 

V^ r cJjUA^j C^aaJI CJtAsa.jj^ Iaa-s>! f<-XJ_j Ov v a£J Jli (.£ ! <->u_j C V.ty '- r J '-S 

x o 0 f - „ P a ^ o„ „ x P - « - - a P w - A - = OP^---Aw 

✓ ^ — — /* — ' 

* a P o , w P ° o - P - o ° - nP» * Pa- - P a,-P,w^Pa P - * „ 

- A ? w , A ^A - - - A ^ I O A - w - O •£ P - - - A ( ^ 

^ IP , ' * 

9 • .« P - ° - P „ A A - P ^ " ' f " ' ' OP* P -A- - ^ „ 

^ - - - A ^ ^ a A a-^PaPP-P^ -Pa 

A w 



( f ) 

life J (Sii^-J IcXjJ <*-*Ua£j IcXfJ j '*^J 

xxAxPa^x x*xxxwxx * " A x x ' J ^ ' < <* * ? w x tfr A ^ x - > 

cjI^a^ j^s: J (jtc^j ^jU^j d>L v .U c^Xj t^i^, y I j I<-XjJ 



1 , 0 s ' x x x ^ ^ ^ ^ «s 0 , ^ ' ^ ^ 1 ^ x ^ , ^ ^ 1 ? o ^ x x 00 

"~ » X 

x 

= x & « x ' x 0 ^ - * , ' * ^ ^ w ^ P • x * ,,ss.'fy™*^ x ? 0 

<_Xj_J Ia\c ^aaaJI jUxj I v jIj cXj_J 

$J) & S * xxxO*x5>Ax x " X = £ - 0 ^ 5 ' > x > & ° , f « ^ 

Uj I v jU L^jJ O^j I v jIao <J\jJ <-\jJ ^s:^ 5 !^ 

I ^ x P 0 1 x O'x^x'xxx^lxx x A x f x x Ox x xcs , j-O ^-»x 

f 

' O "^«x ' x 0 -' - x^ ^/ - J'o-'b^^Ox^ - ^ xPo"O-^0x 

x W<.?» O "| xO P ^ 0 ^ gu W x OyO P,«>xx^xO w ?©Wx 

#9x f f w x ° , J" 0 ^ w x x x X x xfxxO fOx flxxOx- . x X w 



( f ) 



^ * * s ° ^ * ' f ' a - ? " * * * ° 9 » f 9 p f 3 

- * P » ' ^ , A P w P „ w ^ c= * - • ° ^ , <5 * O ft - ✓ §» * ^ 



^>L? W€^J C-5 A *"*J L^"* ^'-v** 1 ' A*«*J* (,,^5^? L5 a£ 

C, S A>< jj ^Aa£>1 ^.Ai^ll LrS^ \ ^^gA««o jX-> ^j,*Q ^J.ZSZ v Xa2^ C ^ 1^ l r AJ | * 

'• < 

° O ^ O °r. '^0'^° © - 0 0-°^w,0 P • ^ ' « x - 0 f */ ° ' ? ' 

<; J./.J t (J,^il Uolj L--\£<j>| t^&JO' I y £a=s».j j^Kjo ! dKxx'J^j \j 

JX/ ^/»»/ y «* .* i , - e o o 0 w r , P + ? p * P ~ '' 0 

l^Jjl jplyitfl AJt-^l Sj£= =JJ " S-** 1 ' j- AA T A ^' U-^A^AJ ^l v Wj! (^-clXjl 

s s * 0 .P 0 I 0 °- ^ O t 0,0 ^ ^^^^O^wf^ 1 ?^,,/. 

fy, , ^ 9 w ' J O w , ^ ^ O erP, 0„,^, ?0" O^, ^ s s ° 

UJ f ^ ^aJ' ^K.a£ j^^r _^^ J (j/.-!^ ^Wl^j cXaC 

J.Z^ J l^J J^^ACS^ <^UaCj V— Xjjtij AKjjLSJjJ ei>l v AJ l^A^O C-AA^IaJI 



( p ) 



** * - * * & y a 9 k * s * a ^ ^ s 9 a ^ a * s * > .» w s * h ^» 

(Jo J -X_-> ^.aJ| LS-u.j j j (_XjJ t&.lii* ^j.iJ \ (^jA^j &,U toj 

P ^ ft ^ >• „ A 0 A * H 9 9 A 33 0 A 33 ^ Ax - x A A 9 A , „ 

«S » ✓ W * * W ^ „ „ Ax' w ./ ' ' W ^ ^ ^ V* ^ , W ? A x W X x X X x ? 

x * A x w 1 ^» , , //^ / ,s n ' w/,. ^ / A> s> A x 33 x A x x x x S- ' 

x A » - * A' , P ,x 9 w P O ^ „ ^ x a rft,33^xx£. S xxxW x A ^ ' 

X- x A^ 0 9 , , * -0 , * * , 9 * „ A * xx> £a x x- x x J?,xx> x- ? x , 

^iscs J^Kt* ^ ^ ^vtA^l l^.__: J ^j^aaj (jj i 1^c'- v ^«^a__: f ^ U/u_ajj 

w - fx*..- ( f A' » / x , A . x ^ ft A ? * , fy*} 9 9 - « Aw x x A 



x x x * . s - ? * 9 ,o x x o 9*'9,o'>o- 9 * o . Q , o -. ^ ^ ^ 

aAJI^ac (^IjaXJI^ac Ia&j aaJIcXac UJj aaJIcAa.c Ijj IcAjJ J I ^XJl 

^,o^^ _^ -P»^o ° P $>o9? > , ° 9 o 33 ^ X * o ^ „ 

£.ajjIi^$>j^ jUall J<xiJ! c->vA_iAj' y^ol-s:' I ^ ^aJ! a>UI(_A.ac(^ 

P A -3 ^ pA^dy A , 33 ^ 9 , v ? A^Ax^ ^ H A X ( « ^ A x — 



f 



* 



I A w 



J I <5dJf 



* » . A f A ^ ? .A 9 ' ~ , ? . „ Ixx A ~. . * . _ , . 

i^a^o ^-alc AJ Le A J ^X^e Aazst I ^^.2*^ aaJ f la^s: ! ^ v 2s.y I cXa£ 

9 w ,w . ^ & ~ xx « ^' « x T V ^ *w AW , $>~ . A „ , A A, 

s A 'w / ^ x ^ ^ ' _ A ^ - A f w x A ^ e> x ^ A ^ A ^^?y.,^A 

A « J> ' lyJ 9 9 Z,Q 9 0 w ' 0 ' , „ „ - ,< ' * I , / > J/ ✓ x P w - w „ „ X 

l> — ^Jj^dj^' £ J"^' ^ ^ AaAj^1££^aaj Aa£ l Y wJlj(^ !<3^Xc 

9u,9*'. * *9 9 , , ,,a P ^ ^ f ,o^ 

LU_Jj*o ^.^SS J IcAC^ ^li^J ^5 g/:^ ^w*XJl^l ( < _5 A2> ^ «AaC^ <w?b>JI^ 

w ^*^x A, A , / * w > » / v ^ 9,» * * A ^ A ^ 9 A ^ «x 

^IcxJI^i ^.-^Jj^ ^aJI^s ^nw>J I c^a^jj ajjaJI^J f ^^aJI^^li^^lA-.-'^ 

^Pa AX 0 * - ' r"|| 9 , Z Is A. * - A- 



ADVERTISEMEJi 



CATALOGUE ', 

OF 

PUBLISHED AT THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE 
COLLEGE OF FORT WILLIAM. 



1 

«— i!Lj \f[ y i i^ij cssJ Z\*m ( y»J_)3sJ K-s^Li Or Sixty Tables Elucidatory of the first 

part of a course of Lectures on the Grammar of the Arabic Language, delivered in the College of 
Fort William in Bengal, during the first year of its institution, by John Baillie, Lieutenant in 
the Service of the Honorable East India Company, Professor of the Arabic and Persian Languages, 
and of Mohummudan Law, in the College of Fort William in Bengal. Calcutta, printed 
at the Honorable Company's Press, 1801. 

N A. 

A correct and entire edition of the five books on Arabic Grammar, winch together with the Prin- 
ciples of inflection in the Arabic Language, form the first part of a classical education throughout 
all the Seminaries of Asia. Carefully collated with the most ancient and most accurate Manu- 
scripts which could be found in India, containing the Mi|UT Amil, Shurhoo Mt ( ut AjirL, 
Misbah, Hibayutoon-Nuhv and Kafeea. Calcutta, printed at the Honorable Company's 
Press. 1st Vol. 1302, 2d Vol. 1803, 3d Vol. 1805. 

3 

} The SO OR AH a Dictionary of Arabic Words, explained in Persian, by Abooi. Fuzl Moo- 

c 

HUM510D bin Omr bin Kiialid, commonly called Jumal, beings a Translation of a very celebra- 
ted Arabic Dictionary intitled the Sihah. Revised and corrected according to the authority of 
the Qamoos, the Sfiums ool Ooloom the Deewan ool Udub, and other lexicons of equal celebrity, by 
Muoluvees Durvesh Ulee, Jan Ulee, Meek Ghoolam Husun and Ubdoor-Ruiieem, under the 
patronage of the Right Honorable the Governor General in Council, at the recommendation of 
the Council of the College of Fort William. 1st Vol. Calcutta, printed at the Press of Muoluvee 
Siiookr-oollah, by Muoluvee Moqbmiuk Ui.ee, 1812. 



ADVERTISEMENT, 



4 

IL^fj^f IKIIWAN-OOS-SUFA, in the Original Arabic. Revised and Edited by Shuekh XJny.vv. 
bin-Moohummud Shurwanee-ool- Yumunee. Calcutta : printed by P. Pereira, at the Hindoos- 
tanee Press, 1812. For an account of this work see Pococke, Spec. Arab. Hist. p. 369. 

5 

»i 3 Si] kill ULFAZ OOL UDWIYUH, or Materia Medica, in the Arabic, Persian, and Hindavee 

Languages, compiled by Nooruddeen Mohujijiud Ubdoollaii Shirazes, Physician to the Empe- 
ror Shaiijuhan.- With an English Translation, by Francis Gladwin, Calcutta, printed at the 
Chronicle Press, 1793. 

6 

& i^Jl iUKJI The MUQAMAT OOL HUPJEEREE or the Adventures of Aboo Zyd of Surooj, 

in fifty Stories writtsn by the celebrated Aboo - Moohummudin - il-Ka.sim-ool-Huree- 
Eeeyo. In two Volumes, 1st Vol. Comprising the First thirty Stories, and 2d Vol. the last 
twenty Stories ; collated with eight Arahian Manuscript Copies, and corrected for the Press, 
by Muoluvees Ullah Dad, and Jan Ulee, now employed in the Arabic and Persian Depart- 
ment of the College of Fort William, Calcutta, printed at the Honorable Company's Press, 1st 
Vol. 1809, 2d Vol. 1812. 

7 

Us:* JJLsSM. The KHOOLASUT OOL HISAB, a Compendium of Arithmetic and Geometry 
in the Arabic Language, by Buhae-ood-deen of Amool in Syria, with a Translation into 
Persian and Commentary by the late Muoluvee Ruoshun Ulee, of Juovpoor, to which is added 
a Treatise on Algebra, by Nujmood-deen Ulee Kuan, ILad Qizee to the Sudr Deewanee 
and Nizamut Udalut, revised and edited by Tarinee Cjiurn Mitr, Muoluvce Jan Ulee, aud 
Giiool vm Urbur, under the patronage of the Right Honorable the Governor General in Council, 
at the recommendation of the Council of the College of Fort William,* Calcutta, printed by P. 
Peueira, at the Hindoostanec Press, 1812. 

S 

^> Iva JJ xlX&x MISHKAT-OOL M US A BEE II, ora Collection of the most Authentic Traditions, 

regarding the Actions and Sayings of Mooiiummud, exhibiting the Origin of the manners and 
Customs, the Civil, Religious and Military Policy of the Mooshnans, Translated from the Original 
Arabic, by Capt. A. N. Matthews, Bengal Artillery, Calcutta, printed by T. Hubbard, at the 
Jliudoslancc Press, 1st Vol. 1S09, 2d Vol. 1810. 



ADVERTISEMENT, 

9 

t^j, Isvr!La:sasiJI UL UJUB OOL OOJAB; a compete Introduction to the Art of Letter-writing, 

being a Collection of Letters, upon various subjects, in the Arabic Language ; compiled or composed 
by Shuekh Uii.uuo bin M johummud, ul Y jmunee Yoosh Shirwanee, under the patronage 
©f the Right Honorable the Governor General in Council, at the recommendation of the Council 
of the College of Fort William, Calcutta, printed by P. Pereira, at the Hindoestanee Press, 1813. 

•WW. /■-■": 9 ■ ... 

10 

Slati y*Zs:'> MOOKHTUSUR-OOL-MU-ANEE; or an Abbreviated Commentary on the Rhetoric 
cf the Arabs : comprising the Text of the Tulkhees-ooI-Mrftak, by Julal-ood-deen-Mooiiummud : 
together with the shorter of two Commentaries on that celebrated work, both written by Mus- 
ooo-ooBNO-ooMuif, Saad-oot tuftaz annee. C tkiclta, printed at the Persian Press, under tha 
{inspection of Muoiuvee Jan-Ui.ee, now employed in the Arabic Department of the College of 
Port William, 1813. 

11 

" ^J &sEui NUFHUT-OOL-YUMUN, an Arabic Miscellany of compositions in prose and verse ► 
selected or original, by Shuekh Uhmud Bin Moohummud Shurwanee-ool Yumunee: published 
tinder the patronage of the College of Fort William. This work consists of a selection of 
easy stories, followed by a botly of Poetry, generally selected from the works cf the best authors^ 
to which are subjoined a collection of proverbs, and moral axioms, one Vol, Quarto. 

12 

TjKJi XXjAss. HUDEEKUTOOL UFRAH, an Arabic Miscellany of select pieces in prose and 
verse for the use of the students of the College. This Work contains a large selection from 
the writings of the most distinguished Arabian Poets, Orators and Historians, by Shuekh Uhmud, 
a learned native of Yumun, now attached to the Arabic department of the College. 

13 

A GRAMMAR of the Arabic Language, according to the principles taught and maintained in the 
Schools of Arabia; exhibiting a complete body of elementary information, selected from the 
works of the most eminent Grammarians; together with definitions of the parts ef speech, and 
observations on the structure of the language. In two Volumes. First Volume comprising the 
system of inflexion, By M. Lumsden, Professor of the Arabic and Persian Languages, in the 
College of Fort William, in Bengal. Calcutta, printed by F. Dissent, under the inspection of 
T. Watly, at the Honorable Company's Press, 1813, 



ADVERTISEMENT 

14 

The MI.UT A MIL, and SHURHOO MI.UT AMIL two Elementary Treatises on Arabic Syntax, 
Translated from the Original Arabic; with Annotations, Philological and Explanatory, in the 
form of a Perpetual Commentary ; the rules Exemplified by a Series cf Stories, and Citations 
from various Arabian authors, and accompanied with an Appendix containing the Original Text, 

by A. Lockett, Captain in the Bengal Native Infantry, Secretary to the Council of the College 

C 

of Fort "William, and Examiner in the Arabic, Persian and Hindoostanee Languages. Calcutta, 
printed by P. Pereira, at the Hindoostanee Press,J8l4. 



5n tfje press, 

„<!]> The QAMOOSj a celebrated Arabic Dictionary. 



BBBI 



Pc Pcrcira, Piinterj Hiudoostacee Picas. 



N0 V ' 1904 




0 






0 N 



O > 
>0 



^ ft* 



^ ON 



Oeacidilied using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: June 2007 

PreservationTechnologies 3 

A WORLO LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

til Thomson Paifc Dnvo 
Cranbon-y Township. PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 




-fV v 



G 



, ill ° «?» 



^ > '*7^> a ^ r> V 





G v 



0 V 



a" 



* * 0 K 0 

> 



v. I 



G u 



; . 4»% / % ^ 



1 1" 



l\\ ,1" 



v0 



i v 1 



i* v^P> %/™^ 



r0' 



,-,>; ; -v; \ 



"cT- 



fife " s 





